10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

þ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2015

or

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period fromto

Commission File Number: 1-14310

IMATION CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	41-1838504
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1 Imation Way Oakdale, Minnesota	55128
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(651) 704-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Not Applicable

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yes o No

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). þ Yes o No

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting companyo

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). o Yes þ No

     Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: 37,095,668 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding as of October 31, 2015.

IMATION CORP.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	PAGE
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION	3
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014	3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014	4
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014	5
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014	6
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	7
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	25
ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	35
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	35
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION	36
ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	36
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS	36
ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS	39
ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES	39
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	39
ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION	39
ITEM 6. EXHIBITS	40
SIGNATURE	41
EXHIBIT INDEX	42
EX-10.4
EX-10.5
EX-10.6
EX-10.7
EX-10.8
EX-10.9
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1
EX-32.2

2

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements.

IMATION CORP.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions, except for per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
	2015			2014			2015			2014
Net revenue	$	129.2		$	175.0		$	435.2		$	532.5
Cost of goods sold	115.8			143.8			358.8			433.7
Gross profit	13.4			31.2			76.4			98.8
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative	43.4			42.5			123.0			130.2
Research and development	4.8			4.9			14.4			13.7
Intangible impairment	37.6			—			37.6			—
Goodwill impairment	36.1			35.4			36.1			35.4
Restructuring and other	40.2			4.2			42.9			11.5
Total	162.1			87.0			254.0			190.8
Operating loss from continuing operations	(148.7		)	(55.8		)	(177.6		)	(92.0		)
Other (income) expense:
Interest income	(0.1		)	(0.1		)	(0.3		)	(0.3		)
Interest expense	0.6			0.7			1.8			1.9
Other, net expense (income)	(0.5		)	1.6			1.1			2.6
Total	—			2.2			2.6			4.2
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(148.7		)	(58.0		)	(180.2		)	(96.2		)
Income tax provision	3.6			3.4			3.9			1.8
Loss from continuing operations	(152.3		)	(61.4		)	(184.1		)	(98.0		)
Discontinued operations:
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses, net of income taxes	—			—			—			(1.7		)
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses, net of income taxes	—			—			—			(0.6		)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	—			—			—			(2.3		)
Net loss	$	(152.3	)	$	(61.4	)	$	(184.1	)	$	(100.3	)
Loss per common share — basic:
Continuing operations	$	(3.70	)	$	(1.49	)	$	(4.48	)	$	(2.39	)
Discontinued operations	—			—			—			(0.06		)
Net loss	(3.70		)	(1.49		)	(4.48		)	(2.45		)
Loss per common share — diluted:
Continuing operations	$	(3.70	)	$	(1.49	)	$	(4.48	)	$	(2.39	)
Discontinued operations	—			—			—			(0.06		)
Net loss	(3.70		)	(1.49		)	(4.48		)	(2.45		)
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic:	41.2			41.2			41.1			41.0
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted:	41.2			41.2			41.1			41.0

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

3

IMATION CORP.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
	2015			2014			2015			2014
Net loss	$	(152.3	)	$	(61.4	)	$	(184.1	)	$	(100.3	)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
Net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments:
Net holding gains (losses) arising during the period	(2.2		)	2.2			0.9			0.7
Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains recorded in net loss	(3.1		)	(0.7		)	(6.7		)	(1.2		)
Total net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments	(5.3		)	1.5			(5.8		)	(0.5		)
Net pension adjustments:
Liability adjustments for defined benefit plans	(4.4		)	(1.6		)	(4.4		)	(0.8		)
Reclassification adjustment for defined benefit plans recorded in net loss	1.5			0.4			1.8			1.1
Total net pension adjustments	(2.9		)	(1.2		)	(2.6		)	0.3
Unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses)	(3.1		)	(8.5		)	(6.6		)	(9.7		)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(11.3		)	(8.2		)	(15.0		)	(9.9		)
Comprehensive loss	$	(163.6	)	$	(69.6	)	$	(199.1	)	$	(110.2	)

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

4

IMATION CORP.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

	September 30,			December 31,
	2015			2014
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	94.3		$	114.6
Accounts receivable, net	64.0			134.4
Inventories	42.0			57.7
Other current assets	34.2			32.7
Total current assets	234.5			339.4
Property, plant and equipment, net	5.3			45.0
Intangible assets, net	10.7			57.9
Goodwill	—			36.1
Other assets	16.8			20.8
Total assets	$	267.3		$	499.2
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	75.5		$	95.5
Short-term debt	18.0			18.9
Other current liabilities	89.0			98.2
Total current liabilities	182.5			212.6
Other liabilities	43.6			45.8
Total liabilities	226.1			258.4
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 25 million shares, none issued and outstanding	—			—
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 100 million shares, 42.9 million issued	0.4			0.4
Additional paid-in capital	1,040.1			1,034.6
Retained deficit	(883.7		)	(699.9		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(99.8		)	(84.8		)
Treasury stock, at cost	(15.8		)	(9.5		)
Total shareholders' equity	41.2			240.8
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	267.3		$	499.2

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

5

IMATION CORP.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
	2015			2014
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net loss	$	(184.1	)	$	(100.3	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	15.7			16.4
Goodwill impairment	36.1			35.4
Intangible impairment	37.6			—
Other, net	32.8			11.6
Changes in operating assets and liabilities	47.2			23.7
Net cash used in operating activities	(14.7		)	(13.2		)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Capital expenditures	(2.8		)	(5.3		)
Proceeds from sale of disposal group	1.5			2.8
Proceeds from sale of assets	1.2			—
Net cash used in investing activities	(0.1		)	(2.5		)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Purchase of treasury stock	(1.7		)	(2.5		)
Exercise of stock options	—			0.4
Short-term debt repayment	(17.4		)	(29.7		)
Short-term borrowings	16.4			28.9
Net cash used in financing activities	(2.7		)	(2.9		)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(2.8		)	(3.3		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(20.3		)	(21.9		)
Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of period	114.6			132.6
Cash and cash equivalents — end of period	$	94.3		$	110.7

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

6

IMATION CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

Note 1 — Basis of Presentation

The interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Imation Corp. (Imation, the Company, we, us or our) are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of financial position, results of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the periods presented. Except as otherwise disclosed herein, these adjustments consist of normal, recurring items. The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of full year results. The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes are presented in accordance with the requirements for Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and do not contain certain information included in our annual Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes.

The preparation of the interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses for the reporting periods. Despite our intention to establish accurate estimates and use reasonable assumptions, actual results may differ from our estimates.

The December 31, 2014 Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet data was derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. This Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The operating results of our former XtremeMac^TM andMemorex^TM consumer electronics businesses are presented in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations for further information on these divestitures.

On September 24, 2015, the Company adopted a restructuring plan that will significantly change the business and operations of the Company. See Note 7 - Restructuring and Other Expense for further information on the restructuring plan.

Note 2 — Recently Issued or Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new guidance will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on revenue recognition and eliminate all industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The underlying principle is that an entity will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers at an amount that the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. Other major provisions include capitalization of certain contract costs, consideration of time value of money in the transaction price and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. In July 2015, the guidance was revised to be effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The guidance permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance on our financial position and results of operations.

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to debt issuance costs. Under this new standard, debt issuance costs reported on the consolidated balance sheet would be reflected as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. For Imation, this is effective January 1, 2016, with early adoption permitted. Retroactive application to prior periods is required. As this standard impacts only the classification of certain amounts within the consolidated balance sheet, Imation does not expect this new standard to have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

In May 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to the disclosures for investments in certain entities that calculate net asset value per share (or its equivalent). This standard modifies existing disclosure requirements such that investments for which the practical expedient is used to measure their fair value at net asset value (NAV) would be removed from the fair value hierarchy disclosures. Instead, an entity would be required to include those investments as a reconciling item such that the total fair value amount of investments in the fair value hierarchy disclosure is consistent with the amount on the balance sheet. Changes were also made to the requirements in a sponsor’s employee benefit plan asset disclosures. For Imation, this standard is effective January 1, 2016, with retrospective application required. Early

7

adoption is permitted. As this standard only impacts certain disclosures, it will not impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

In July 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Updated (ASU) No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which modifies existing requirements regarding measuring inventory at the lower of cost or market. Under existing standards, the market amount requires consideration of replacement cost, net realizable value (NRV), and NRV less an approximately normal profit margin. The new ASU replaces market with NRV, defined as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This eliminates the need to determine and consider replacement cost or NRV less an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. For Imation, this standard is effective prospectively beginning January 1, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new ASU on Imation’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Note 3 — (Loss) Earnings per Common Share

Basic (loss) earnings per common share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted (loss) earnings per common share is computed on the basis of the weighted average shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect of our stock-based compensation plans using the “treasury stock” method. Unvested restricted stock and treasury shares are excluded from the calculation of basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Once restricted stock vests, it is included in our common shares outstanding.

Potential common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted (loss) earnings per common share when the effect would be anti-dilutive. Stock options are anti-dilutive when the exercise price of these instruments is greater than the average market price of the Company's common stock for the period. All potential common shares are anti-dilutive in periods of net loss available to common shareholders.

The following table sets forth the computation of the weighted average basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
(In millions, except for per share amounts)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Numerator:
Loss from continuing operations	$	(152.3	)	$	(61.4	)	$	(184.1	)	$	(98.0	)
Loss from discontinued operations	—			—			—			(2.3		)
Net loss	$	(152.3	)	$	(61.4	)	$	(184.1	)	$	(100.3	)
Denominator:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period - basic	41.2			41.2			41.1			41.0
Dilutive effect of stock-based compensation plans	—			—			—			—
Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding during the period - diluted	41.2			41.2			41.1			41.0
Loss per common share — basic:
Continuing operations	$	(3.70	)	$	(1.49	)	$	(4.48	)	$	(2.39	)
Discontinued operations	—			—			—			(0.06		)
Net loss	(3.70		)	(1.49		)	(4.48		)	(2.45		)
Loss per common share — diluted:
Continuing operations	$	(3.70	)	$	(1.49	)	$	(4.48	)	$	(2.39	)
Discontinued operations	—			—			—			(0.06		)
Net loss	(3.70		)	(1.49		)	(4.48		)	(2.45		)
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from calculation	3.5			4.4			3.5			4.5

8

Note 4 — Discontinued Operations

On February 13, 2013, we announced our plans to divest our XtremeMac and Memorex consumer electronics businesses.

On January 31, 2014, we completed the sale of our XtremeMac consumer electronics business. Total cash consideration was originally estimated at $3.1 million which consisted of $0.3 million of cash consideration, an interest-bearing note receivable of $0.3 million (maturing in December 2015) and $2.5 million to be received based on the proceeds the purchaser was able to achieve from selling the acquired inventory. The sale of this business resulted in a loss of $0.5 million which was recorded in discontinued operations during the first quarter of 2014. During the second quarter of 2014, we revised downward our estimate of the consideration we expected to receive by $1.2 million based on the purchaser's proceeds from selling the acquired inventory and, accordingly, recognized a loss of $1.2 million as a component of discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The $1.3 million of remaining proceeds due Imation from the purchaser's disposition of acquired inventory were received during the second and third quarters of 2014. There were no results for discontinued operations for XtremeMac for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015.

On October 15, 2013, we completed the sale of the Memorex consumer electronics business for $9.3 million of total consideration. We received payments of $1.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, $1.9 million during 2014 and $0.9 million during 2013. The remaining receivable balance associated with the disposition of this business is recorded at an estimated fair value of $4.4 million as of September 30, 2015. Based on all the evidence available to us, including the payments received to date, we believe the remaining receivable to be collectible and have not provided an allowance. However, the collectability of this amount is not certain and it is reasonably possible that an allowance for a portion of this amount may be provided for in a future period. There were no results for discontinued operations for the Memorex consumer electronics business for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015.

The operating results for these businesses are presented in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as discontinued operations for all periods presented and reflect revenues and expenses that are directly attributable to these businesses that were eliminated from our ongoing operations.

The key components of the results of discontinued operations were as follows:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net revenue	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.5
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses, before income taxes	—		—		—		(1.7		)
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses, before income taxes	—		—		—		(0.6		)
Income tax provision (benefit)	—		—		—		—
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(2.3	)

9

Note 5 — Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

Additional supplemental balance sheet information is provided as follows:

	September 30,			December 31,
(In millions)	2015			2014
Accounts Receivable:
Accounts receivable	$	78.7		$	143.5
Less reserves and allowances(1)	(14.7		)	(9.1		)
Accounts receivable, net	$	64.0		$	134.4
Inventories:
Finished goods	$	33.2		$	51.1
Work in process	0.7			0.7
Raw materials and supplies	8.1			5.9
Total inventories	$	42.0		$	57.7
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Property, plant and equipment	$	14.9		$	184.0
Less accumulated depreciation	(9.6		)	(139.0		)
Property, plant and equipment, net(2)	$	5.3		$	45.0

⁽¹⁾Accounts receivable reserves and allowances include estimated amounts for customer returns, discounts on payment terms and uncollectible accounts.

⁽²⁾During the third quarter of 2015, we classified our corporate headquarters facility as an asset held for sale. The amounts transferred out of property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation as of September 30, 2015, was $125.5 million and $93.5 million, respectively. The carrying value of $32.0 million was subsequently written down to $10.4 million, which is its estimated fair value based on negotiations with a third party with interest in purchasing our corporate headquarters and is reported in other current assets on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2015. See Note 7 - Restructuring and Other Expense for further information on the facility write down.

Other current liabilities (included as a separate line in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets) includes rebates payable of $20.4 million and $26.9 million and accrued payroll of $13.0 million and $18.4 million as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Other liabilities (included as a separate line in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets) includes pension liabilities of $24.3 million and $22.5 million as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. 

Note 6 — Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following:

(In millions)	Trade Names			Software			Customer Relationships			Other			Total
September 30, 2015
Cost	$	14.9		$	2.0		$	—		$	2.3		$	19.2
Accumulated amortization	(4.2		)	(2.0		)	—			(2.3		)	(8.5		)
Intangible assets, net	$	10.7		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	10.7
December 31, 2014
Cost	$	34.2		$	60.1		$	20.0		$	26.2		$	140.5
Accumulated amortization	(14.0		)	(55.3		)	(3.7		)	(9.6		)	(82.6		)
Intangible assets, net	$	20.2		$	4.8		$	16.3		$	16.6		$	57.9

10

Amortization expense for intangible assets consisted of the following:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Amortization expense	$	3.0	$	3.2	$	9.4	$	9.6

Estimated amortization expense for the remainder of 2015 and each of the next four years is as follows:

(In millions)	2015 (Remainder)		2016		2017		2018		2019
Amortization expense(1)	$	0.2	$	0.9	$	0.9	$	0.9	$	0.9

⁽¹⁾The estimated amortization expense excludes amortization on intellectual property for license agreements with TDK Corporation (TDK) as the license agreements will terminate during the fourth quarter of 2015. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on the TDK agreement.

During the third quarter of 2015, management and the Board of Directors have engaged in a detailed strategic and financial assessment of the Company. As a result of this assessment, we significantly revised our previous business strategy by adjusting our product portfolio to a smaller product offering as well as changing our investment philosophy such that the investment in operating expenses will be significantly reduced. Because of our strategy change, smaller product portfolio and reduced future investment, we revised our forecasts, which we determined to be a triggering event for impairment testing. This required the assessment of the recoverability of the long-lived assets (including definite-lived intangible assets).

We compared the carrying value of our asset groups with their estimated undiscounted future cash flows and determined that the carrying value of certain asset groups exceeded the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. For those asset groups, we then compared the carrying value of the asset group to its estimated fair value to determine the amount by which our long-lived assets (primarily intangible assets) with the asset group were impaired. As a result of these analyses, we recorded an impairment charge of $37.6 million in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015.

In determining the estimated fair value of the asset groups, we used the income approach, a valuation technique under which we estimate future cash flows using the asset group's financial forecasts. Our expected cash flows are affected by various significant assumptions, including the discount rate, revenue, gross margin and EBITA (earnings before interest, taxes and amortization) expectations and the terminal value growth rate. Our analysis utilized discounted forecasted cash flows over a 10 years period with an estimation of residual growth rates thereafter. We use our business plans and projections as the basis for expected future cash flows. The assumptions included utilized discount rates ranging from 15.5 to 16.5 percent and terminal growth rates ranging from zero to 3.0 percent.

Goodwill

2015

The goodwill balance was $36.1 million as of December 31, 2014. The goodwill is solely contained within our Storage and Security Solutions reporting units. We test the carrying amount of a reporting unit's goodwill for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each year and during an interim period if an event occurs or circumstances change that would warrant impairment testing. During the third quarter of 2015, management and the Board of Directors have engaged in an assessment of the Storage and Security Solutions businesses of the Company. As a result of this assessment, we significantly revised our previous business strategy by adjusting our product portfolio to a smaller product offering as well as changing our investment philosophy associated with these businesses such that the investment in operating expenses will be significantly reduced. Because of our strategy change, smaller product portfolio and reduced future investment, we revised our forecasts, which we determined to be a triggering event requiring us to review our goodwill related to Storage and Security Solutions for impairment.

In determining the estimated fair value of the reporting units, we used the income approach, a valuation technique under which we estimate future cash flows using the reporting unit's financial forecasts. Our expected cash flows are affected by various significant assumptions, including the discount rate, revenue, gross margin and EBITA (earnings before interest, taxes and amortization) expectations and the terminal value growth rate. Our analysis utilized discounted forecasted cash flows over a 10 years period with an estimation of residual growth rates thereafter. We use our business plans and projections as the basis for expected future cash flows. The assumptions included utilized discount rates ranging from 15.5 to 16.5 percent and terminal growth rates ranging from zero to 3.0 percent.

11

As a result of this assessment, it was determined that the carrying value of our Storage and Security Solutions reporting units exceeded its estimated fair value. Accordingly, we performed a Step 2 goodwill impairment test which compared the implied value of the goodwill associated with Storage and Security Solutions to the carrying value of such goodwill. Based on this analysis, the carrying value of the Storage and Security Solutions goodwill exceeded its implied value by $36.1 million and, consequently, we recorded an impairment charge of that amount in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015. After the impairment charge, we do not have any remaining goodwill on our balance sheet as of September 30, 2015.

2014

For our Storage Solutions reporting unit, our actual results for the three months ended September 30, 2014 were lower than planned. Because of our lower than anticipated results for Storage Solutions, we revised our forecast, which we determined to be a triggering event requiring us to review our goodwill related to Storage Solutions for impairment.

In determining the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, we used the income approach, a valuation technique under which we estimate future cash flows using the reporting unit's financial forecasts. Our expected cash flows are affected by various significant assumptions, including the discount rate, revenue, gross margin and EBITA (earnings before interest, taxes and amortization) expectations and the terminal value growth rate. Our analysis utilized discounted forecasted cash flows over a 10 years period with an estimation of residual growth rates thereafter. We use our business plans and projections as the basis for expected future cash flows. The assumptions included utilized a discount rate of 16.5 percent and a terminal growth rate of 3.0 percent. Because our Storage Solutions business had not yet been able to achieve its anticipated results, we increased our discount rate by 2.0 percent over the estimated market discount rate of 14.5 percent.

As a result of this assessment, it was determined that the carrying value of our Storage Solutions reporting unit exceeded its estimated fair value. Accordingly, we performed a Step 2 goodwill impairment test which compared the implied value of the goodwill associated with Storage Solutions to the carrying value of such goodwill. Based on this analysis, the carrying value of the Storage Solutions goodwill exceeded its implied value by $35.4 million and, consequently, we recorded an impairment charge of that amount in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Note 7 — Restructuring and Other Expense

The components of our restructuring and other expense included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows:

	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	September 30,					September 30,
(In millions)	2015			2014		2015			2014
Restructuring Expense:
Severance and related	$	17.5		$	0.8	$	18.4		$	3.6
Lease termination costs	—			0.2		—			0.3
Other	0.2			0.3		0.6			1.2
Total restructuring	$	17.7		$	1.3	$	19.0		$	5.1
Other Expense:
Pension settlement/curtailment (Note 9)	1.0			0.2		1.0			0.1
Settlement of UK pension plan	—			0.5		—			0.5
Asset disposals / write down(1)	25.1			—		25.1			—
Other(2)	(3.6		)	2.2		(2.2		)	5.8
Total	$	40.2		$	4.2	$	42.9		$	11.5

⁽¹⁾The $25.1 million of asset disposals / asset write down primarily consists of a write down of our corporate headquarters facility. During the third quarter of 2015, based on the Board of Director's and management's decision to sell this facility in light of the other restructuring activities that were approved in September 2015, we classified our corporate headquarters facility as an asset held for sale. The carrying value of our corporate headquarters facility of $32.0 million was subsequently written down to $10.4 million which is its estimated fair value based on negotiations with a third party with interest in purchasing our corporate headquarters. The $21.6 million write down was charged to restructuring and other expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

12

⁽²⁾For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, other consists of a gain on the sale of our RDX^TM Storage product line which was partially offset by direct third-party costs associated with our proxy contest and strategic review process. On August 13, 2015, the Company sold its RDX Storage business and recognized a $4.8 million gain in restructuring and other expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, other consists of consulting fees and certain employee costs. See Note 12 - Fair Value Measurements for further information on the RDX transaction.

Restructuring Plan

On September 27, 2015, the Company adopted a restructuring plan pursuant to which it will terminate certain sales and operations of its worldwide Storage Media (magnetic tape) business, terminate certain sales and operations of its worldwide Consumer Storage and Accessories (CSA) business, and further reduce and rationalize its corporate overhead (the Restructuring Plan). As of September 30, 2015, the Company and its Board of Directors had not yet determined that it will restructure its Storage Media and CSA operations in Europe. The Company is currently in the process of negotiations with the European works councils to determine if such a restructuring in Europe would be approved by various European labor laws. Accordingly, no employee severance charges have been incurred associated with the Company's European operations, but it is reasonably possible that severance charges, which could be material, will be incurred in the future pending the outcome of the negotiations. The Company will continue its Nexsan^TM and Mobile Security businesses.

The Company is entering into the Restructuring Plan as a result of continued losses due to secular declines in its legacy Storage Media and CSA businesses and to reduce the cost structure and streamline the organization in light of these changes. The Company expects that it will incur approximately $140 to $160 million in total charges for the Restructuring Plan and will substantially complete the plan during the first quarter of 2016 with most charges incurred in the third and fourth quarters of 2015. Approximately $30 to $40 million of the total charges will require cash expenditures.

In October 2012, the Board of Directors approved our Global Process Improvement (GPI) Program in order to realign our business structure and significantly reduce operating expense over time. This restructuring program addressed product line rationalization and infrastructure and included a planned reduction in our global workforce. The GPI restructuring program is closed and current and future related charges will be reported as part of the Restructuring Plan.

During the third quarter of 2015, we incurred $113.9 million of costs under the Restructuring Plan. These costs included $73.7 of impairments and $40.2 million of restructuring and other. See Note 6 - Intangible Assets and Goodwill for further information on the impairments.

Activity related to the new and existing restructuring accruals was as follows:

(In millions)	Severance and Related		Lease Termination Costs		Other		Total
Accrued balance at December 31, 2014	0.8		0.3		0.2		1.3
Charges	0.5		—		0.3		0.8
Usage and payments	(0.7	)	(0.1	)	(0.2	)	(1.0	)
Accrued balance at March 31, 2015	0.6		0.2		0.3		1.1
Charges	0.4		—		0.1		0.5
Usage and payments	(0.4	)	(0.2	)	(0.1	)	(0.7	)
Accrued balance at June 30, 2015	0.6		—		0.3		0.9
Charges	17.5		—		0.2		17.7
Usage and payments	(4.7	)	—		(0.2	)	(4.9	)
Accrued balance at September 30, 2015	13.4		—		0.3		13.7

Note 8 — Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation consisted of the following:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Stock-based compensation expense	$	0.3	$	1.1	$	1.7	$	4.1

13

We have stock-based compensation awards consisting of stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights under four plans (collectively, the Stock Plans) which are described in detail in our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. As of September 30, 2015, there were 2,063,929 shares available for grant under the 2011 Incentive Plan. No further shares were available for grant under any other stock incentive plan.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes our stock option activity:

	Stock Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding December 31, 2014	3,897,986		$	13.07
Granted	24,547		3.94
Exercised	(20,000	)	3.84
Canceled	(341,498	)	24.84
Forfeited	(47,307	)	7.08
Outstanding September 30, 2015	3,513,728		$	12.00
Exercisable as of September 30, 2015	3,323,969		$	12.46

The outstanding options are non-qualified and generally have a term of ten years. The following table summarizes our weighted average assumptions used in the valuation of stock options:

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
	2015		2014
Volatility	46.2	%	46.2	%
Risk-free interest rate	1.9	%	1.9	%
Expected life (months)	73		73
Dividend yield	—		—

As of September 30, 2015, there was $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options granted under our Stock Plans. That expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.2 years.

Restricted Stock

The following table summarizes our restricted stock activity:

	Restricted Stock		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	1,348,917		$	3.81
Granted	862,706		3.97
Vested	(850,077	)	3.91
Forfeited	(931,962	)	3.82
Nonvested as of September 30, 2015	429,584		$	3.90

The cost of the awards is determined using the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, and compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite vesting period.

Effective May 22, 2015, a “Change of Control” occurred under the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Severance and Change in Control Agreements and certain incentive award agreements with its executives as a result of the election of three new directors to the Company’s Board of Directors by shareholders at the shareholder meeting on May 20, 2015 (the "May 2015 Change of Control Event"). Upon a change of control, under the terms of the agreements with these executives, the performance-based restricted shares are converted into a right to receive cash, and a portion of such awards vest immediately and are settled in cash. As a result, 225,347 restricted shares covered by such at the time of the May 2015 Change

14

of Control Event vested immediately, and a cash payment of $1.0 million was made to settle such awards. The remaining portion of such awards will only vest and be settled in cash if the executive is involuntarily terminated other than for Cause (as defined in the Agreement) or resigns for Good Reason (as defined in the agreement) within one year of the May 2015 Change of Control Event. The 866,820 restricted shares that were converted into the right to receive cash upon the May 2015 Change of Control Event were treated as forfeited and recorded as treasury shares. The only situation in which the performance-based restricted shares can be settled in cash is pursuant to a change of control.

As of September 30, 2015, there was $0.9 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock granted under our Stock Plans. That expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.

Stock Appreciation Rights

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we granted 2.7 million Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) to certain employees associated with our Storage Solutions and Mobile Security operations. These awards were issued to incentivize employees to grow revenues. These awards expire on December 31, 2017 and only vest when both stock price and revenue performance conditions specified by the terms of the SARs are met. Additionally, under the terms of the 2015 SARs, any cash payments to an individual under a 2015 vested SAR would reduce any cash payment received under any earlier SAR grant pertaining to that individual, if and when such earlier SAR vests. For the stock price condition, based on the terms of the awards, 50 percent of the SARs could vest if the 30-day average Imation stock price reaches $8 per share or more by December 31, 2017 and the remaining 50 percent of the SARs could vest if the 30-day average Imation stock price reaches $12 per share or more by December 31, 2017. Additionally, for the revenue performance condition, as a condition necessary for vesting, the net revenue of Storage Solutions or Mobile Security (depending on the award) must reach certain specified stretch targets by December 31, 2017. If exercised, the SARs require a cash payment to the holder in an amount based on the Imation stock price at the date of exercise as compared to the stock price at the date of grant. As of September 30, 2015, we had 4.7 million SARs outstanding for which we have not recorded any related compensation expense based on the applicable accounting rules. We will continue to assess these SARs each quarter to determine if any expense should be recorded.

Note 9 — Retirement Plans

Pension Plans

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, we contributed $0.6 million and $1.2 million to our worldwide pension plans, respectively. We presently anticipate contributing up to $0.1 million to fund our worldwide pension plans during the remainder of 2015.

In connection with actions taken under our announced restructuring programs, the number of employees accumulating benefits under our pension plan in the United States continues to decline. Participants in our U.S. defined benefit pension plan have the option of receiving cash lump sum payments when exiting the plan, which a number of participants exiting the plan have elected to receive. Lump sum payments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 have exceeded our expected 2015 interest costs. As a result, a partial settlement event occurred during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and we recognized a settlement loss of $1.0 million. A settlement loss of $0.2 million and $0.8 million were recognized for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. These settlement losses are included in restructuring and other in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, in connection with the settlement and as required by pension accounting, we remeasured the funded status of our U.S. defined benefit pension plan as of September 30, 2015 and have adjusted the funded status on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2015 accordingly.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded a curtailment gain in the amount of $0.7 million relating to our pension plan in Japan. This amount was recorded to restructuring and other in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We had a defined benefit pension plan located in the United Kingdom (UK Plan) for former employees with no current employees in the plan. On September 17, 2013, we settled our obligations under the UK Plan by way of a transaction with Pension Insurance Corporation (PIC) whereby PIC fully assumed the projected benefit obligation and underlying plan assets. It is a standard practice in the United Kingdom for a government review process to occur, entailing a review of the plan obligations and participant data, upon a transaction such as this one involving a transfer of a pension plan. During the third quarter of 2014, we had an additional obligation of $0.5 million associated with a true-up of the transaction that we have recorded in restructuring and other in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

15

Components of net periodic pension (credit) cost included the following:

	United States						International						United States						International
	Three Months Ended September 30,												Nine Months Ended September 30,
(In millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014
Service cost	$	—		$	—		$	0.1		$	0.1		$	—		$	—		$	0.3		$	0.3
Interest cost	0.8			0.8			0.2			0.4			2.2			2.4			0.4			0.8
Expected return on plan assets	(1.1		)	(1.2		)	(0.2		)	(0.3		)	(3.1		)	(3.6		)	(0.6		)	(0.7		)
Amortization of net actuarial loss	0.3			0.3			—			0.1			0.9			0.9			0.2			0.2
Amortization of prior service credit	—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(0.1		)
Net periodic pension (credit) cost	$	—		$	(0.1	)	$	0.1		$	0.3		$	—		$	(0.3	)	$	0.3		$	0.5
Settlement loss	1.0			0.2			—			—			1.0			0.8			—			—
Curtailment gain	—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(0.7		)
Total pension (credit) cost	$	1.0		$	0.1		$	0.1		$	0.3		$	1.0		$	0.5		$	0.3		$	(0.2	)

Note 10 — Income Taxes

For interim income tax reporting, we are required to estimate our annual effective tax rate and apply it to year-to-date pre-tax income/loss excluding unusual or infrequently occurring discrete items. Tax jurisdictions with losses for which tax benefits cannot be realized are excluded.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, we recorded income tax expense of $3.6 million and $3.9 million, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded income tax expense of $3.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively. The change in the income tax expense for the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the same period last year is primarily related to lower foreign income tax expense compared to last year, offset by a $3.7 million valuation allowance established during the current quarter as a result of the announced Restructuring Plan, which has changed our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain foreign jurisdictions to recover our net deferred tax assets in such locations. The effective income tax rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35 percent primarily due to a valuation allowance on various deferred tax assets and the effects of foreign tax rate differential. As disclosed previously, as of September 30, 2015 the Company had not yet determined that it will be restructuring its European operations, pending the outcome of negotiations with European works councils and, accordingly, we have not provided valuation allowances associated with tax jurisdictions within Europe. However, it is reasonably possible that valuation allowances may be necessary in future periods if we reach agreement to restructure our European operations. The total net deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2015 associated with European jurisdictions is approximately $6.0 million.

We conduct business globally. As a result, we file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions and are subject to review by various U.S and foreign taxing authorities. Our U.S. federal income tax returns for 2011 through 2013 are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by foreign tax jurisdictions or state and local tax jurisdictions for years before 2008. In the event that we have determined not to file tax returns with a particular state or city, all years remain subject to examination by the tax jurisdiction.

We accrue for the effects of uncertain tax positions and the related potential penalties and interest. Our liability related to uncertain tax positions, which is presented in other liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and which includes interest and penalties and excludes certain unrecognized tax benefits that have been netted against deferred tax assets, was $1.6 million and $1.9 million as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefit with respect to certain of our unrecognized tax positions will increase or decrease during the next twelve months; however it is not possible to reasonably estimate the effect at this time.

Note 11 — Debt

As of September 30, 2015, we had short-term borrowings of $18.0 million with interest rates ranging from 0.9 percent to 2.7 percent. The borrowings were primarily from our credit agreements with various banks in the United States, Europe and Japan. As of September 30, 2015, our remaining borrowing capacity under all credit agreements, after consideration of amounts outstanding, was $12.6 million. We are in compliance with our covenant requirements as of September 30, 2015 except for covenants related to our Japan Credit Agreement. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on our Japan Credit Agreement.

16

As of September 30, 2015, we maintained a credit agreement entered into in 2006 as amended (the Credit Agreement) and a credit agreement entered into in 2013 with a lender in Japan (the Japan Credit Agreement). Both credit agreements are described in Note 11 - Debt of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. In order to reduce borrowing costs, the maximum amount of borrowings under the Credit Agreement was reduced at the Company's request from $170 million to $100 million on May 28, 2015. The new limit does not impact our borrowing capacity as our borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement is under $100 million. The new sublimits are $80 million in the United States and $20 million in Europe.

Note 12 — Fair Value Measurements

Trading Securities

On August 13, 2015 the Company entered into an agreement to sell its RDX™ Storage product line, including $1.5 million of associated inventory, to Sphere 3D for approximately $6 million of value. Under terms of the agreement, Imation received approximately 1.5 million shares of Sphere 3D common stock which resulted in a gain of $4.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015. The consideration received is subject to certain adjustments if the market value of the Sphere 3D shares change in value. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 the Company recorded a $0.3 million loss on the value of the 1.5 million Sphere 3D shares held. The loss was recorded in other (income) expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations as the investments are classified as trading securities under applicable accounting criteria. The estimated fair value of the shares held is $3.3 million and is included in other current assets in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2015.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Cash Flow Hedges

We attempt to substantially mitigate the risk that forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currencies may be adversely affected by changes in the currency exchange rates through the use of option, forward and combination option contracts. Gains and losses related to cash flow hedges are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive loss with a corresponding asset or liability. When the hedged transaction occurs, the gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss are reclassified into the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations in the same line as the item being hedged. The following table sets forth our cash flow hedges which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

	September 30, 2015							December 31, 2014
(In millions)	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Derivative assets:
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		0.1			—		—		7.3		—
Derivative liabilities:
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		(0.8		)	—		—		—		—
Total net derivative (liabilities) assets	$	—	$	(0.7	)	$	—	$	—	$	7.3	$	—

Other Derivative Instruments

We use foreign currency forward contracts to manage the foreign currency exposure related to our monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. We record the estimated fair value of these forward contracts in other current assets or other current liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and, because we do not receive hedge accounting for these derivatives, changes in their value are recognized every reporting period in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, we recorded net foreign currency gains of $0.9 million and losses of $1.5 million, respectively, in other (income) expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. These results reflect changes in foreign exchange rates on foreign denominated assets and liabilities and are net of losses of $0.5 million and $0.7 million from the related foreign currency forward contracts for the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, we recorded net foreign currency losses of $0.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively, in other (income) expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. These net losses

17

reflect changes in foreign exchange rates on foreign denominated assets and liabilities and are net of losses of $0.3 million and $1.1 million from the related foreign currency forward contracts for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The notional amounts and fair values of our derivative instruments recorded in other current assets and other current liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

	September 30, 2015							December 31, 2014
			Fair Value							Fair Value
(In millions)	Notional Amount		Other Current Assets		Other Current Liabilities			Notional Amount		Other Current Assets		Other Current Liabilities
Cash flow hedges designated as hedging instruments	$	24.0	$	0.1	$	(0.8	)	$	86.7	$	7.3	$	—
Other hedges not receiving hedge accounting	1.1		—		—			23.4		—		—
Total	$	25.1	$	0.1	$	(0.8	)	$	110.1	$	7.3	$	—

Note 13 — Shareholders' Equity

Treasury Stock

On May 2, 2012, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program that allowed for the repurchase of 5.0 million shares of common stock, replacing our previous authorization. We did not repurchase any shares during the three months ended September 30, 2015. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we repurchased 0.4 million shares of common stock for $1.7 million. Since the authorization of this program, we have repurchased 3.0 million shares of common stock for $13.3 million and, as of September 30, 2015, we had remaining authorization to repurchase up to 2.0 million additional shares. The treasury stock held as of September 30, 2015 was acquired at an average price of $12.74 per share.

Following is a summary of treasury share activity:

	Treasury Shares
Balance as of December 31, 2014	627,796
Purchases	382,448
Exercise of stock options	(12,656	)
Restricted stock grants	(690,662	)
Forfeitures and other	931,058
Balance as of September 30, 2015	1,237,984

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss and related activity consisted of the following:

(In millions)	Gains (Losses) on Derivative Financial Instruments			Defined Benefit Plans			Foreign Currency Translation			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	5.1		$	(20.6	)	$	(69.3	)	$	(84.8	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax(1)	0.9			(4.4		)	(6.6		)	(10.1		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(6.7		)	1.8			—			(4.9		)
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income	(5.8		)	(2.6		)	(6.6		)	(15.0		)
Balance as of September 30, 2015	$	(0.7	)	$	(23.2	)	$	(75.9	)	$	(99.8	)

⁽¹⁾Income tax benefit of $0.9 million was recorded for unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

18

The Company's Restructuring Plan will terminate certain sales and operations of its worldwide Storage Media and CSA businesses. See Note 7 - Restructuring and Other Expense for further information on the Company's Restructuring Plan. U.S. GAAP requires accumulated foreign currency translation balances to be reclassified into the Consolidated Statement of Operations once the liquidation of the net assets of a foreign entity is substantially complete. As of September 30, 2015, the Company had $75.9 million of accumulated foreign currency translation losses in other comprehensive loss for which significant balances could be reclassified into the Consolidated Statement of Operations in the future.

Details of amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss and the line item in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations are as follows:

	Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss								Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Operations Where (Gain) Loss is Presented
	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Gains on cash flow hedges	(0.8	)	(1.2	)	(6.1	)	(2.0	)	Cost of goods sold
Income tax expense	(2.3	)	0.5		(0.6	)	0.8		Income tax provision
	(3.1	)	(0.7	)	(6.7	)	(1.2	)
Amortization of net actuarial loss	0.3		0.3		0.7		0.7		Selling, general and administrative
Net pension curtailment/settlement loss	1.0		0.2		1.0		0.2		Restructuring and other
Income tax benefit	0.2		—		0.1		0.2		Income tax provision
	1.5		0.5		1.8		1.1
Total reclassifications for the period	(1.6	)	(0.2	)	(4.9	)	(0.1	)

382 Rights Agreement

On August 6, 2015, the Board of Directors adopted a rights plan intended to avoid an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and thereby preserve the current ability of the Company to utilize certain net operating loss carryovers and other tax benefits of the Company and its subsidiaries (the Tax Benefits). If the Company experiences an “ownership change,” as defined in Section 382 of Code, the Company’s ability to fully utilize the Tax Benefits on an annual basis will be substantially limited, and the timing of the usage of the Tax Benefits and such other benefits could be substantially delayed, which could therefore significantly impair the value of those assets. The rights plan is intended to act as a deterrent to any person or group acquiring “beneficial ownership” of 4.9% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, without the approval of the Board. The description and terms of the Rights (as defined below) applicable to the rights plan are set forth in the 382 Rights Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2015 (the Rights Agreement), by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent.

As part of the Rights Agreement, the Board authorized and declared a dividend distribution of one right (a Right) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, to stockholders of record at the close of business on September 10, 2015. Each Right entitles the holder to purchase from the Company a unit consisting of one one-hundredth of a share (a Unit) of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the Preferred Stock) at a purchase price of $15.00 per Unit, subject to adjustment (the Purchase Price). Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no separate rights as a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote or to receive dividends in respect of Rights.

Under the Rights Agreement, an Acquiring Person is any person or group of affiliated or associated persons (a Person) who is or becomes the beneficial owner of 4.9% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock other than as a result of repurchases of stock by the Company, dividends or distribution by the Company, stock issued under certain benefit plans or certain inadvertent actions by stockholders. For purposes of calculating percentage ownership under the Rights Agreement, outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock include all of the shares of common stock actually issued and outstanding. Beneficial ownership is determined as provided in the Rights Agreement and generally includes, without limitation, any ownership of securities a Person would be deemed to actually or constructively own for purposes of Section 382 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The Rights Agreement provides that the following shall not be deemed an Acquiring Person for purposes of the Rights Agreement: (i) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any employee benefit plan of the Company, or of any subsidiary of the Company, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or (ii) any Person that, as of August 7, 2015, is the beneficial owner of 4.9% or more of the shares of Common Stock outstanding (such Person, an Existing Holder) unless and

19

until such Existing Holder acquires beneficial ownership of additional shares of common stock (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding shares of common stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of common stock) in an amount in excess of 0.5% of the outstanding shares of common stock.

The Rights Agreement provides that a Person shall not become an Acquiring Person for purpose of the Rights Agreement in a transaction that the Board determines is exempt from the Rights Agreement, which determination shall be made in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board, upon request by any Person prior to the date upon which such Person would otherwise become an Acquiring Person, including, without limitation, if the Board determines that (i) neither the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock by such Person, directly or indirectly, as a result of such transaction nor any other aspect of such transaction would jeopardize or endanger the availability to the Company of the Tax Benefits or (ii) such transaction is otherwise in the best interests of the Company.

Initially, the Rights will not be exercisable and will be attached to all common stock representing shares then outstanding, and no separate Rights certificates will be distributed. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Rights Agreement, the Rights will separate from the common stock and become exercisable and a distribution date (a Distribution Date) will occur upon the earlier of (i) 10 business days (or such later date as the Board shall determine) following a public announcement that a Person has become an Acquiring Person or (ii) 10 business days (or such later date as the Board shall determine) following the commencement of a tender offer, exchange offer or other transaction that, upon consummation thereof, would result in a Person becoming an Acquiring Person.

Until the Distribution Date, common stock held in book-entry form, or in the case of certificated shares, common stock certificates, will evidence the Rights and will contain a notation to that effect. Any transfer of shares of common stock prior to the Distribution Date will constitute a transfer of the associated Rights. After the Distribution Date, the Rights may be transferred on the books and records of the Rights Agent as provided in the Rights Agreement.

If on or after the Distribution Date, a Person is or becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right, other than certain Rights including those beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will have become void), will have the right to receive upon exercise common stock (or, in certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of the Company) having a value equal to two times the Purchase Price.

In the event that, at any time following the first date of a public announcement that a Person has become an Acquiring Person or that discloses information which reveals the existence of an Acquiring Person or such earlier date as a majority of the Board becomes aware of the existence of an Acquiring Person (any such date, the Stock Acquisition Date), (i) the Company engages in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, (ii) the Company engages in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the Company is the surviving corporation and the common stock of the Company is changed or exchanged or (iii) 50% or more of the Company’s assets, cash flow or earning power is sold or transferred, each holder of a Right (except Rights which have previously been voided as set forth above) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two times the Purchase Price.

At any time following the Stock Acquisition Date and prior to the acquisition by the Acquiring Person of 50% or more of the outstanding common stock, the Board may exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such Person which have become void), in whole or in part, for common stock or Preferred Stock at an exchange ratio of one share of common stock, or one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (or of a share of a class or series of the Company’s preferred stock having equivalent rights, preferences and privileges), per Right, subject to adjustment.

The Rights and the Rights Agreement will expire on the earliest of (i) 5:00 P.M. New York City time on August 7, 2018, (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed or exchanged pursuant to the Rights Agreement, (iii) the date on which the Board determines that the Rights Agreement is no longer necessary for the preservation of material valuable Tax Benefits or is no longer in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders, (iv) the beginning of a taxable year to which the Board determines that no Tax Benefits may be carried forward and (v) the first anniversary of the adoption of the Agreement if stockholder approval has not been received by or on such date.

At any time until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the expiration date of the Rights, the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001 per Right. Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering redemption of the Rights, the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the $0.001 redemption price.

20

Note 14 — Segment Information

We manage our business through two reporting segments, Consumer Storage and Accessories (CSA) and Tiered Storage and Security Solutions (TSS). Our reporting segments are generally aligned with our key consumer and commercial channels. On September 27, 2015, the Company adopted a restructuring plan that will significantly change the business and operations of our segments. See Note 7 - Restructuring and Other Expense for further information.

We have two major product categories under our CSA segment: Consumer Storage Media and Audio and Accessories. Consumer Storage Media products include primarily optical products such as DVDs, CDs and Blu-ray^TM disc recordable media as well as flash media. Audio and Accessories includes primarily headphones, audio electronics and accessories. Consumer storage media and audio products and accessories are sold under the Imation^TM, Memorex^TM, TREK^TM and TDK Life on Record brands. We have two major product categories under our TSS segment: Commercial Storage Media and Storage and Security Solutions. Commercial Storage Media products consist mainly of magnetic data storage tape media and RDX^® media. Storage and Security Solutions includes storage hardware products, services and software for backup and archiving as well as primary storage; encrypted and biometric flash drives and hard disk drives; secure portable desktop solutions; and software solutions, including products which contain various security features such as password authentication, encryption and remote manageability. Imation’s storage and security solutions portfolio includes Nexsan^TM hybrid storage solutions and IronKey^TMmobile security solutions that address the needs of professionals for storage and archiving, secure data transport and mobile workspaces.

We evaluate segment performance based on revenue and operating income (loss). The operating income (loss) reported in our segments excludes corporate and other unallocated amounts. Although such amounts are excluded from the business segment results, they are included in reported consolidated results. Corporate and unallocated amounts may include depreciation and amortization, litigation settlement expense, goodwill impairment, intangible impairments, corporate expense, inventory write-offs related to our restructuring programs and restructuring and other expenses which are not allocated to the segments.

The operating results of our former XtremeMac and Memorex consumer electronics businesses are presented in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as discontinued operations and are not included in segment results for all periods presented. See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations for further information on these divestitures.

Net revenue and operating income (loss) from continuing operations by segment were as follows:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net revenue
Consumer Storage and Accessories:
Consumer Storage Media	$	59.0	$	79.4	$	191.6	$	253.4
Audio and Accessories	8.8		12.6		27.7		33.7
Total Consumer Storage and Accessories	67.8		92.0		219.3		287.1
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions:
Commercial Storage Media	36.6		54.3		129.8		159.7
Storage and Security Solutions	24.8		28.7		86.1		85.7
Total Tiered Storage and Security Solutions	61.4		83.0		215.9		245.4
Total net revenue	$	129.2	$	175.0	$	435.2	$	532.5

21

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
(In millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations
Consumer Storage and Accessories	$	(15.8	)	$	5.4		$	(11.2	)	$	12.7
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions	(10.1		)	(8.1		)	(22.8		)	(25.4		)
Total segment operating loss	(25.9		)	(2.7		)	(34.0		)	(12.7		)
Corporate and unallocated	(122.8		)	(53.1		)	(143.6		)	(79.3		)
Total operating loss	(148.7		)	(55.8		)	(177.6		)	(92.0		)
Interest income	(0.1		)	(0.1		)	(0.3		)	(0.3		)
Interest expense	0.6			0.7			1.8			1.9
Other, net expense	(0.5		)	1.6			1.1			2.6
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(148.7	)	$	(58.0	)	$	(180.2	)	$	(96.2	)

Note 15 — Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

We are the subject of various pending or threatened legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. All such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with assurance. Additionally, our businesses are subject to allegations of patent infringement by our competitors as well as by non-practicing entities (NPEs), sometimes referred to as “patent trolls,” who may seek monetary settlements from us, our competitors, suppliers and resellers, including the One-Blue litigation described below. Consequently, as of September 30, 2015, we are unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate aggregate amount of any monetary liability or financial impact that we may incur with respect to these matters. It is reasonably possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters could materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

On May 22, 2013, Imation was sued in U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware by five entities: One-Blue, LLC (One-Blue), which is an entity with licensing authority for a pool of patents relating to Blu-ray discs, and four members of One-Blue, Koninklijke Philips N.V., Panasonic Corporation, Pioneer Corporation and Sony Corporation. The plaintiffs allege that Imation's sales of certain Blu-ray discs infringe six patents and seek unspecified damages, treble damages and attorney's fees. On June 13, 2013, Imation filed an Answer, Affirmative Defenses, and Counterclaims, naming various defenses including that plaintiffs are barred, in whole or in part, from any recovery or relief by their refusal to license the patents-in-suit under fair, reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms. Imation intends to vigorously defend the case. Proceedings in the case have been bifurcated, and a trial limited to the issues presented by Imation’s Counterclaim is scheduled to begin on November 16, 2015. Imation has notified its manufacturers of their indemnity obligations that it believes cover a portion of its liability, if any, to One-Blue and the other plaintiffs. In addition, Imation has a dispute with One-Blue regarding One-Blue's refusal to license its Japanese Blu-ray patents under fair, reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms in Japan, where Imation's sales of Blu-ray discs are substantially greater than in the U.S. Imation Corporation Japan, Imation's Japanese subsidiary, sued One-Blue in Japan regarding its unlawful interference with certain of our customer relationships. On February 18, 2015, the Tokyo District Court rendered a decision in favor of Imation that held One-Blue's sending of warning letters to Imation customers that threatened those customers with certain patent-related actions constituted an illegal "unfair competition practice" and issued a permanent injunction prohibiting One-Blue from sending any such warning letters in the future. One-Blue did not appeal that decision.

SpearPoint Capital Fund LP et al. v. Mark E. Lucas, et al. This shareholder derivative action was filed in Delaware Chancery Court on February 9, 2015. It names as defendants the Company and the members of its Board of Directors. Plaintiffs contend that the defendants paid excessive compensation to the directors. They seek damages for breaches of fiduciary duties, waste of corporate assets and unjust enrichment. They also seek corporate governance reforms related to the Company’s compensation practices. The Directors have responded to the complaint denying all the allegations; the Company, as the nominal defendant, has responded denying the allegations as well. The parties are now engaged in discovery. Trial, should it be necessary, has been scheduled for June 2016.

22

Copyright Levies

Background and historical developments associated with our copyright levies are discussed in Note 15 - Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had accrued liabilities of $5.8 million and $9.3 million, respectively, associated with levies for which we are withholding payment. In the first quarter of 2015, we reversed a $2.8 million accrual for copyright levies on optical products as the result of a favorable German court decision retroactively setting levy rates at a level much lower than the rates sought by the German collecting society.

We are subject to several pending or threatened legal actions by the individual European national levy collecting societies in relation to private copyright levies under the Directive. Those actions generally seek payment of the commercial and consumer optical levies withheld by Imation. For example, in the first quarter of 2015, the French levy society, Copie France, filed a new summary proceeding, seeking $8.7 million in withheld levies. Imation believed this claim was without merit, and Copie France voluntarily dismissed the claim in the second quarter of 2015. Imation has corresponding claims in those actions seeking reimbursement of levies improperly collected by those collecting societies. A hearing has been scheduled on December 8, 2016, in the High Court of Justice (Tribunal de Grande Instance de Paris) on Imation’s claim against Copie France for reimbursement of commercial optical levies previously paid by Imation, and Copie France’s counterclaim against Imation seeking payment of withheld levy payments; a decision in that case is not expected until several months after that hearing is completed. We are subject to threatened actions by certain customers of Imation seeking reimbursement of funds they allege relate to commercial levies that they claim they should not have paid. Although these actions are subject to the uncertainties inherent in the litigation process, based on the information presently available to us, management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of these actions will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Additional court decisions may be rendered in 2015 that may directly or indirectly impact our levy exposure in specific European countries which could trigger a review of our levy exposure in those countries.

Note 16 — Related Party Transactions

Clinton Relational Opportunity Master Fund, L.P. (the "Clinton Group") nominated 3 persons for election to Imation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) at the Company's Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 20, 2015. Shareholders elected Clinton Group’s three nominees, Joseph A. De Perio, Robert B. Fernander and Barry L. Kasoff, replacing three incumbent directors who were standing for reelection.

Mr. De Perio currently serves as Senior Portfolio Manager of the Clinton Group. During the third quarter of 2015, the Board authorized reimbursement to the Clinton Group for its documented expenses related to proxy contest fees for 2015 for$0.6 million. The fees are recorded in restructuring and other charges for the three months ended September 30, 2015 and are accrued in other current liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2015.

On August 17, 2015, Imation entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Fernander to perform certain services including assisting the Company with a review and assessment of the Nexsan and Mobile Security businesses of the Company, for which he received consulting fees of $25,000 per week, subject to termination by the Company on a one week's notice. For the three months ended September 30, 2015, the Company paid $0.2 million to Mr. Fernander for these services, which is recorded in restructuring and other charges. 

On September 27, 2015, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Fernander to serve as Interim Group President, Tiered Storage and Security Solutions, effective September 28, 2015, and terminated the consulting agreement with Mr. Fernander. For his service as Interim Group President, Tiered Storage and Security Solutions, Mr. Fernander received $35,000 per week in salary. Effective October 14, 2015, the Board appointed Mr. Fernander to serve as the Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Pursuant to an employment agreement, Mr. Fernander will serve an initial 1-year term, receive base compensation of $600,000 and a performance-based restricted stock award of 574,000 shares and receive up to one year's base salary if his employment agreement with the Company is terminated other than for Cause (as define in the employment agreement), or by reason of his death or disability.

On August 17, 2015, the Board appointed Mr. Kasoff to serve as Interim President of the Company effective August 19, 2015. Mr. Kasoff received compensation of $35,000 per week for his services as Interim President. Effective October 14, 2015, in connection with the appointment of Mr. Fernander to the position of Interim Chief Executive Officer, the Board appointed Mr. Kasoff as Chief Restructuring Officer at the same level of compensation he received as Interim President.

Mr. Kasoff also serves as president of Realization Services, Inc. (RSI), a management consulting firm specializing in assisting companies and capital stakeholders in troubled business environments. Pursuant to a consulting agreement between the Company and RSI dated August 17, 2015 and subsequent amendment, RSI is performing consulting services for the Company for the period from August 8, 2015 up to February 29, 2016, unless terminated earlier by the Company, including assisting the Company with a review and assessment of the Company’s business and the formulation of a business plan to enhance shareholder value going forward. Prior to being appointed as Interim President of the Company, RSI received

23

consulting fees of $85,000 per week from the Company under the terms of the Agreement plus up to an additional $225,000 for enhanced services for the period from August 26, 2015 through September 18, 2015. Effective September 19, 2015, RSI will receive consulting fees up to $125,000 per week for the remaining term of the agreement. For the three months ended September 30, 2015, the Company paid $0.8 million to RSI which is recorded in restructuring and other charges.

On August 31, 2015, Imation entered into a consulting agreement with Geoff Barrall, a member of the Board pursuant to which Mr. Barrall will perform certain services including formulating a business plan and budget for the Company which is subject to termination by the Company on a one week's notice. For the three months ended September 30, 2015, the Company paid $0.2 million to Mr. Barrall which is recorded in restructuring and other charges.    

On October 14, 2015, Imation acquired substantially all of the equity of Connected Data, Inc. (CD) for approximately $7.5 million in cash (subject to adjustment), shares of Imation common stock and repayment of debt. Mr. Barrall is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of CD. In consideration for his CD common shares and options to purchase CD common shares, Mr. Barrall received approximately $184,000 at the time of the acquisition and he will be eligible to receive up to an additional $260,000 to the extent certain CD revenue targets are achieved for the 3 consecutive six-month periods commencing January 1, 2016.  The accounting for the CD acquisition will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on the CD acquisition. 

In connection with the CD acquisition, Imation appointed Mr. Barrall as Imation’s Chief Technology Officer on October 14, 2015 and entered into a related employment agreement on October 27, 2015. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Barrall will receive (i) a base salary of $600,000 per year, (ii) if he remains employed with the Company through December 31, 2015, a retention bonus of $116,732 in cash (which will be forfeited on a pro rata basis if he does not remain employed with the Company through December 31, 2016), and restricted stock units valued at $116,732 (which will vest pro rata on a monthly basis through December 31, 2016), (iii) subject to approval of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, an option to purchase 300,000 shares of Imation common stock, which will vest in equal monthly installments over 36 months of continued employment with the Company and (iv) if his employment with the Company is terminated other than for Cause or by Mr. Barrall for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in the employment agreement), one year’s base salary and, if such termination occurs either thirty days before or one year following a change of control (as defined in the employment agreement) the retention bonus described in clause (ii) above and in the stock options described in clause (iii) above will immediately vest in full. The consulting agreement with Mr. Barrall was terminated on October 12, 2015.

TDK owned approximately 18 percent of the Company’s common stock as of September 30, 2015. On September 28, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with TDK providing for the transfer of 6,675,764 shares of Imation common stock, subject to adjustment, from TDK to Imation, the termination of the Company's license agreement with TDK and the termination of certain rights of TDK under its Investor Rights Agreement with the Company. The TDK shares will be transferred back to the Company during the fourth quarter of 2015 and the corresponding accounting entries will be recorded at that time. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on the TDK agreement.

Note 17 — Subsequent Events

On October 30, 2015, Imation terminated its Japan Credit Agreement entered into on July 16, 2013. At the time of termination, the Company paid down its short-term borrowings of $7.6 million. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2015, capitalized costs for the credit facility of $0.1 million will be charged to interest expense.

On October 14, 2015, Imation acquired substantially all of the equity of Connected Data, an emerging enterprise-class, private cloud sync and share company, in a transaction valued at $7.5 million at closing. The acquisition of CD augments Imation’s vision in delivering a comprehensive and secure storage, backup and collaboration ecosystem. The Company intends to complete the acquisition of Connected Data through a short-form merger as soon as practicable. The purchase price consists of approximately $0.9 million in cash, 1,511,151 shares of Imation common stock valued at approximately $4.0 million and approximately $2.6 million in repayment of debt. Up to $5.0 million in cash and shares in earn outs are possible based upon Connected Data’s performance through 2016 and the first half of 2017. The accounting for the CD acquisition will take place during the fourth quarter of 2015. See Note 16 - Related Party Transactions for additional information on the CD acquisition.

On September 28, 2015, Imation entered into an agreement with TDK providing for the transfer of 6,675,764 shares of Imation common stock, subject to adjustment, from TDK to Imation, the termination of the Company's license agreements with TDK and the termination of certain rights of TDK under its Investor Rights Agreement with the Company. After termination of the rights agreement, Imation will no longer have the right to use the licensed intellectual property except as required through December 31, 2015 to fulfill already existing obligations. TDK will no longer have rights to designate one employee or director of TDK as a nominee to stand for election as a director of the Company, information rights, preemptive rights, and demand registration rights. The Imation shares will be transferred back to the Company during the fourth quarter of 2015 and the corresponding accounting will be recorded at that time.

24

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Overview

As used in this document, the terms "Imation", "the Company", "we", "us" and "our" mean Imation Corp. and its subsidiaries and consolidated entities unless the context indicates otherwise.

Imation Corp. is a global data storage and security company. With a 60-year history of technology leadership, the Company's mission is to help organizations store, protect and connect their digital world. The Company operates in two focused business segments: Tiered Storage and Security Solutions (TSS) and Consumer Storage and Accessories (CSA). We have four major product categories: Storage and Security Solutions and Commercial Storage Media in our TSS segment and Consumer Storage Media and Audio and Accessories in our CSA segment.

In August 2015, Imation formed a Strategic Alternatives Committee of its Board to work with management and make recommendations to the Board regarding the Company’s use of its excess capital, and on October 19, 2015, the Company announced that it will actively explore new alternative uses for its excess capital. Interim Chief Executive Officer, Robert B. Fernander, will lead the evaluation and deployment of capital in conjunction with the Strategic Alternatives Committee. The Strategic Alternatives Committee has been tasked with examining opportunities to deploy Imation’s excess cash and developing initiatives for strategic value creation. The scope of the acquisition opportunities to be considered may be outside of industries that have comprised Imation’s historical focus, and may be sourced in the private and public markets. The Company generally expects to evaluate opportunities where it can acquire businesses that it can actively manage and oversee, but may make investments in opportunities that it will not control.

On September 27, 2015, the Company adopted a restructuring plan pursuant to which it will terminate certain sales and operations of its worldwide Storage Media (magnetic tape) business, terminate certain sales and operations of its worldwide CSA business, and further reduce and rationalize its corporate overhead (the Restructuring Plan). As of September 30, 2015, the Company and its Board of Directors had not yet determined that it will restructure its Storage Media and CSA operations in Europe. The Company is currently in the process of negotiations with the European works counsels to determine if such a restructuring in Europe would be approved by various European labor laws. Accordingly, no employee severance charges have been incurred associated with the Company's European operations, but it is reasonably possible that severance charges, which could be material, will be incurred in the future pending the outcome of the negotiations. The Company will continue its Nexsan^TM and Mobile Security businesses.

The Company is entering into the Restructuring Plan as a result of continued losses due to secular declines in its legacy Storage Media and CSA businesses and to reduce the cost structure and streamline the organization in light of these changes. The Company expects that it will incur approximately $140 to $160 million in total charges for the Restructuring Plan and will substantially complete the Restructuring Plan during the first quarter of 2016, with most of its charges incurred in the third and fourth quarter of 2015.

As part of the restructuring and wind down process, the Company is aggressively liquidating its legacy business asset and liability balances. This will cause working capital balances to change significantly as working capital is converted into cash. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 3015 we recorded $9.7 million and $7.3 million of inventory and accounts receivable write-offs, respectively. Based on the information available to us, we believe the remaining inventory to be valued at the lower of cost or market and remaining accounts receivable balances to be collectible. However, these amounts are not certain and it is reasonably possible additional charges may be provided for in a future period.

On October 14, 2015, Imation acquired substantially all of the equity of Connected Data, Inc. (CD), an emerging enterprise-class, private cloud sync and share company, in a transaction valued at $7.5 million at closing. The acquisition of CD augments Imation’s vision in delivering a comprehensive and secure storage, backup and collaboration ecosystem. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on the CD acquisition.

Executive Summary

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2015

• Net revenue from continuing operations of $129.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015 was down 26.2 percent compared with $175.0 million in the same period last year. The decrease was due to declines in all businesses and currency impacts. Foreign currency exchange rates negatively impacted revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2015 by 7.2 percent compared to the same period last year.

• Operating loss from continuing operations was $148.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared with an operating loss of $55.8 million in the same period last year. The operating loss for the three months ended September 30, 2015 includes charges of $40.2 million for restructuring and other, $37.6 million for intangible impairments and $36.1 million for goodwill impairments. The increase of $92.9 million from the prior year period is due to the intangible impairments, higher restructuring and other charges and lower gross profit in the current period.

25

• Diluted loss per share from continuing operations was $3.70 for the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared with a diluted loss per share of $1.49 for the same period last year.

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Nine Months EndedSeptember 30, 2015

• Net revenue from continuing operations of $435.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was down 18.3 percent compared with $532.5 million in the same period last year. The decrease was due to secular declines in our legacy businesses and currency impacts. Foreign currency exchange rates negatively impacted revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 by 7.3 percent compared to the same period last year.

• Operating loss from continuing operations was $177.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with an operating loss of $92.0 million in the same period last year. The operating loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 includes charges of $42.9 million for restructuring and other, $37.6 million for intangible impairments and $36.1 million for goodwill impairments. The increase of $85.6 million from the same period last year is due to the intangible impairments, higher restructuring and other charges and lower gross profit in the current period.

• Diluted loss per share from continuing operations was $4.48 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with a diluted loss per share of $2.39 for the same period last year.

Cash Flow/Financial Condition for the Nine Months EndedSeptember 30, 2015

• Cash and cash equivalents totaled $94.3 million at September 30, 2015 compared with $114.6 million at December 31, 2014. The decline in the cash balance reflects the ongoing investment in Storage and Security Solutions growth initiatives and seasonal working capital changes and payments, as well as currency impacts.

• Cash used in operating activities was $14.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with $13.2 million in the same period last year. The increase was primarily due to negative earnings and our ongoing investment in Storage and Security Solutions growth initiatives.

Results of Operations

The operating results of our former XtremeMac^TM andMemorex^TM consumer electronics businesses are presented in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as discontinued operations and are not included in segment results for all periods presented. See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations in our Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on these divestitures. The following discussion relates to continuing operations unless indicated otherwise. Our legacy businesses as referred to in the following discussion consist of our Consumer and Commercial Storage Media businesses.

Net Revenue

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				Percent Change		September 30,				Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015		2014				2015		2014
Net revenue	$	129.2	$	175.0	(26.2	)%	$	435.2	$	532.5	(18.3	)%

Net revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2015 decreased 26.2 percent compared with the same period last year due to declines in the CSA and TSS business segments of 26.3 percent and 26.0 percent, respectively. Within the CSA segment, revenue decreased due to the ongoing declines in optical media products along with negative foreign currency impacts. Within the TSS segment, Commercial Storage Media revenue decreased 32.6 percent due to the expected secular declines of our legacy magnetic tape business. Storage and Security Solutions revenue declined by 13.6 percent due to softer sales and negative foreign currency impacts. Foreign currency exchange rates negatively impacted total Company net revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2015 by 7.2 percent compared to the same period last year.

Net revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 decreased 18.3 percent compared with the same period last year due to declines in the CSA and TSS business segments of 23.6 percent and 12.0 percent, respectively. Within the CSA segment, revenue decreased due to the ongoing declines in optical media products along with negative foreign currency impacts. Within the TSS segment, Storage and Security Solutions revenue grew by 0.5 percent. The growth was due to both our Nexsan hybrid storage solutions and IronKey mobile security businesses. Commercial Storage Media revenue decreased 18.7 percent due to the expected secular declines of our legacy magnetic tape business. Foreign currency exchange rates negatively impacted total Company net revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 by 7.3 percent compared to the same period last year.

See Segment Results for further discussion of our reporting segments and products.

26

Gross Profit

	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						Percent Change		September 30,						Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014					2015			2014
Gross profit	$	13.4		$	31.2		(57.1	)%	$	76.4		$	98.8		(22.7	)%
Gross margin	10.4		%	17.8		%			17.6		%	18.6		%

Gross profit for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 decreased 57.1 and 22.7 percent, respectively, compared with the same periods last year due to lower net revenues and $9.7 million of inventory write-offs taken during the third quarter of 2015 as a result of our actions to end certain sales and operations in the CSA and Commercial Storage Media businesses.

Gross margin for the three months ended September 30, 2015 decreased 7.4 percentage points compared with the same period last year due to lower margins in both the CSA and TSS segments. Gross margin in CSA decreased due to inventory write-offs associated with our actions to end certain sales and operations. Gross margin in TSS decreased due to inventory write-offs taken as a result of our actions to end certain sales and operations in our Commercial Storage Media business which was partially offset by improved margins in the Storage and Security Solutions business. The increase in gross margin in Storage and Security Solutions is due to improved sourcing costs, lower discounts and our product mix moving towards higher margin products.

Gross margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 decreased 1.0 percentage points compared with the same period last year due to lower margins in our CSA segment which was partially offset by increases in our TSS segment. Gross margin in CSA decreased due to inventory write-offs taken as a result of our actions to end certain sales and operations. The decrease in margin in CSA was partially offset by a reversal of a $2.8 million accrual for copyright levies as a result of a favorable court ruling in Germany. Gross margin in TSS increased due to improved sourcing costs, lower discounts and our product mix moving towards the higher margins of our Storage and Security Solutions products which was partially offset by inventory write-offs taken as a result of our actions to end certain sales and operations in our Commercial Storage Media business.

Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A)

	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						Percent Change		September 30,						Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014					2015			2014
Selling, general and administrative	$	43.4		$	42.5		2.1	%	$	123.0		$	130.2		(5.5	)%
As a percent of revenue	33.6		%	24.3		%			28.3		%	24.5		%

SG&A expense increased for the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared with the same period last year due to increased charges for accounts receivable write-offs which was partially offset by lower spending and currency impacts. During the three months ended September 30, 2015, the Company incurred charges of $7.3 million for accounts receivable write-offs associated with our actions to end certain sales and operations in the CSA and Commercial Storage Media businesses. The increase was partially offset by reductions of legacy and administrative operating costs of $4.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2015 in order to operate as a smaller company with more focused product lines and streamlined core operational processes.

SG&A expense decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with the same period last year due to lower spending and currency impacts which were partially offset by increased charges for accounts receivable write-offs. We reduced legacy and administrative operating costs by $11.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015 in order to operate as a smaller company with more focused product lines and streamlined core operational processes. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company incurred charges of $7.3 million for accounts receivable write-offs associated with our actions to end certain sales and operations in the CSA and Commercial Storage Media businesses.

27

Research and Development (R&D)

	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						Percent Change		September 30,						Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014					2015			2014
Research and development	$	4.8		$	4.9		(2.0	)%	$	14.4		$	13.7		5.1	%
As a percent of revenue	3.7		%	2.8		%			3.3		%	2.6		%

R&D expense decreased for the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared with the same period last year due to reductions in our investments in our legacy Commercial Storage Media business.

R&D expense increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with the same period last year which reflects the Company's increased investment in higher-margin projects in Storage and Security Solutions, partially offset by reductions in our investments in our legacy Commercial Storage Media business.

Intangible Impairment

During the third quarter of 2015, management and the Board of Directors have engaged in a detailed strategic and financial assessment of the Company. As a result of this assessment, we significantly revised our previous business strategy by adjusting our product portfolio to a smaller product offering as well as changing our investment philosophy such that the investment in operating expenses will be significantly reduced. Because of our strategy change, smaller product portfolio and reduced future investment, we revised our forecasts, which we determined to be a triggering event for impairment testing. This required the assessment of the recoverability of the long-lived assets (including definite-lived intangible assets).

We compared the carrying value of our asset groups with their estimated undiscounted future cash flows and determined that the carrying value of certain asset groups exceeded the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. For those asset groups, we then compared the carrying value of the asset group to its estimated fair value to determine the amount by which our long-lived assets (primarily intangible assets) with the asset group were impaired. As a result of these analyses, we recorded an impairment charge of $37.6 million in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015. See Note 6 - Intangible Assets and Goodwill for further information on this impairment charge.

Goodwill Impairment

We test the carrying amount of a reporting unit's goodwill for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each year and during an interim period if an event occurs or circumstances change that would warrant impairment testing.

During the third quarter of 2015, management and the Board of Directors have engaged in an assessment of the Storage and Security Solutions businesses of the Company. As a result of this assessment, we significantly revised our previous business strategy by adjusting our product portfolio to a smaller product offering as well as changing our investment philosophy associated with these businesses such that the investment in operating expenses will be significantly reduced. Because of our strategy change, smaller product portfolio and reduced future investment, we revised our forecasts, which we determined to be a triggering event requiring us to review our goodwill related to Storage and Security Solutions for impairment. Based on the review, we determined that the carrying value of the Storage and Security Solutions goodwill exceeded its implied value by $36.1 million and, consequently, we recorded an impairment charge of that amount in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2015.

For the three months ended September 30, 2014, actual results for our Storage Solutions reporting unit were lower than planned. Because of the lower than anticipated results for Storage Solutions, we revised our forecast, which we determined to be a triggering event requiring us to review our goodwill related to Storage Solutions for impairment. Based on the review, we determined that the carrying value of the Storage Solutions goodwill exceeded its implied value by $35.4 million and, consequently, we recorded an impairment charge of that amount in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2014.

See Note 6 - Intangible Assets and Goodwill for further information on the impairment charges.

Restructuring and Other

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				Percent Change		September 30,				Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015		2014				2015		2014
Restructuring and other	$	40.2	$	4.2	857.1	%	$	42.9	$	11.5	273.0	%

28

For the three months ended September 30, 2015, the $40.2 million of restructuring and other expense relates to restructuring costs of $17.7 million and other costs of $22.5 million. The $17.7 million of restructuring costs consists primarily of severance and related charges from our actions to end certain sales and operations in the CSA and Commercial Storage Media businesses. The $22.5 million of other costs includes $25.1 million of asset write downs and disposals and $1.0 million of pension settlement charges which were partially offset by $3.6 million of other income. The other income consists of a gain on the sale of our RDX^TM Storage product line which was partially offset by direct third party costs associated with our proxy contest and strategic review process. For the three months ended September 30, 2014, the $4.2 million of restructuring and other expense related to restructuring costs of $1.3 million, other costs of $2.2 million and pension related losses of $0.7 million. The $1.3 million of restructuring costs consisted of severance and related charges. The $2.2 million of other costs primarily consisted of employee costs and professional fees. We also recorded an additional obligation of $0.5 million associated with a true-up of the settlement of our United Kingdom pension plan which was settled in the third quarter of 2013 and we recorded a $0.2 million settlement loss related to our U.S. pension plan.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the $42.9 million of restructuring and other expense relates to restructuring costs of $19.0 million and other costs of $23.9 million. The $19.0 million of restructuring costs consist primarily of severance and related charges from our actions to end certain sales and operations in the CSA and Commercial Storage Media businesses. The $23.9 million of other costs includes $25.1 million of asset write downs and disposals and $1.0 million of pension settlement charges which were partially offset by $2.2 million of other income. The other income consists of a gain on the sale of our RDX^TM Storage product line which was partially offset by direct third party costs associated with our proxy contest and strategic review process. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the $11.5 million of restructuring and other expense related to restructuring costs of $5.1 million, other costs of $5.8 million and pension related losses of $0.6 million. The $5.1 million of restructuring costs consisted of severance and related charges. The $5.8 million of other costs primarily consisted of employee costs and professional fees. The pension losses included $0.5 million of an additional obligation associated with a true-up of the settlement of our United Kingdom pension plan and a $0.8 million settlement loss related our U.S. pension plan which was partially offset by a $0.7 million curtailment gain related to our Japan pension plan.

See Note 7 - Restructuring and Other Expense in our Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our restructuring and other expense.

Operating Loss from Continuing Operations

	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						Percent Change		September 30,						Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014					2015			2014
Operating loss from continuing operations	$	(148.7	)	$	(55.8	)	166.5	%	$	(177.6	)	$	(92.0	)	93.0	%
As a percent of revenue	(115.1		)%	(31.9		)%			(40.8		)%	(17.3		)%

Operating loss from continuing operations increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with the same periods last year due to the items discussed above.

Other (Income) Expense

	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						Percent Change		September 30,						Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014					2015			2014
Interest income	$	(0.1	)	$	(0.1	)	—	%	$	(0.3	)	$	(0.3	)	—	%
Interest expense	0.6			0.7			(14.3	)%	1.8			1.9			(5.3	)%
Other, net expense (income)	(0.5		)	1.6			(131.3	)%	1.1			2.6			(57.7	)%
Total other expense	$	—		$	2.2		(100.0	)%	$	2.6		$	4.2		(38.1	)%
As a percent of revenue	—		%	1.3		%			0.6		%	0.8		%

Other expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 decreased compared with the same period last year. The decrease is due to gains recorded as a result of exchange rate changes on transactions in foreign currencies.

29

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

	Three Months Ended							Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						Percent Change	September 30,						Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014				2015			2014
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	3.6		$	3.4		NM	$	3.9		$	1.8		116.7	%
Effective tax rate	(2.4		)%	(5.9		)%		(2.2		)%	(1.9		)%

NM - Not meaningful

The change in the income tax provision for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the same periods last year is primarily related to lower foreign income tax expense compared to last year, offset by a $3.7 million valuation allowance established during the current quarter as a result of the announced Restructuring Plan, which has changed our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain foreign jurisdictions to recover our net deferred tax assets in such locations. The effective income tax rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35 percent primarily due to a valuation allowance on various deferred tax assets and the effects of foreign tax rate differential. As disclosed previously, the Company has not yet determined that it will be restructuring its European operations, pending the outcome of negotiations with European works councils and, accordingly, we have not provided valuation allowances associated with tax jurisdictions within Europe. However, it is reasonably possible that valuation allowances may be necessary in future periods if we reach agreement to restructure our European operations. The total net deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2015 associated with European jurisdictions is approximately $6.0 million.

Loss from Discontinued Operations

	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				Percent Change	September 30,					Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015		2014			2015		2014
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses, net of income taxes	$	—	$	—	NM	$	—	$	(1.7	)	(100.0	)%
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses, net of income taxes	—		—		NM	—		(0.6		)	(100.0	)%
Loss from discontinued operations	$	—	$	—	NM	$	—	$	(2.3	)	(100.0	)%

NM - Not meaningful

Loss from discontinued operations represents operations from our former XtremeMac and Memorex consumer electronics businesses. The loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 includes a $1.2 million adjustment to the expected proceeds on the sale of the XtremeMac business and a $0.5 million loss recorded for the sale of the XtremeMac business which closed on January 31, 2014. See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations in our Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our discontinued operations.

Segment Results

We operate our business through two focused business segments: Consumer Storage and Accessories (CSA) and Tiered Storage and Security Solutions (TSS). Our business segments are generally aligned with our key consumer and commercial channels.

We have two major product categories under our CSA reporting segment: Consumer Storage Media and Audio and Accessories. Consumer Storage Media products include optical products, USB flash drives, flash cards and external hard disk drives. Optical products consist of DVDs, CDs, and Blu-ray recordable media. Audio and Accessories include speakers, headphones and accessories. We have two major product categories under our TSS reporting segment: Commercial Storage Media and Storage and Security Solutions. Commercial Storage Media products consist mainly of magnetic data storage tape media and RDXmedia. Storage and Security Solutions includes Nexsan products as well as Mobile Security, under the IronKey brand.

We evaluate segment performance based on revenue and operating income (loss). The operating income (loss) reported in our segments excludes corporate and other unallocated amounts. Although such amounts are excluded from the business segment results, they are included in reported consolidated results. Corporate and unallocated amounts may include depreciation and amortization, litigation settlement expense, goodwill impairment, intangible impairments, corporate expense,

30

inventory write-offs related to our restructuring programs and restructuring and other expenses which are not allocated to the segments.

Information related to our segments is as follows:

Consumer Storage and Accessories

	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						Percent Change		September 30,						Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014					2015			2014
Net revenue	$	67.8		$	92.0		(26.3	)%	$	219.3		$	287.1		(23.6	)%
Operating income (loss)	(15.8		)	5.4			(392.6	)%	(11.2		)	12.7			(188.2	)%
As a percent of revenue	(23.3		)%	5.9		%			(5.1		)%	4.4		%

The decrease in CSA net revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with the same periods last year was driven by declines in Consumer Storage Media and Audio and Accessories products and negative foreign currency impacts as we derive the majority of our CSA revenue outside of the United States. CSA revenue declined 26.3 percent and 23.6 percent for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, respectively. Consumer Storage Media declined $20.4 million, or 25.7 percent, and $61.8 million, or 24.4 percent, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, respectively. These decreases were driven by expected secular declines in optical media products and negative foreign currency impacts. Audio and Accessories decreased $3.8 million, or 30.2 percent, and $6.0 million, or 17.8 percent, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, respectively, primarily due to negative foreign currency impacts.

The increase in operating loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, respectively, compared with the same periods last year was primarily due to inventory and accounts receivable write-offs taken as a result of our actions to end certain sales and operations in CSA.

Tiered Storage and Security Solutions

	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						Percent Change		September 30,						Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014					2015			2014
Net revenue	$	61.4		$	83.0		(26.0	)%	$	215.9		$	245.4		(12.0	)%
Operating loss	(10.1		)	(8.1		)	24.7	%	(22.8		)	(25.4		)	(10.2	)%
As a percent of revenue	(16.4		)%	(9.8		)%			(10.6		)%	(10.4		)%

The decrease in TSS net revenue of 26.0 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared with the same period last year was due to a 32.6 percent decrease in our Commercial Storage Media business due to the secular decline of our legacy magnetic tape business and 13.6 percent decrease in our Storage and Security Solutions business primarily due to softer sales and currency impacts. The 12.0 percent decrease in TSS net revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the same period last year was due to an 18.7 percent decrease in our Commercial Storage Media business partially offset by a 0.5 percent increase in our Storage and Security Solutions business. The year to date revenue decline in Commercial Storage Media is due to the expected secular decline of our legacy magnetic tape business. The year to date growth in Storage and Security Solutions revenue was due to both our Nexsan hybrid storage solutions and IronKey mobile security businesses.

The increase in the operating loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 was driven primarily by inventory and accounts receivable write-offs taken as a result of our actions to end certain sales and operations in the Commercial Storage Media business.

Corporate and Unallocated

	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						Percent Change		September 30,						Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014					2015			2014
Operating loss	$	(122.8	)	$	(53.1	)	131.3	%	$	(143.6	)	$	(79.3	)	81.1	%

The Corporate and Unallocated operating loss increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with the same period last year due to impairments and increased restructuring and other expense related to our actions to end certain sales and operations in our CSA and Commercial Storage Media businesses. The operating loss for the three months ended September 30, 2015 includes charges of $40.2 million for restructuring and other, $37.6 million for

31

intangible impairments and $36.1 million for goodwill impairments. The operating loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 includes charges of $42.9 million for restructuring and other, $37.6 million for intangible impairments and $36.1 million for goodwill impairments.

Impact of Changes in Foreign Currency Rates

We have a market presence in more than 100 countries and we sell products on a local currency basis through a variety of distribution channels. We source optical, flash and other finished goods from manufacturers located primarily in Asia, although much of this sourcing is on a U.S. dollar basis. Additionally, comparisons of revenue and gross profit from foreign countries are subject to various fluctuations due to the impact of translating results at differing exchange rates in different periods.

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates negatively impacted worldwide revenue by 7.2 percent and 7.3 percent for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, respectively. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates did not impact worldwide revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2014 but negatively impacted worldwide revenue by 4.0 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Our foreign currency hedging program attempts to manage some of the foreign currency risks over near term periods, however, the program cannot ensure that the adverse financial impact resulting from unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates will be entirely offset. It is difficult to predict the longer term effects of exchange rates on revenue and profit (see Part I, Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk in this Form 10-Q).

Financial Position

Our cash and cash equivalents balance as of September 30, 2015 was $94.3 million compared to $114.6 million as of December 31, 2014. The decline in cash reflects negative earnings, the ongoing investment in Storage and Security Solutions growth initiatives and currency effects.

As part of the restructuring and wind down process, the Company is aggressively liquidating its legacy business asset and liability balances. This will cause working capital balances to change significantly as working capital is converted into cash.

Our accounts receivable balance as of September 30, 2015 was $64.0 million, a decrease of $70.4 million from $134.4 million as of December 31, 2014 as a result of accounts receivable write-offs, seasonally strong sales in the fourth quarter of 2014 and revenue declines. Days sales outstanding (DSO) was 44 days as of September 30, 2015, down 11 days from December 31, 2014 which was benefited by seasonally high revenues. DSO is calculated using the count-back method, which calculates the number of days of most recent revenue that is reflected in the net accounts receivable balance.

Our inventory balance as of September 30, 2015 was $42.0 million, a decrease of $15.7 million from $57.7 million as of December 31, 2014 as a result of inventory write-offs. Days of inventory supply was 50 days as of September 30, 2015, up 6 days from December 31, 2014. Days of inventory supply is calculated using the current period inventory balance divided by an estimate of the inventoriable portion of cost of goods sold expressed in days.

Our accounts payable balance as of September 30, 2015 was $75.5 million, a decrease of $20 million from $95.5 million as of December 31, 2014. The decrease in accounts payable was mainly due to the seasonal timing of payments.

Our other current liabilities balance as of September 30, 2015 was $89.0 million compared to $98.2 million as of December 31, 2014. The decrease of $9.2 million was mainly due to seasonal variable compensation and rebate payments.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows Used in Operating Activities:

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014
Net loss	$	(184.1	)	$	(100.3	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities	122.2			63.4
Changes in operating assets and liabilities	47.2			23.7
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(14.7	)	$	(13.2	)

Cash used in operating activities was $14.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 reflecting negative earnings and our ongoing investment in Storage and Security Solutions growth initiatives. Cash used in operating activities was $13.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 reflecting negative earnings and seasonal variable compensation and rebate payments in the first quarter of 2014 as well as restructuring payments in the first half of 2014, partially offset by improvements in working capital.

32

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities:

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014
Capital expenditures	$	(2.8	)	$	(5.3	)
Proceeds from sale of disposal group	1.5			2.8
Proceeds from sale of assets	1.2			—
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(0.1	)	$	(2.5	)

Cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 included capital expenditures of $2.8 million partially offset by $1.2 million received from the sale of our Weatherford, Oklahoma facility and $1.5 million of proceeds from the sale of our discontinued businesses. Cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 included capital expenditures of $5.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of our discontinued businesses.

Cash Flows Used in Financing Activities:

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2015			2014
Purchase of treasury shares	$	(1.7	)	$	(2.5	)
Exercise of stock options	—			0.4
Short-term debt repayment	(17.4		)	(29.7		)
Short-term borrowings	16.4			28.9
Net cash used in financing activities	$	(2.7	)	$	(2.9	)

On May 2, 2012, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program that allowed for the repurchase of 5.0 million shares of common stock, replacing our previous authorization. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we repurchased 0.4 million shares of common stock for $1.7 million at an average price of $4.44. Since the authorization of this program, we have repurchased 3.0 million shares of common stock for $13.3 million at an average price of $4.43 per share. As of September 30, 2015, we had remaining authorization to repurchase up to 2.0 million additional shares.

As of September 30, 2015, we maintained a credit agreement entered into in 2006 as amended (the Credit Agreement) and a credit agreement entered into in 2013 with a lender in Japan (the Japan Credit Agreement). Both credit agreements are described in Note 11 - Debt of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. In order to reduce borrowing costs, the maximum amount of borrowings under the Credit Agreement was reduced at the Company's request from $170 million to $100 million on May 28, 2015. The new limit did not impact our borrowing capacity as our borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement is under $100 million. The new sublimits were $80 million in the United States and $20 million in Europe. As of September 30, 2015, our remaining borrowing capacity under both credit agreements, after consideration of amounts outstanding, was $12.6 million.

As of September 30, 2015, we had $18.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our credit agreements with interest rates ranging from 0.9 percent to 2.7 percent. We are in compliance with our covenant requirements as of September 30, 2015 except for covenants related to our Japan Credit Agreement. In October 2015, we terminated our Japan Credit Agreement and paid all borrowing thereunder. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on the termination of our Japan Credit Agreement.

Our liquidity needs for the remaining three months of 2015 include the following: restructuring payments of approximately $30 million to $40 million, credit facility repayments of $18 million, capital expenditures of approximately $1 million to $2 million, operating lease payments of approximately $2 million, any amounts associated with investment opportunities and any amounts associated with the repurchase of common stock under the authorization discussed above. We expect that cash and cash equivalents, together with cash flow from operations and availability of borrowings under our current sources of financing, will provide liquidity sufficient to meet these needs and for our operations.

We also expect to use cash and cash equivalents in connection with acquisition opportunities that we may undertake as part of our strategic plan to use excess capital. We may also raise additional capital through the issuance of equity, debt or both, to fund such acquisitions. There is no assurance, however, that such capital will be available when needed, in the amounts necessary or on terms satisfactory to us.

33

Contractual Obligations

As of September 30, 2015, there have been no material changes to our contractual obligations as presented in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. However, we have initiated a restructuring program to terminate certain sales and operations of our worldwide Storage Media business, terminate certain sales and operations of our worldwide CSA business, and further reduce and rationalize corporate overhead. Therefore, our contractual obligations are expected to change.

Copyright Levies

See Note 15 - Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies in our Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 herein for further information.

Fair Value Measurements

See Note 12 - Fair Value Measurements in our Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 herein for further information.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

A discussion of the Company’s critical accounting policies was provided in Item 7 in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. There were no significant changes to these accounting policies for the first nine months of 2015.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 - Recently Issued or Adopted Accounting Pronouncements in our Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 herein for further information.

Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors

We may from time to time make written or oral forward-looking statements with respect to our future goals, including statements contained in this Form 10-Q, in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and in our reports to shareholders.

Certain information which does not relate to historical financial information may be deemed to constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements include information concerning strategic initiatives and potential acquisitions, the results of operations of our existing business lines and our ability to implement our restructuring plans, as well as other actions, strategies and expectations, and are identifiable by use of the words “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “projects,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “might,” or “continues” or similar expressions. Such statements are subject to a wide range of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results in the future to differ materially from our historical results and those presently anticipated or projected. We wish to caution investors not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made, and we undertake no obligation to update such statements to reflect events or circumstances arising after such date. Risk factors include various factors set forth from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission including the following: our ability to successfully implement our strategy for our existing business as well as other lines of business that we may pursue; our ability to grow our business in new products with profitable margins and the rate of revenue decline for certain existing products; our ability to successfully identify suitable acquisition targets to implement our new strategy and to compete for these opportunities with others who may have greater resources; our ability to conduct due diligence on businesses we acquire to ensure that we have identified and addressed key aspects of liability and risk; the impact of expending significant resources in considering acquisition targets or business opportunities that are not consummated; the possible need to raise additional debt or equity financing for acquisitions in addition to the use of our excess cash; the impact of additional material charges and expenses associated with our oversight of acquired or target businesses and the integration of acquired businesses into our systems for financial reporting; our ability to successfully integrate current and future acquired businesses into our existing operations and achieve the expected economic benefits; our ability to effectively increase the size of our organization, if needed, and manage our growth; our ability to meet future revenue growth, gross margin and earnings targets; the ability to quickly develop, source, introduce and deliver differentiated and innovative products; our potential dependence on third parties for new product introductions or technologies in order to introduce our own new products; our ability to successfully implement restructuring plans; foreign currency fluctuations; the ready availability and price of energy and key raw materials or critical components including the effects of natural disasters and our ability to pass along raw materials price increases to our customers; continuing uncertainty in global and regional economic conditions; our ability to identify, value, integrate and realize the expected benefits from any acquisition which has occurred or may occur in connection with our strategy; the possibility that our goodwill and intangible assets or any goodwill or intangible assets that we acquire may become impaired; the ability of our security products to withstand cyber-attacks; the loss of a major customer, partner or reseller; changes in European law or practice related to the

34

imposition or collectability of optical levies; the seasonality and volatility of the markets in which we operate; significant changes in discount rates and other assumptions used in the valuation of our pension plans; changes in tax laws, regulations and results of inspections by various tax authorities; tax consequences associated with our acquisition, holding and disposition of target companies and assets; our ability to successfully defend our intellectual property rights and the ability or willingness of our suppliers to provide adequate protection against third party intellectual property or product liability claims; the outcome of any pending or future litigation and patent disputes; our ability to access financing to achieve strategic objectives and growth due to changes in the capital and credit markets; limitations in our operations that could arise from compliance with the debt covenants in our credit facilities; our ability to retain and attract key employees to manage our existing businesses and the businesses we may acquire; increased compliance with changing laws and regulations potentially affecting our operating results; failure to adequately protect our information systems from cyber-attacks; the effect of the announcement of our review of strategic alternatives; the effect of the transition of our Board of Directors; and the volatility of our stock price due to our results or market trends, as well as various factors set forth in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, in Part II Item 1A of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and from time to time in our filings with the SEC.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Except for the paragraph noted below, there has been no material change since our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. For further information, see Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

As of September 30, 2015, we had $25.1 million notional amount of foreign currency forward and option contracts of which $1.1 million hedged recorded balance sheet exposures. This compares to $110.1 million notional amount of foreign currency forward and option contracts as of December 31, 2014 of which $23.4 million hedged recorded balance sheet exposures. An immediate adverse change of 10 percent in quarter-end foreign currency exchange rates with all other variables (including interest rates) held constant would reduce the fair value of foreign currency contracts outstanding as of September 30, 2015 by $2.6 million.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures.

Based on an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act)) as of September 30, 2015, the end of the period covered by this report, the Interim Chief Executive Officer, Robert B. Fernander, and the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Scott J. Robinson, have concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2015, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

35

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

In the normal course of business, we periodically enter into agreements that incorporate general indemnification language. Performance under these indemnities would generally be triggered by a breach of terms of the contract or by a third-party claim. There have historically been no material losses related to such indemnifications. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we record a liability in our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for these actions when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

We are the subject of various pending or threatened legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. All such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with assurance. Additionally, our businesses are subject to allegations of patent infringement by our competitors as well as by non-practicing entities (NPEs), sometimes referred to as “patent trolls,” who may seek monetary settlements from us, our competitors, suppliers and resellers, including the One-Blue litigation described below. Consequently, as of September 30, 2015, we are unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate aggregate amount of any monetary liability or financial impact that we may incur with respect to these matters. It is reasonably possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters could materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

On May 22, 2013, Imation was sued in U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware by five entities: One-Blue, LLC (One-Blue), which is an entity with licensing authority for a pool of patents relating to Blu-ray discs, and four members of One-Blue, Koninklijke Philips N.V., Panasonic Corporation, Pioneer Corporation and Sony Corporation. The plaintiffs allege that Imation's sales of certain Blu-ray discs infringe six patents and seek unspecified damages, treble damages and attorney's fees. On June 13, 2013, Imation filed an Answer, Affirmative Defenses, and Counterclaims, naming various defenses including that plaintiffs are barred, in whole or in part, from any recovery or relief by their refusal to license the patents-in-suit under fair, reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms. Imation intends to vigorously defend the case. Proceedings in the case have been bifurcated, and a trial limited to the issues presented by Imation's Counterclaim is scheduled to begin on November 16, 2015. Imation has notified its manufacturers of their indemnity obligations that it believes cover a portion of its liability, if any, to One-Blue and the other plaintiffs. In addition, Imation has a dispute with One-Blue regarding One-Blue's refusal to license its Japanese Blu-ray patents under fair, reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms in Japan, where Imation's sales of Blu-ray discs are substantially greater than in the U.S. Imation Corporation Japan, Imation's Japanese subsidiary, sued One-Blue in Japan regarding its unlawful interference with certain of our customer relationships. On February 18, 2015, the Tokyo District Court rendered a decision in favor of Imation that held One-Blue's sending of warning letters to Imation customers that threatened those customers with certain patent-related actions constituted an illegal "unfair competition practice" and issued a permanent injunction prohibiting One-Blue from sending any such warning letters in the future. One-Blue did not appeal that decision.

SpearPoint Capital Fund LP et al. v. Mark E. Lucas, et al. This shareholder derivative action was filed in Delaware Chancery Court on February 9, 2015. It names as defendants the Company and the members of its Board of Directors. Plaintiffs contend that the defendants paid excessive compensation to the directors. They seek damages for breaches of fiduciary duties, waste of corporate assets and unjust enrichment. They also seek corporate governance reforms related to the Company’s compensation practices. The Directors have responded to the complaint denying all the allegations; the Company, as the nominal defendant, has responded denying the allegations as well. The parties are now engaged in discovery. Trial, should it be necessary, has been scheduled for June 2016.

See Note 15 - Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies in our Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 herein for information on Copyright Levies.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

As a result of subsequent developments, the Company has updated and expanded its discussion of risk factors to include the following:

The Company may face risks associated with the transition of its Board of Directors.Shareholders elected three new directors to the Company's Board of Directors at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 20, 2015, replacing three incumbent directors who had been nominated by the Company for reelection. Thereafter, two of the remaining directors resigned and three new individuals were appointed to the Board of Directors. Following this change, many aspects of the Company's strategies, structure and operating practices have been and will continue to be under review by the Board of Directors and will be subject to change. There can be no assurance that any changes on strategies, structure or operating practices resulting from this review will be successfully implemented or result in an increase in the Company's stock price.

We must make strategic decisions from time to time as to the products, technologies and businesses in which we invest and if we focus on products, technologies or business that do not perform in line with our strategic expectations or if market conditions change, our financial results could be adversely impacted. In February 2011 we announced our transformation

36

strategy, which includes improving gross margins, exiting low margin products, introducing new products in secure and scalable storage, and organic and inorganic growth. In October 2012, we announced the acceleration of our transformation by reorganizing our businesses into two channel-focused business segments, and increasing our focus on data storage and data security. In August 2015, we formed a Strategic Alternatives Committee of our Board and, in October 2015, announced that the Strategic Alternatives Committee would work with management to make recommendations to the Board regarding our use of excess capital. Specifically, the Strategic Alternatives Committee will examine acquisition opportunities and develop initiatives for strategic value creation which may include opportunities outside of industries that comprised the Company's historical focus. If we are not successful in implementing these strategies or if market conditions change adversely for our chosen products or technologies, our financial results could be negatively impacted.

Changes in the capital and credit markets may negatively affect our ability to access financing. Without such financing we may be unable to achieve our objectives for strategic acquisitions and internal growth. Disruption of the global financial and credit markets may have an effect on our long-term liquidity and financial condition. While we have been able to achieve our past acquisitions through operating cash flows and without permanently borrowing on our outstanding credit facilities, the need may arise to obtain additional funding, in particular as we focus on exploring acquisition opportunities as part of our strategic plan to use excess capital. Based on our current plan of operations we believe our cash will be sufficient to meet our anticipated operating expenses, capital expenditures and debt service obligations for at least the next twelve months; however there is no assurance that circumstances will not change, or that we may require additional capital to fund acquisitions or the operating expenses of acquired businesses.

The announcement of our review of strategic alternatives and our strategic plan to explore acquisition opportunities could adversely affect our business, financial results and operations, and there can be no assurance that any transaction will result from this review or plan. On February 10, 2015, we announced that we have been working with Houlihan Lokey as our financial adviser to review and explore strategic alternatives to maximize shareholder value and the value of each of our business units. In August 2015, we formed a Strategic Alternatives Committee of our Board and, in October 2015, announced that the Strategic Alternatives Committee would work with management to make recommendations to the Board regarding our use of excess capital. Specifically, the Strategic Alternatives Committee will examine acquisition opportunities and develop initiatives for strategic value creation which may include opportunities outside of industries that comprise the Company's historical focus. There can be no assurance that our strategic plan will result in any transaction or any change to our overall structure or our business model, or that any transaction or change will enhance shareholder value or the value of any of our business units. Any transaction that is identified and pursued would be dependent on factors that may be beyond our control, including, among others, global economic conditions, the market environment, the possible requirement for shareholder approval of the transaction, the interest of third parties in the Company or our businesses and the availability of financing on reasonable terms or at all. We do not intend to provide updates or make any comments regarding the evaluation of strategic alternatives unless our Board of Directors has approved a specific transaction or management otherwise deems disclosure appropriate. We expect to incur expenses associated with identifying and evaluating strategic alternatives. In addition, the process of reviewing strategic alternatives and implementing any course of action ultimately selected may be disruptive to the Company’s business operations, may distract the Company’s management team from their day-to-day responsibilities and could make it more difficult to retain customers, vendors and employees. Any of these risks or uncertainties could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Future acquisitions or business opportunities could involve unknown risks that could harm our business and adversely affect our financial condition.As part of our strategic plan to use excess capital, including through acquisitions, we may acquire interests in a number of different businesses, some of which may be outside of industries that have comprised our historical focus. We have in the past, and may in the future, acquire businesses or make acquisitions, directly or indirectly through our subsidiaries, that involve unknown risks, some of which will be particular to the industry in which the business or acquisition targets operate, including risks in industries with which we are not familiar or experienced. Although we intend to conduct extensive business, financial and legal due diligence in connection with the evaluation of future business or acquisition opportunities, there can be no assurance our due diligence investigations will identify every matter that could have a material adverse effect on us. We may be unable to adequately address the financial, legal and operational risks raised by such businesses or acquisitions, especially if we are unfamiliar with the relevant industry. The realization of any unknown risks could expose us to unanticipated costs and liabilities and prevent or limit us from realizing the projected benefits of the businesses or acquisitions, which could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely impacted depending on the specific risks applicable to any business or company we acquire and our ability to address those risks.

Any potential acquisition or investment in a foreign business or a company with significant foreign operations may subject us to additional risks.Acquisitions or investments by us in a foreign business or other companies with significant foreign operations subject us to risks inherent in business operations outside of the United States. These risks include, for example, currency fluctuations, complex foreign regulatory regimes, punitive tariffs, unstable local tax policies, trade embargoes, risks related to shipment of raw materials and finished goods across national borders, restrictions on the movement

37

of funds across national borders and cultural and language differences. If realized, some of these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and liquidity.

Our participation in any future joint investment could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on a partner’s financial condition and disputes between us and our partners.We may in the future make acquisitions of partial ownership interests in businesses or otherwise acquire businesses jointly or establish joint ventures with third parties. In such circumstances, we may not be in a position to exercise significant decision-making authority regarding a target business, partnership or other entity if we do not own a substantial majority of the equity interests of the target. These investments may involve risks not present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that partners might become insolvent or fail to fund their shares of required capital contributions. In addition, partners may have economic or other business interests or goals that are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our policies or objectives. Such partners, some of which may possess more industry or technical knowledge or have better access to capital and other resources, may also seek similar acquisition targets as us and we may be in competition with them for such business combination targets. Disputes between us and partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our costs and expenses and divert a substantial amount of our management’s time and effort away from our business. Consequently, actions by, or disputes with, partners might result in subjecting assets owned by the partnership to additional risk. We may also, in certain circumstances, be liable for the actions of our third-party partners. For example, in the future, we may agree to guarantee indebtedness incurred by a partnership or other entity. Such a guarantee may be on a joint and several basis with our partner, in which case, we may be liable in the event such partner defaults on its guarantee obligation.

We could consume resources in researching acquisitions, business opportunities or financings and capital market transactions that are not ultimately consummated, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or invest in another business. We anticipate that the investigation of each specific acquisition or business opportunity and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments with respect to such transaction will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for financial advisors, accountants, attorneys and other advisors. If a decision is made not to consummate a specific acquisition, business opportunity or financing and capital market transaction, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific acquisition, investment target or financing, we may fail to consummate the investment or acquisition for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event could consume significant management time and result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which could adversely affect our financial position and our ability to consummate other acquisitions and investments.

Future acquisitions and dispositions may not require a stockholder vote and may be material to us.Any future acquisitions could be material in size and scope, and our stockholders and potential investors may have virtually no substantive information about any new business upon which to base a decision whether to invest in our common stock. In addition, depending upon the size and structure of any acquisitions, stockholders are generally expected to not have the opportunity to vote on the transaction, and may not have access to any information about any new business until the transaction is completed and we file a report with the SEC disclosing the nature of such transaction and/or business. Similarly, we may effect material dispositions in the future. If a stockholder vote is required for any of our future acquisitions, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws prohibit our stockholders from approving such transactions by written consent, which requires that any action to approve such transaction must be taken at a meeting of the stockholders.

For further information on other risk factors, see Item 1A. “Risk Factors” included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

38

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

 (a) - (b)

Not applicable

(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

				Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	(c) Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan or Programs
	(a) Total Number of Shares Purchased	(b) Average Price Paid per Share
Period
July 1, 2015 - July 31, 2015	—	—		—	2,004,542
August 1, 2015 - August 31, 2015	88	3.64		—	2,004,542
September 1, 2015 - September 30, 2015	—	—		—	2,004,542
Total	88	$	3.64	—	2,004,542

(a) The purchases in this column include shares repurchased as a part of our publicly announced program and include 88 shares that were surrendered to Imation by participants in our stock-based compensation plans (the Plans) to satisfy the tax obligations related to the vesting of restricted stock awards.

(b) The average price paid in this column relates to shares that were surrendered to Imation by participants in the Plans to satisfy the tax obligations related to the vesting of restricted stock awards and the purchase of shares as a part of our publicly announced program.

(c) On May 3, 2012, the Company announced that on May 2, 2012 our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program that allowed for the repurchase of 5.0 million shares of common stock. The authorization has no expiration date.

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.

 Not Applicable

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not Applicable

Item 5. Other Information.

 Not Applicable

39

Item 6. Exhibits.

 The following documents are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report:

Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibit
3.1	Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Participating Preferred Stock of Imation Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 on Imation's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 11, 2015).
4.1	Rights Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2015, by and between Imation Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 on Imation's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 11, 2015).
10.1*	Separation Agreement dated as of August 19, 2015, between the Company and Mark E. Lucas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Imation's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 19, 2015).
10.2*	Separation Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2015, by and between the Company and R. Ian Williams (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Imation's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 29, 2015).
10.3*	Employment Agreement dated October 14, 2015 between the Company and Robert. B. Fernander (incorporated by reference to Imation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 20, 2015).
10.4	Stock Purchase and Merger Agreement, dated October 14, 2015, by and among Imation Corp., Imation Transporter Co., Connected Data, Inc., and certain other parties named therein (incorporated by reference to Imation's Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 20, 2015).
10.5**	Imation Corp. TDK Corporation agreement dated September 28, 2015
10.6*	Barrall Consulting Agreement dated August 31, 2015
10.7*	Fernander Consulting Agreement dated August 17, 2015
10.8*	Realization Services Inc. (RSI) Consulting Agreement dated August 17, 2015
10.9*	Amendment to Realization Services Inc. Consulting Agreement dated September 16, 2015
31.1	Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1	Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2	Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101	The following financial information from Imation Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on November 9, 2015, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and (v) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Items that are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 6 of Form 10-Q.

**Pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, confidential portions of this exhibit have been deleted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

40

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

		Imation Corp.
Date:	November 9, 2015	/s/ Scott J. Robinson
		Scott J. Robinson
		Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (duly authorized officer and principal financial officer)

41

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report:

Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibit
10.4	Stock Purchase and Merger Agreement, dated October 14, 2015, by and among Imation Corp., Imation Transporter Co., Connected Data, Inc., and certain other parties named therein (incorporated by reference to Imation's Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 20, 2015).
10.5**	Imation Corp. TDK Corporation agreement dated September 28, 2015
10.6*	Barrall Consulting Agreement dated August 31, 2015
10.7*	Fernander Consulting Agreement dated August 17, 2015
10.8*	Realization Services Inc. (RSI) Consulting Agreement dated August 17, 2015
10.9*	Amendment to Realization Services Inc. Consulting Agreement dated September 16, 2015
31.1	Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1	Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2	Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101	The following financial information from Imation Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on November 9, 2015, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and (v) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Items that are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 6 of Form 10-Q.

**Pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, confidential portions of this exhibit have been deleted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

42

EX-10.4

Execution Version

STOCK PURCHASE AND MERGER AGREEMENT
by and among
CONNECTED DATA, INC.,THE SHAREHOLDERS OF CONNECTED DATA, INC. PARTIES HERETO,SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE SERVICES LLC,

IMATION TRANSPORTER CO.,

and
IMATION CORP.

Dated October 14, 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1	PURCHASE AND SALE OF SELLER SECURITIES; MERGER	2
1.1	Purchase and Sale of Seller Securities	2
1.2	Consideration	2
1.3	Payment and Delivery of Consideration	2
1.4	Adjustment Determination	5
1.5	Calculation of Earnout	6
1.6	Determination of Earnout	7
1.7	Calculations	8
1.8	Lockup	8
1.9	Closing	8
1.10	Effective Date of Merger	8
1.11	Terms and Conditions of Merger	9
1.12	Surrender and Exchange of Certificates	10
1.13	Dissenting Shares	11
1.14	No Further Transfers	11
1.15	Termination of Rights	12
1.16	No Liability	12
1.17	Optionholders	12
1.18	Warrantholders	13
1.19	Consideration Spreadsheet	13
1.20	Post-Closing Purchase	14
ARTICLE 2	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING TRANSACTION	16
2.1	Representations and Warranties of Sellers	16
2.2	Representations and Warranties of Buyer and Merger Sub	17
ARTICLE 3	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE COMPANY	20
3.1	Organization, Qualification, and Power	20
3.2	Authorization of Transaction	20
3.3	Capitalization and Subsidiaries	21
3.4	Non-contravention	22
3.5	Brokers’ Fees	22
3.6	Assets	22
3.7	Financial Statements; Interim Conduct	22
3.8	Undisclosed Liabilities	25
3.9	Legal Compliance	25
3.10	Tax Matters	25
3.11	Real Property	27
3.12	Intellectual Property	28
3.13	Contracts	29
3.14	Insurance	31

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

3.15	Litigation	32
3.16	Employees	32
3.17	Employee Benefits	33
3.18	Debt	34
3.19	Environmental, Health, and Safety Matters	34
3.20	Business Continuity	35
3.21	Certain Business Relationships with the Company	35
3.22	Customers and Suppliers	36
3.23	Restrictions on Business Activities	37
3.24	Product Warranty	37
3.25	Product Liability	37
3.26	Disclosure	37
ARTICLE 4	POST-CLOSING COVENANTS	38
4.1	General	38
4.2	Litigation Support	38
4.3	Transition	38
4.4	Confidentiality	38
4.5	Covenant Not to Compete	39
4.6	Covenant Not to Solicit	39
4.7	Enforcement	39
4.8	Accrued Bonus Payment	40
4.9	Registration Rights Agreement	40
4.10	Release	40
ARTICLE 5	CLOSING DELIVERIES	41
5.1	Closing Deliveries of the Company	41
5.2	Closing Deliveries of Buyer and Merger Sub	42
ARTICLE 6	REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT	42
6.1	Indemnification by Seller Parties	43
6.2	Indemnification by Buyer	43
6.3	Limitations on Indemnification by Seller Parties	44
6.4	Limitations on Indemnification by Buyer	44
6.5	Other Indemnification Matters	45
6.6	Release of Indemnity Escrow Funds and Indemnity Escrow Shares from Escrow	46
6.7	Setoff	46
6.8	Exclusive Remedies	47
ARTICLE 7	TAX MATTERS	47
7.1	Tax Indemnification	47
7.2	Tax Periods Ending on or Before the Closing Date	48

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

7.3	Tax Periods Beginning Before and Ending After the Closing Date	48
7.4	Cooperation on Tax Matters	49
7.5	Certain Taxes	49
ARTICLE 8	DEFINITIONS	49
ARTICLE 9	MISCELLANEOUS	62
9.1	Press Releases and Public Announcements	62
9.2	No Third-Party Beneficiaries	62
9.3	Entire Agreement	63
9.4	Succession and Assignment	63
9.5	Counterparts	63
9.6	Headings	63
9.7	Notices	63
9.8	Governing Law	64
9.9	Amendments and Waivers	65
9.10	Injunctive Relief	65
9.11	Severability	65
9.12	Expenses	65
9.13	Construction	65
9.14	Incorporation of Exhibits and Disclosure Schedule	65
9.15	Confidentiality	65
9.16	Representative	66
9.17	Schedules	67
9.18	Waiver of Jury Trial	67
9.19	Exclusive Venue	68

iii

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

Exhibit A	—	Employment Offer Letter
Exhibit B	—	Escrow Agreement
Exhibit C	—	Lockup Agreement
Disclosure Schedule	—	Exceptions to Representations and Warranties
Schedule 1.1	—	Company Securities
Schedule 5.1(d)	—	Individuals Executing Offer Letters at Closing
Schedule 5.1(e)	—	Resignations at Closing
Schedule 5.1(g)	—	Indebtedness Paid at Closing
Schedule 5.1(j)	—	Related Party Agreements Terminated at Closing

1

ARTICLE 1

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SELLER SECURITIES; MERGER

1.1Purchase and Sale of Seller Securities. In accordance with the terms and upon the conditions of this Agreement, effective as of the Closing, each Seller hereby sells, transfers, assigns, conveys and delivers to Buyer all right, title and interest in and to all of such Seller’s Seller Securities set forth next to such Seller’s name in Schedule 1.1, free and clear of all Liens (such transactions, the “Securities Sale”).

1.2Consideration. The aggregate consideration paid or payable by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (the “Consideration”) shall consist of the following, and it is acknowledged and agreed that such consideration is in consideration for, among other things, Buyer’s expectations that the obligations of the Seller Parties contained herein shall be enforceable:

(a)the Debt Amount, subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 1; plus

(b)the Transaction Expenses Amount;

(c)the Buyer Shares, which will be allocated among the Sellers as set forth on Schedule 1.1; plus

(d)the Cash Consideration, which will be allocated among the Company Shareholders (other than the Sellers) as set forth on Schedule 1.1; plus

(e)the Option Consideration, which will be allocated among the In-Money Optionholders as set forth on Schedule 1.1, plus;

(f)the Warrant Shares, which will be allocated among the Warrantholders as set forth on Schedule 1.1, plus;

(g)the Escrow Shares and the Escrow Funds, to the extent disbursed to the Seller Parties in accordance with the Escrow Agreement; plus

(h)the Adjustment Shares and the Adjustment Funds (if any), to the extent delivered, in accordance with Section 1.3(g)(i); plus

(i)the Earnout Shares and the Earnout Funds (if any), to the extent delivered, in accordance with Section 1.3(h).

1.3Payment and Delivery of Consideration.

(a)Closing Payments. At the Closing, Buyer shall pay, or cause to be paid:

(i)the Debt Amount pursuant to the payoff letters delivered by the Company to Buyer and Merger Sub pursuant to Section 5.1(g); and

2

(ii)the Transaction Expenses Amount pursuant to the direction of the Company.

(b)Buyer Shares. At or immediately prior to the Closing, Buyer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or such other bank or trust company that may be designated by Buyer (the “Transfer Agent”), for the benefit of the Sellers, sufficient shares of Buyer Common Stock in an aggregate amount necessary for the payment of the Buyer Shares. Such shares provided to the Transfer Agent and such shares provided to the Transfer Agent pursuant to Section 1.3(e) below are referred to collectively as the “Share Exchange Fund.” The Transfer Agent shall, pursuant to irrevocable instructions, deliver the Buyer Shares contemplated to be issued pursuant to Section 1.2(b) out of the Share Exchange Fund. The Share Exchange Fund shall not be used for any other purpose except as set forth in Section 1.3(e) below.

(c)Cash Consideration. At or immediately prior to the Effective Time, Buyer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Exchange Agent”) for the benefit of the Company Shareholders (other than the Sellers) as of immediately prior to the Closing, immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Cash Consideration. Such cash provided to the Exchange Agent is referred to as the “Cash Exchange Fund.” The Exchange Agent shall, pursuant to irrevocable instructions, pay the Cash Consideration contemplated to be paid pursuant to Section 1.2(c) out of the Cash Exchange Fund. The Cash Exchange Fund shall not be used for any other purpose.

(d)Option Consideration. At the Effective Time, Buyer shall provide to the Surviving Corporation immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Option Consideration in exchange for cancellation of In-Money Options held by the Optionholders. Each holder of In-Money Options as of the Closing (after compliance with Section 1.17) shall, upon execution and delivery of the Option Cancellation Agreement,receive payment from the Surviving Corporation out of the Option Consideration of an amount equal to (i) the Per Share Purchase Price, multipliedby the number of shares of Company Common Stock into which such Options are exercisable as of the Closing, minus (ii) the aggregate exercise price of such Options, minus (iii) the amount of any applicable withholdings or payroll taxes with respect thereto. The aggregate amount payable to the Optionholders pursuant to the preceding sentence is referred to herein as the “Option Consideration.” Following the Closing Date, Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to deposit such applicable withholding or payroll tax amount with the appropriate Governmental Bodies in accordance with applicable Law.

(e)Warrant Shares. At or immediately prior to the Closing, Buyer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, with the Transfer Agent, for the benefit of the Warrantholders (other than the Sellers who are Warrantholders), sufficient shares of Buyer Common Stock in an aggregate amount necessary for the payment of the Warrant Shares in exchange for cancellation of the Warrants held by such Warrantholders. Each such Warrantholder (after compliance with Section 1.18) shall, upon execution and delivery of the Warrant Cancellation Agreement,receive payment from the Transfer Agent out of the Share Exchange Fund of the Warrant Shares.

(f)Escrow. At the Closing, Buyer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, in the respective Escrow Accounts the Indemnity Escrow Shares, the Indemnity Escrow Funds, the

3

Adjustment Escrow Shares and the Adjustment Escrow Funds, which such Escrow Shares, Escrow Funds, Adjustment Escrow Shares and Adjustment Escrow Funds shall be held and disbursed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. On the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Buyer and the Representative shall issue joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to release from the respective Escrow Account the Indemnity Escrow Shares and the Indemnity Escrow Funds then remaining in such Escrow Account to the Seller Parties, less the number of Indemnity Escrow Shares and the portion of the Indemnity Escrow Funds equal to the aggregate value of any unresolved indemnification claim with respect to such Adverse Consequence made pursuant to Section 6.2(a), as applicable in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, and thereafter, any portion of the Indemnity Escrow Shares or the Indemnity Escrow Funds not required to pay any such Adverse Consequences following the full and final resolution of such indemnification claim.

(g)Adjustment. Within five (5) Business Days afterthe Adjustment Amount becomes final and binding in accordance with Section 1.4:

(i)if the Adjustment Amount is a positive number, then Buyer shall:

(A)     issue and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Sellers in accordance with their pro rata percentage (the “Pro Rata Percentage”) set forth on Schedule 1.1, such number of shares of Buyer Common Stock equal to the portion of the Adjustment Amountpayable to the Sellers dividedby 2.75, rounded down to the nearest whole share (the “Adjustment Shares”); and

(B)     pay, or cause to be paid, to the Seller Parties (other than the Sellers) in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, such funds equal to the portion of the Adjustment Amount that is payable to the Seller Parties (other than the Sellers) (the “Adjustment Funds”); or

(ii)if the Adjustment Amount is a negative number, then the Representative and Buyer shall issue joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to release to Buyer:

(A)     such number of the Adjustment Escrow Shares (and to the extent such Adjustment Escrow Shares are insufficient, from the Escrow Shares) equal to the absolute value of the Adjustment Amount that is payable by the Sellers in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, dividedby 2.75, rounded down to the nearest whole share, and Buyer will cancel and extinguish such Adjustment Escrow Shares transferred to Buyer pursuant to this Section 1.3(g)(ii)(A); and

(B)     such portion of Adjustment Escrow Funds (and to the extent such Adjustment Escrow Shares are insufficient, from the Escrow Shares) equal to the absolute value of the Adjustment Amount that is payable by the Seller Parties (other than the Sellers) in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage.

4

(h)Earnout. Within five (5) Business Days after each calculation of Revenue becomes final and binding in accordance with Section 1.6, Buyer shall:

(i)deliver or cause to be delivered to the Sellers in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, certificates representing the applicable Earnout Shares (if the Earnout Shares are certificated), if any; and

(ii)pay or cause to be paid to the Seller Parties (other than the Sellers) in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, the applicable Earnout Funds, if any.

(i)Fractional Shares. No certificates evidencing fractional shares of Buyer Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to this Section 1.3, and in lieu thereof, Buyer may make such rounding adjustments to the next higher or lower number of whole Buyer Shares or Earnout Shares, as the case may be, by lot or other manner as it deems advisable in its sole discretion, so that in no event shall more or less shares of Buyer Common Stock be issued than the Buyer Shares and the Earnout Shares in the aggregate.

(j)Withholding. The Parties, the Escrow Agent and any other applicable withholding agent will be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement any Taxes or other amounts required under the Code or any applicable Law to be deducted and withheld, and, to the extent that any amounts are so deducted or withheld, such amounts will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any compensatory consideration subject to payroll reporting and withholding that are payable pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement shall be payable in accordance with the applicable payroll procedures of the Company.

1.4Adjustment Determination. Within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to the Representative a statement setting forth Buyer’s calculation of the Debt Amount, Debt Surplus, if any, or Debt Deficit, if any, Transaction Expenses Amount, Working Capital, Working Capital Surplus, if any, and Working Capital Deficit, if any, in each case as of September 30, 2015 and, based on such calculations, the Adjustment Amount (the “Closing Statement”). If the Representative has any objections to the Closing Statement prepared by Buyer, then the Representative will deliver a detailed written statement (the “Objections Statement”) describing (a) which items on the Closing Statement have not been prepared in accordance with this Agreement, (b) the basis for the Representative’s disagreement with the calculation of such items and (c) the Representative’s proposed dollar amount for each item in dispute, to Buyer within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Closing Statement. If the Representative fails to deliver an Objections Statement within such thirty (30) day period, then the Closing Statement shall become final and binding on all Parties. The Representative shall be deemed to have agreed with all amounts and items contained or reflected in the Closing Statement to the extent such amounts or items are not disputed in the Objections Statement. If the Representative delivers an Objections Statement within such thirty (30) day period, then the Representative and Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any such disputes, but if a final resolution is not obtained within thirty (30) days after the Representative has submitted any Objections Statements, any

5

remaining matters which are in dispute will be resolved by the office of an impartial nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants, appointed by mutual agreement of Buyer and the Representative (the “Accountants”). The Accountants will prepare and deliver a written report to Buyer and the Representative and will submit a proposed resolution of such unresolved disputes promptly, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the dispute is submitted to the Accountants. The Accountants’ determination of such unresolved disputes will be final and binding upon all Parties; provided, however, that no such determination shall be any more favorable to Buyer than is set forth in the Closing Statement or any more favorable to the Representative than is proposed in the Objections Statement. The costs, expenses and fees of the Accountants shall be borne by the Party whose calculation of the Adjustment Amount has the greatest difference from the final Adjustment Amount as determined by the Accountants under this Section 1.4; otherwise, such costs, fees and expenses shall be borne equally by Buyer, on the one hand, and the Representative (on behalf of the Sellers), on the other hand. The final Closing Statement, however determined pursuant to this Section 1.4, will produce the Working Capital Surplus, if any, the Working Capital Deficit, if any, the Debt Amount, the Debt Surplus, if any, the Debt Deficit, if any, and the Transaction Expenses Amount to be used to determine the final Adjustment Amount (the “Final Adjustment Amount”).

1.5Calculation of Earnout. The Earnout Shares and the Earnout Funds shall be calculated as follows:

(a)If the Company and its Subsidiaries generate Revenue during the Initial Earnout Measurement Period equal to or greater than the Initial Target Revenue, then Buyer shall:

(i)issue and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Sellers in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, the Initial Earnout Shares; and

(ii)pay, or cause to be paid, to the Seller Parties (other than the Sellers) in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, the Initial Earnout Funds.

(b)If the Company and its Subsidiaries generate Revenue during the Second Earnout Measurement Period equal to or greater than the Second Target Revenue, then Buyer shall:

(i)issue and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Sellers in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, the Second Earnout Shares; and

(ii)pay, or cause to be paid, to the Seller Parties (other than the Sellers) in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, the Second Earnout Funds.

(c)If the Company and its Subsidiaries generate Revenue during the Final Earnout Measurement Period equal to or greater than the Final Target Revenue, then Buyer shall:

(i)issue and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Sellers in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, the Final Earnout Shares; and

6

(ii)pay, or cause to be paid, to the Seller Parties (other than the Sellers) in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage, the Final Earnout Funds.

(d)If the Company and its Subsidiaries generate Revenue during any Earnout Measurement Period less than the Target Revenue for such Earnout Measurement Period, then the Earnout Shares and the Earnout Funds for such Earnout Measurement Period will equal zero.

(e)Upon the earlier to occur of (i) the cessation by Buyer of its best efforts to provide resources and otherwise assist in the achievement of the Target Revenues or (ii) the cessation by Buyer of operations in its Nexsan division or in the Business, each Seller Party (subject, in the case of each Seller Party that is not a Seller, to the prior execution and delivery of the Required Documentation by such Seller Party) shall be entitled to its Pro Rata Percentage of the Earnout Shares or the Earnout Funds, as applicable, for any Earnout Measurement Periods (other than the Final Earnout Measurement Period) which have not expired prior to such cessation.

(f)Upon a Change in Control Event, each Seller Party (subject, in the case of each Seller Party that is not a Seller, to the prior execution and delivery of the Required Documentation by such Seller Party) shall be entitled to its Pro Rata Percentage of the Earnout Shares or the Earnout Funds, as applicable, for the Final Earnout Measurement Period if the enterprise valuation of the Company in the Change in Control Event was equal to or greater than $15,000,000.

1.6Determination of Earnout. Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Earnout Measurement Period, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to the Representative a report (the “Earnout Report”) setting forth Buyer’s calculation of Revenue and the resulting Earnout Shares and Earnout Funds. If the Representative has any objections to the calculation of Revenue and the resulting Earnout Shares and Earnout Funds prepared by Buyer, then the Representative will deliver a detailed written statement (the “Earnout Objections Statement”) describing its objections to Buyer within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Earnout Report. If the Representative fails to deliver an Earnout Objections Statement within such thirty (30) day period, then the calculation of Revenue and the resulting Earnout Shares and Earnout Funds set forth in the Earnout Report shall become final and binding on all Parties. If the Representative delivers an Earnout Objections Statement within such thirty (30) day period, then the Representative and Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any such disputes, but if a final resolution is not obtained within thirty (30) days after the Representative has submitted the Earnout Objections Statement, any remaining matters which are in dispute will be resolved by the Accountants. The Accountants will prepare and deliver a written report to Buyer and the Representative and will submit a resolution of such unresolved disputes promptly, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the dispute is submitted to the Accountants. The Accountants’ determination of such unresolved disputes will be final and binding upon all Parties; provided, however, that no such determination shall be any more favorable to Buyer than is set forth in the Earnout Report or any more favorable to the Representative than is proposed in the Earnout Objections Statement. The costs, expenses and fees of the Accountants shall be borne by the Party whose calculation of the Earnout Shares and the Earnout Funds has the greatest difference from the final Earnout Shares and final Earnout Funds as determined by the

7

Accountants under this Section 1.6; otherwise, such costs, fees and expenses shall be borne equally by Buyer, on the one hand, and the Representative (on behalf of the Seller Parties), on the other hand. Upon any Earnout Shares and Earnout Funds becoming final and binding in accordance with this Section 1.6, Buyer shall pay such Earnout Shares and Earnout Funds to the applicable Seller Parties in accordance with Section 1.3(h).

1.7Calculations. All calculations of Working Capital, Debt Amount and Revenue under this Agreement, whether estimates or otherwise, shall be determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied and to the extent consistent with GAAP, the Company’s historical GAAP practice.

1.8Lockup. The Parties acknowledge and agree that (a) fifty percent (50%) of the Shares shall be released from the restrictions set forth in the Lockup Agreement upon the earlier to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the Closing Date, (ii) the cessation by Buyer of operations in its Nexsan division or (iii) the cessation by Buyer of operations in the Business; and (b) fifty percent (50%) of the Shares shall be released from the restrictions set forth in the Lockup Agreement upon the earlier to occur of (i) the second anniversary of the Closing Date, (ii) the cessation by Buyer of operations in its Nexsan division or (iii) the cessation by Buyer of operations in the Business. For the avoidance of doubt, the holders of the Shares shall retain all of their rights as stockholders of Buyer during the period that the Shares remain subject to the restrictions set forth in the Lockup Agreement, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Shares, and shall have the right to receive dividends payable in cash with respect to such Shares.

1.9Closing. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place electronically by the mutual exchange of facsimile or portable document format (.PDF) signatures on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). All transactions contemplated herein to occur on and as of the Closing Date shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously and to be effective as of 12:01 a.m. local time on such date.

1.10Effective Date of Merger.Subject to completion in all respects of the Securities Sale, on or after the Closing Date, Merger Sub shall cause to be duly prepared and executed and delivered to the Company a certificate of ownership (the “Certificate of Ownership”) conforming to the requirements of Section 1110(e) of the CCC, and the Company and Merger Sub shall (a) cause the Certificate of Ownership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of California in order to cause the Merger to become effective under, and in accordance with, the Laws of the State of California and this Agreement, (b) make all other filings or recordings required under the Laws of the State of California and (c) provide notice to the shareholders of the Company as required under Section 1110(h) of the CCC. The Merger shall become effective on the date and at the time of filing of the Certificate of Ownership with the Secretary of State of the State of California, or at such later date or time as may be determined by Merger Sub in writing and set forth in the Certificate of Ownership (the effective time of the Merger being hereinafter referred to as the “Effective Time”). The date on which the Effective Time occurs shall be referred to herein as the “Effective Date.” For all purposes, all of the document deliveries and other actions to occur at the Closing will be conclusively presumed to have occurred at the same time, before the Effective Time.

8

1.11Terms and Conditions of Merger. At the Effective Time, pursuant to this Agreement, the Certificate of Ownership and Section 1110 of the CCC, automatically and without further action:

(a)Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company and the separate existence of Merger Sub shall cease.

(b)The Company shall continue as the Surviving Corporation in the Merger.

(c)The effect of the Merger will be as provided in Section 1107 of the CCC.

(d)All of the estate, properties, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub and all of their property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due on whatever account to either of the Company or Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, without further act or deed, except as contemplated by this Agreement.

(e)The Surviving Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities and obligations of each of the Company and Merger Sub and the liabilities of the Company and Merger Sub shall not be affected nor shall the rights of creditors thereof or of any Persons dealing with the Company or Merger Sub be impaired.

(f)(i) The articles of incorporation of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the articles of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided in the Surviving Corporation’s Organizational Documents and in accordance with the CCC, and (ii) the bylaws of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided in Surviving Corporation’s Organizational Documents and in accordance with the CCC.

(g)The directors and officers of Merger Sub, in each case, immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, from and after Effective Time, be the directors and officers, respectively, of the Surviving Corporation until their successors have been duly elected or appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

(h)Each share of common stock of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically converted into and become one fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation, whereupon Buyer shall own all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(i)Each share of Company Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than (x) shares of Company Preferred Stock held by Buyer or Merger Sub, including all shares of Company Preferred Stock purchased by Merger Sub pursuant to the Securities Sale, which shall be cancelled, (y) shares to be cancelled in accordance with Section 1.11(k) and (z) Dissenting Shares (as defined below)) shall become, and be converted into, the right to receive an amount in cash equal to, and each holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, subject to the execution and delivery of the Shareholder Required Documentation (as defined below) by

9

such holder, the Per Share Purchase Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each share of Company Preferred Stock owned by any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company shall remain outstanding as shares in the Surviving Corporation, and no payment shall be made with respect thereto.

(j)Each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than (x) shares of Company Common Stock held by Buyer or Merger Sub, including all shares of Company Common Stock purchased by Merger Sub pursuant to the Securities Sale, which shall be cancelled, (y) shares to be cancelled in accordance with Section 1.11(k) and (z) Dissenting Shares (as defined below)) shall become, and be converted into, the right to receive an amount in cash equal to, and each holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, subject to the execution and delivery of the Shareholder Required Documentation (as defined below) by such holder, the Per Share Purchase Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each share of Company Common Stock owned by any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company shall remain outstanding as shares in the Surviving Corporation, and no payment shall be made with respect thereto.

(k)Each share of Company Common Stock and each share of Company Preferred Stock held as treasury stock by the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and retired, and shall cease to exist, and no payment shall be made with respect thereto.

1.12Surrender and Exchange of Certificates.

(a)Exchange Procedures. Promptly after the filing of the Certificate of Ownership with the Secretary of State of the State of California but in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall cause to be mailed or delivered to each holder of record of book-entry shares, or a certificate or certificates (the “Certificates”) that represented as of the Effective Time outstanding shares, of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock to be exchanged pursuant to Section 1.11(i) or Section 1.11(j), respectively, a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of the Certificates to the Exchange Agent (to the extent such shares are certificated) and shall be in such form and have such other provisions as Buyer may reasonably specify) and instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates that represented such shares (to the extent such shares are certificated) in exchange for payment of the consideration therefor. Upon surrender of a Certificate to the Exchange Agent (to the extent such shares are certificated), together with such letter of transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and such other documents as may be required pursuant to such instructions (collectively, the “Shareholder Required Documentation”), the holder of such shares shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor payment of the Per Share Purchase Price which such holder has the right to receive pursuant to Section 1.11(i) or Section 1.11(j), as applicable, after giving effect to any required withholdings and without interest, and the Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be canceled.

(b)Required Withholding. Each of the Exchange Agent, Buyer, Merger Sub and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder or former holder of shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock such amounts as the Exchange Agent, Buyer, Merger Sub or the

10

Surviving Corporation reasonably determines that are required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under United States federal or state, local or foreign Law. To the extent that such amounts are so deducted or withheld, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

(c)Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In the event any Certificates representing Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the Exchange Agent shall pay in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificates, upon the making of an acceptable affidavit of that fact by the holder thereof and the delivery of such other documents reasonably requested by the Exchange Agent, the applicable cash amount pursuant to Section 1.11(i) or Section 1.11(j), as applicable; provided, however, that Buyer may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the payment thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificates (i) to execute an indemnity agreement with respect to such Certificate in the form reasonably specified by Buyer, and that is reasonably acceptable to the Company, prior to the Effective Time and (ii) in the case of any such Certificate representing more than $10,000 of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock, as applicable, to post a bond in such reasonable amount and on such customary terms as Buyer may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Buyer or the Exchange Agent with respect to such Certificate.

1.13Dissenting Shares. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock held by shareholders of the Company who have not elected to receive payment pursuant to Section 1.12 and who are entitled to demand and who have properly exercised and perfected and/or reserved their appraisal or dissenters’ rights (the “Dissenting Shares”) in accordance with the CCC, such Dissenting Shares shall not be converted into or represent the right to receive the consideration payable pursuant to this Agreement upon consummation of the Merger, but, instead, the holders of Dissenting Shares shall be entitled to payment of the appraised value of such Dissenting Shares in accordance with the applicable provisions of the CCC, unless and to the extent that any such holder of Dissenting Shares shall have irrevocably forfeited its right to appraisal under the applicable provisions of the CCC or irrevocably withdrawn its demand for appraisal. If any such holder of Dissenting Shares has so irrevocably forfeited or withdrawn its right to appraisal of Dissenting Shares, then, as of the occurrence of such event, such holder’s Dissenting Shares shall cease to be Dissenting Shares and shall be converted into and represent the right to receive the consideration payable in respect of such shares pursuant to this Agreement, without interest, which payments shall be made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and Buyer and Merger Sub shall set aside such amounts as needed to make such payments.

1.14No Further Transfers. Following the Closing, there shall be no further registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation of any shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, any Certificate is presented (for transfer or otherwise) to the Surviving Corporation or the Exchange Agent, such Certificate shall be canceled and, subject to Section 1.11(i) or Section 1.11(j), as applicable, and the procedures provided for in Section 1.12, payment shall be made of the consideration provided for in this Agreement in respect of the number

11

of shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock, as the case may be, represented by such Certificate.

1.15Termination of Rights. All consideration paid upon surrender of shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Article 1, including the rights to additional payments under Sections 1.3(g) and 1.3(h), shall be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock. After the Effective Time, holders of Company Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock will cease to be, and will have no rights as, stockholders of the Company, and such holders’ rights will consist only of (i) in the case of shares other than Dissenting Shares, the right to receive the consideration provided for in this Agreement in respect of such shares, and (ii) in the case of Dissenting Shares, the rights afforded to the holders thereof under the applicable provisions of the CCC. Until surrendered for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of this Article 1, each share of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock, or the right to receive shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock, shall, from and after the Effective Time, represent (A) in the case of shares other than Dissenting Shares, the right to receive the consideration provided for in this Agreement in respect of such shares, without interest thereon, and (B) in the case of Dissenting Shares, the rights afforded to the holders thereof under the applicable provisions of the CCC. If any shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock have not been surrendered prior to five (5) years after the Effective Time (or immediately prior to such earlier date on which the applicable Consideration in respect of such shares would otherwise escheat to or become the property of any Governmental Body), any cash, dividends, distributions or other things of value in respect of such shares shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, become the property of the Surviving Corporation, free and clear of all claims or interests of any Person, whether previously entitled thereto or not.

1.16No Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of the Exchange Agent, the Surviving Corporation or any party hereto shall be liable to a holder of Company Securities for any amount properly paid to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Law.

1.17Optionholders. The Company has caused to be delivered to each In-Money Optionholder a cancellation agreement (the “Option Cancellation Agreement”) which provides that upon receipt and deposit of the Option Consideration, all Options (whether vested or unvested) held by the In-Money Optionholder will be cancelled and be of no further force and effect. Within two (2) Business Days following the later of the Effective Time and delivery of the Option Cancellation Agreement, duly completed and properly executed, the In-Money Optionholder shall be entitled to receive the applicable amounts payable pursuant to Section 1.3. Upon each In-Money Optionholder’s delivery of the Option Cancellation Agreement and receipt of the Option Consideration, all Options shall be automatically canceled and retired and cease to exist, and no holder of any Option (whether vested or unvested, or exercised or unexercised) will have any rights to, or as a holder of, Options to purchase shares of Company Common Stock issuable thereunder. The Company has delivered or caused to be delivered to all Optionholders (other than In-Money Optionholders) the written notice required to be delivered to such Optionholders pursuant to Section 11(C) of the Stock Option Plan in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

12

1.18Warrantholders. The Company has caused to be delivered to each Warrantholder a cancellation agreement (the “Warrant Cancellation Agreement”) which provides that upon receipt of the Warrant Shares, if applicable, all Warrants held by the Warrantholder will be cancelled and be of no further force and effect. Within two (2) Business Days following the later of the Effective Time and delivery of the Warrant Cancellation Agreement, duly completed and properly executed, the Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefore from the Share Exchange Fund the applicable amounts payable pursuant to Section 1.3. Upon each such Warrantholder’s delivery of the Warrant Cancellation Agreement and receipt of the Warrant Shares, if applicable, all Warrants shall be automatically canceled and retired and cease to exist, and no holder of any Warrant (whether exercised or unexercised) will have any rights to, or as a holder of, Warrants to purchase shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock issuable thereunder.

1.19Consideration Spreadsheet.

(a)Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company has prepared and delivered to Buyer a spreadsheet (the “Consideration Spreadsheet), which is attached hereto as Schedule 1.1 and sets forth, as of the Closing Date, the following:

(i)the names and addresses of all Company Shareholders and the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock held by such Persons;

(ii)the names, and addresses to the extent reasonably available of all Optionholders, together with the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to Options held by such Optionholders, the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule for such Options;

(iii)the names, and addresses to the extent reasonably available of all Warrantholders, together with the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to Warrants held by such Warrantholders and the exercise price for such Warrants;

(iv)detailed calculations of the Consideration;

(v)each Seller Party’s Pro Rata Percentage (as a percentage interest and the interest in dollar or stock terms, as applicable) of the Consideration;

(vi)each Seller Party’s Pro Rata Percentage (as a percentage interest and the interest in dollar or stock terms, as applicable) of the amount to be contributed to the Escrow Funds and the shares of Buyer Common Stock to be contributed to the Escrow Shares;

(vii)each Seller Party’s Pro Rata Percentage (as a percentage interest and the interest in dollar or stock terms, as applicable) of the Earnout Funds and the Earnout Shares; and

(viii)each Seller Party’s Pro Rata Percentage (as a percentage interest and the interest in dollar or stock terms, as applicable) of the amount to be contributed to the Adjustment Funds and the shares of Buyer Common Stock to be contributed to the Adjustment Shares.

13

(b)The Parties agree that Buyer and Merger Sub shall be entitled to rely on Schedule 1.1 in making payments under Article 1 and Buyer and Merger Sub shall not be responsible for the calculations or the determinations regarding such calculations in the Consideration Spreadsheet.

1.20Post-Closing Purchase.

(a)Any Person listed as a Seller on the signature pages hereto (a “Potential Seller”) who has delivered an executed signature page to this Agreement and to each of the applicable Ancillary Agreements to Buyer on or prior to the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Effective Time shall be considered a Seller for purposes of this Agreement. Buyer agrees that it shall acquire from any Potential Seller that delivers an executed signature page to this Agreement after the Closing but on or prior to the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Effective Time the Seller Securities set forth next to such Potential Seller’s name in Schedule 1.1. In addition, each of the Parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that, following the Closing, Buyer may purchase the Seller Securities set forth on Schedule 1.1 from any of the other Potential Sellers that subsequently deliver an executed signature an executed signature page to the Agreement. All such purchases shall be at a price per Seller Security equal to the price per share of Seller Security paid to the Sellers at the Closing (each, a “Post-Closing Purchase”). Any Post-Closing Purchase will be effected by Buyer accepting counterparty signature pages to this Agreement and to each of the applicable Ancillary Agreements indicating such equityholder is to be a Seller hereunder, which signature pages were delivered by such equityholder to the Company pursuant to the instructions included in the Shareholder Required Documentation. Without limitation Buyer’s ability to effect any Post-Closing Purchase or other acquisition of Seller Securities, upon delivery and acceptance of any such equityholder’s counterpart signature pages to this Agreement and the applicable Ancillary Agreements, such equityholder shall be deemed to be a Seller for all purposes of this Agreement, such equityholder’s Seller Securities shall be deemed to be Seller Securities sold, transferred, assigned, conveyed and delivered hereunder, and such equityholder shall be deemed to make all of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of a Seller contained herein, including (i) making the representations and warranties made by a Seller in Section 2.1 effective as of the date of such Post-Closing Purchase and making the representations and warranties made by a Seller in Article 3 effective as of the Closing, (ii) agreeing to the terms of this Article 1 with respect to adjustments to the Consideration, Article 6 (Remedies for Breaches of this Agreement), Section 7.1 (Tax Indemnification) and Section 9.16 (Representative), and (iii) delivering a portion of the consideration payable to such equityholder into escrow. Any Potential Seller who delivers a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and to each of the applicable Ancillary Agreements after the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Effective Time which Buyer does not accept as a Seller hereunder shall be deemed to be a Seller Party other than a Seller, and such equityholder’s Seller Securities shall not be included in the Seller Securities sold, transferred, assigned, conveyed and delivered hereunder. Any equityholder of the Company who delivers a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and to each of the applicable Ancillary Agreements indicating that such equityholder is a Seller Party other than a Seller shall be deemed to be a Seller Party other than a Seller for all purposes hereunder.

14

(b)If less than all of the Potential Sellers have delivered executed signature pages to this Agreement and to the applicable Ancillary Agreements when the Closing occurs, then (i) when determining the number of shares of Buyer Common Stock to be paid to each Seller at the Closing, the number of shares of Buyer Common Stock in the definitions of Buyer Shares, Initial Earnout Shares, Second Earnout Shares and Final Earnout Shares shall automatically be deemed to be proportionately decreased (based on the number of Seller Securities to be sold by the Potential Sellers that have executed signature pages as compared to the total number of Seller Securities that would have been sold if all Potential Sellers had executed signature pages), and then automatically be deemed to be proportionately increased following Closing only in the event that Post-Closing Purchase are made hereunder, (ii) when determining the amount in cash to be deposited with the Exchange Agent at or immediately prior to the Effective Time, the amount in cash in the definition of Cash Consideration shall automatically be deemed to be proportionately increased (based on the number of Seller Securities to be sold by Potential Sellers that have executed signature pages as compared to the total number of Seller Securities that would have been sold if all Potential Sellers had executed signature pages), and then automatically be deemed to be proportionately decreased following Closing only in the event that Post-Closing Purchase are made hereunder, (iii) the number of shares of Buyer Common Stock in the definitions of Adjustment Escrow Shares and Indemnity Shares shall automatically be deemed to be proportionately decreased at Closing (based on the number of Seller Securities to be sold by Potential Sellers that have executed signature pages as compared to the total number of Seller Securities that would have been sold if all Potential Sellers had executed signature pages), and then automatically be deemed to be proportionately increased following Closing only in the event that Post-Closing Purchase are made hereunder, and (iv) the amount in cash in the definitions of Adjustment Escrow Funds and Indemnity Funds shall automatically be deemed to be proportionately increased at Closing (based on the number of Seller Securities to be sold by Potential Sellers that have executed signature pages as compared to the total number of Seller Securities that would have been sold if all Potential Sellers had executed signature pages), and then automatically be deemed to be proportionately decreased following Closing only in the event that Post-Closing Purchase are made hereunder.

(c) In the event that a Potential Seller has delivered executed counterpart signature pages to this Agreement and the applicable Ancillary Agreements in accordance with Section 1.20(a), Buyer and the Representative shall issue joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to release from the Escrow Accounts the portion of the Indemnity Escrow Funds and the Adjustment Escrow Funds having an aggregate value on the date thereof equal to the value of the Indemnity Escrow Shares and Adjustment Escrow Shares that would have been attributable to such Potential Seller had such Potential Seller been a Seller at the Closing.  Upon receipt of such amount, Buyer shall deposit or cause to be deposited in the Escrow Accounts the number of Indemnity Escrow Shares and Adjustment Escrow Shares attributable to such Potential Seller as a Seller hereunder.

(d)Without limiting Section 9.9, each of the Parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that Buyer and Representative may revise, modify or amend this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement (including Schedule 1.1) to reflect any matter contemplated by this Section 1.20.

15

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING TRANSACTION

2.1Representations and Warranties of Sellers. Each Seller, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to Buyer and Merger Sub that the statements contained in this Section 2.1 are correct and complete as of the Closing Date, except as set forth in the corresponding section of the Disclosure Schedule.

(j)Authorization of Transaction. Such Seller, if an entity, is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of its formation. Such Seller has full power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which such Seller is a party and to perform such Seller’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. If such Seller is an entity, then the execution and delivery by such Seller of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which such Seller is a party and the performance by such Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly approved by all requisite corporate, limited liability company or partnership action of such Seller. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by the other parties thereto, this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which such Seller is a party constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of such Seller, enforceable against such Seller in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors generally and by the availability of equitable remedies. Such Seller is not required to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any Consent of any Governmental Body or any other Person in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to which such Seller is a party.

(k)Non-contravention. Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement nor the Ancillary Agreements to which such Seller is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will (i) violate or conflict with any Law or Order to which such Seller is subject, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any Contract to which such Seller is a party or by which such Seller is bound or to which any of such Seller’s assets is subject, (iii) result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to the Company Securities or (iv) violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of such Seller, if an entity.

(l)Brokers’ Fees. Such Seller has no liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

(m)Company Securities. Such Seller holds of record and owns beneficially the number of Seller Securities set forth next to such Seller’s name in Schedule 1.1, free and clear of any Liens. Such Seller is not a party to, and such Seller’s Seller Securities are not subject to, any option, warrant, purchase right or other Contract that could require such Seller to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any Seller Securities (other than this Agreement). Such Seller is not a party

16

to any voting trust, proxy or other Contract with respect to the voting of any Seller Securities. Such Seller’s Seller Securities have been issued in uncertificated, book-entry form and no certificates representing, or other instruments evidencing an interest in, such Seller’s Seller Securities have been issued or are currently outstanding.

(n)Litigation. Such Seller is not engaged in or a party to or, to the Knowledge of such Seller, threatened with any complaint, charge, Proceeding, Order or other process or procedure for settling disputes or disagreements with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Seller has not received written or, to the Knowledge of such Seller, oral notice of a claim or dispute that is reasonably likely to result in any such complaint, charge, Proceeding, Order or other process or procedure for settling disputes or disagreements with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(o)Accredited Investor. Such Seller (i) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act; (ii) is aware that the Buyer Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and that issuance of Buyer Shares to such Seller in the Securities Sale is being made in reliance on a private placement exemption from registration under the Securities Act; (iii) is acquiring the Buyer Shares for investment for such Seller’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof; (iv) is an informed, sophisticated Person with sufficient knowledge and experience in investment and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the risks and merits of its or his purchase of the Buyer Shares; (v) has determined that the acquisition of the Buyer Shares is consistent with its or his general business and investment objectives; (vi) has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Buyer Shares; (vii) does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Buyer Shares; and (viii) if such Seller is not a natural person, has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Buyer Shares.

(p)No General Solicitation. Neither such Seller, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners, if applicable, has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Buyer Shares.

(q)No Related Party. Such Seller is not, and upon the Closing will not be, (i) a director, officer or substantial security holder of Buyer (each, a “Related Party”), (ii) a Subsidiary, Affiliate or other closely-related person of a Related Party; or (iii) any company or entity in which a Related Party has a substantial direct or indirect interest.

2.2Representations and Warranties of Buyer and Merger Sub. Buyer and Merger Sub represent and warrant to the Company and the Sellers that the statements contained in this Section 2.2 are correct and complete as of the Closing Date.

(k)Organization of Buyer and Merger Sub. Buyer is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. Merger Sub is a

17

corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of California.

(l)Authorization of Transaction. Each of Buyer and Merger Sub has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by each of Buyer and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the performance by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly approved by all requisite corporate action of Buyer and Merger Sub, respectively. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by the other parties thereto, this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which Buyer and Merger Sub is a party constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of Buyer and Merger Sub, respectively, enforceable against Buyer and Merger Sub, respectively, in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors generally and by the availability of equitable remedies. Except as required to comply with applicable federal and state securities Laws, each of Buyer and Merger Sub is not required to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any Consent of any Governmental Body or any other Person in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to which Buyer or Merger Sub, respectively, is a party.

(m)Non-contravention. Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement nor the Ancillary Agreements to which Buyer or Merger Sub is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will (i) violate or conflict with any Law or Order to which Buyer or Merger Sub, respectively, is subject, (ii) violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of Buyer or Merger Sub, respectively, or (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any Contract to which Buyer or Merger Sub, respectively, is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject.

(n)Brokers’ Fees. Each of Buyer and Merger Sub does not have any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which any Seller could become liable or obligated.

(o)Investment. Buyer is not acquiring the Company Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(p)Capitalization. The authorized capital stock of Buyer consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Buyer Common Stock”), and 25,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, of which no shares have been designated by Buyer’s board of directors. All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Buyer have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued without violation of any preemptive right or other right to purchase. All shares of Buyer Common Stock deliverable pursuant to this Agreement have been reserved for issuance, duly authorized and, when issued as contemplated by this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive rights, and issued in compliance with applicable securities Laws (assuming the accuracy of all

18

representations and warranties made by the Seller Parties and the Company in this Agreement and in any of the certificates, instruments or documents contemplated by this Agreement). As of October 13, 2015, 41,689,643 shares of Buyer Common Stock were issued and outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding. There are no other stock or other ownership interests in Buyer or outstanding securities convertible or exchangeable into stock or other ownership interests of Buyer.

(q)SEC Reports.

(ix)Buyer has filed with the SEC all forms, reports and documents required to be filed by Buyer since January 1, 2013 (collectively, the “Buyer SEC Reports”). As of their respective dates, the Buyer SEC Reports (i) were prepared in all material respects in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to such Buyer SEC Reports and (ii) did not at the time they were filed (or if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, then on the date of such filing) contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Except to the extent set forth in the preceding sentence, Buyer makes no representation or warranty whatsoever concerning any Buyer SEC Report as of any time other than the date or period with respect to which it was filed. None of Buyer’s subsidiaries is required to file any forms, reports or other documents with the SEC. The chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of Buyer have signed, and Buyer has filed with the SEC, all certifications required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and such certifications contain no qualifications or exceptions to the matters certified therein and have not been modified or withdrawn, and neither Buyer nor any of its officers has received notice from any Governmental Body questioning or challenging the accuracy, completeness, form or manner of filing of such certifications. As used in this Section 2.2(g), the term “file” shall be broadly construed to include any manner in which a document or information is filed with the SEC.

(x)At the time they were filed with the SEC, the consolidated financial statements of Buyer included in most recent quarterly report on Form 10-Q under the Securities Exchange Act complied as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto as then in effect, had been prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto or, in the case of interim financial statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC) and fairly presented in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Buyer and its subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of the interim financial statements to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of notes).

(r)Litigation. Buyer is not engaged in or a party to or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened with any complaint, charge, Proceeding, Order or other process or procedure for settling disputes or disagreements with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Buyer has not received written or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, oral notice of a claim or dispute that is reasonably likely to result in any such complaint, charge, Proceeding, Order or other process

19

or procedure for settling disputes or disagreements with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE COMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to Buyer and Merger Sub that the statements contained in this Article 3 are correct and complete as of the Closing Date, except as set forth in the corresponding section of the Disclosure Schedule.

3.1Organization, Qualification, and Power. Section 3.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries and each state or other jurisdiction in which the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is licensed or qualified to do business. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of their respective jurisdiction of incorporation or formation. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are duly authorized to conduct their business and are in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where such qualification is required. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have full corporate power and authority and all Permits necessary to carry on the businesses in which they are engaged and to own, lease and use the properties owned, leased and used by them. Section 3.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the board of directors, managers, management board and officers, as the case may be, of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries. The Company has delivered to Buyer and Merger Sub correct and complete copies of the Organizational Documents, the minute book and stock record books for the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, each of which is correct and complete. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or in violation of any provision of their Organizational Documents.

3.2Authorization of Transaction. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have full corporate power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver the Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by the Company and its Subsidiaries of the Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the performance by the Company and its Subsidiaries of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly approved by all requisite corporate action of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by the other parties thereto, this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which the Company and its Subsidiaries are a party constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and such Subsidiaries (as the case may be), enforceable against the Company and such Subsidiaries (as the case may be) in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors generally and by the availability of equitable remedies. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is required to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any Consent of any Governmental Body or any other Person in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.

20

3.3Capitalization and Subsidiaries.

(g)All of the Company Securities are owned beneficially and of record by the Seller Parties. The Company Securities represent 100% of the outstanding stock or other ownership interests in the Company. All of the Company Securities have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable and have been issued without violation of any preemptive right or other right to purchase. Section 3.3(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the Company’s authorized stock and the record and beneficial owner of such stock, and each such owner has good and indefeasible title to all of the stock listed next to such holder’s name on Schedule 1.1 free and clear of all Liens. Except as set forth on Section 3.3(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no other stock or other ownership interests in the Company or outstanding securities convertible or exchangeable into stock or other ownership interests of the Company, and there are no options, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, calls, puts, rights of first refusal or other Contracts that could require the Company to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding or to acquire, repurchase or redeem stock or other ownership interests in the Company. There are no outstanding or authorized equity appreciation, phantom equity, profit participation or similar rights with respect to the Company. There are no voting trusts, proxies or other Contracts with respect to the voting of the stock or other ownership interests of the Company. Upon the Closing, the Seller Securities will be delivered to Buyer free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens which may result from any actions taken by Buyer), and Buyer will have good and marketable title to the Seller Securities.

(h)All of the Subsidiaries, direct and indirect, of the Company are listed in Section 3.3(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule. Section 3.3(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the entire authorized stock or other ownership interests of each such Subsidiary and the record and beneficial owner of such stock or other ownership interests, all of which have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued without violation of any preemptive right or other right to purchase. Except as set forth on Section 3.3(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the stock or other ownership interests of the Subsidiaries listed in Section 3.3(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, free and clear of all Liens. There are no other stock or other ownership interests in any Subsidiary required to be listed on Section 3.3(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule or outstanding securities convertible or exchangeable into stock or other ownership interests of any such Subsidiary, and there are no options, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, calls, puts, rights of first refusal or other Contracts that could require any such Subsidiary to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding or to acquire, repurchase or redeem stock or other ownership interests in any such Subsidiary. There are no outstanding or authorized equity appreciation, phantom appreciation, profit participation or similar rights with respect to any Subsidiary listed on Section 3.3(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule. There are no voting trusts, proxies or other Contracts with respect to the voting of the stock or other ownership interests of any such Subsidiary.

(i)All shares of Company Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock held by any Person have been issued in uncertificated, book-entry form and no certificates representing, or other instruments evidencing an interest in, any shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock have been issued or are currently outstanding.

21

3.4Non-contravention. Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement nor the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will (i) violate or conflict with any Law or Order to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of the Organizational Documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice or payment under any Contract or Permit to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject (or result in the imposition of any Lien upon any of its assets).

3.5Brokers’ Fees. Except as set forth on Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.6Assets.

(a)The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest or license in, the properties and assets (tangible and intangible) used by them, located on their premises or shown on the Most Recent Balance Sheet or acquired after the date thereof (other than inventory sold in the Ordinary Course of Business), free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens. The assets, properties and rights owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries are all the assets, properties and rights used by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the operation of the Business or necessary to operate the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries, consistent with past practice.

(b)The buildings, machinery, equipment and other tangible assets that the Company and its Subsidiaries own and lease are free from material defects (patent and latent), have been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, are in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and are suitable for the purposes for which they are presently used.

3.7Financial Statements; Interim Conduct.

(a)Attached to Section 3.7(a)-1 of the Disclosure Schedule are correct and complete copies of the following financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Financial Statements”): (i) unaudited consolidated balance sheets, statements of income and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Most Recent Fiscal Year End”); and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets, statements of income and cash flows (the “Most Recent Financial Statements”) as of and for the six (6) month period ended June 30, 2015 (the “Most Recent Fiscal Month End”). The Financial Statements are correct and complete and consistent with the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries (which are in turn correct and complete), present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operation, changes in equity and cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of and for their respective dates and for the periods then ending and, except as set forth on Section 3.7(a)-2 of the

22

Disclosure Schedule, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied; provided, however, that the Most Recent Financial Statements are subject to normal, recurring year-end adjustments and lack notes (none of which will be material individually or in the aggregate).

(b)Since the Most Recent Fiscal Year End, the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries has been conducted in the Ordinary Course of Business, and there has not been any Material Adverse Change and no event has occurred which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as set forth on Section 3.7(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, since the Most Recent Fiscal Year End the Company and its Subsidiaries have not:

(iii)sold, leased, transferred or assigned any assets or property (tangible or intangible) with a value in excess of $50,000, other than sales of inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(iv)experienced any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to its assets or property (tangible or intangible) in excess of $50,000;

(v)received notice from any Person regarding the acceleration, termination, modification or cancelation a Contract, which, if in existence on the date hereof, would be required to be listed on Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(vi)issued, created, incurred or assumed any Debt involving more than $50,000;

(vii)forgave, canceled, compromised, waived or released any Debt owed to it or any right or claim involving more than $50,000;

(viii)issued, sold or otherwise disposed of any of its stock or other ownership interests, or granted any options, warrants or other rights to acquire (including upon conversion, exchange or exercise) any of its stock or other ownership interests or declared, set aside, made or paid any dividend or distribution with respect to its stock or other ownership interests or redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired any stock or other ownership interest or amended or made any change to any of its Organizational Documents or made any other payment to its members or stockholders (or any Affiliates of such members or stockholders);

(ix)granted any increase in salary or bonus or otherwise increased the compensation or benefits payable or provided to any director, officer, employee, consultant, advisor or agent in excess of $50,000, except wage or salary increases set forth on Section 3.7(b)(vii) of the Disclosure Schedule required by existing Contracts;

(x)engaged in any promotional, sales or discount or other activity that has or could reasonably be expected to have the effect of accelerating sales prior to the Closing that would otherwise be expected to occur subsequent to the Closing, other than in its ordinary course of business;

23

(xi)made any commitment outside of the Ordinary Course of Business or in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate for capital expenditures to be paid after the Closing or failed to incur capital expenditures in accordance with its capital expense budget;

(xii)instituted any material change in the conduct of its business or any material change in its accounting practices or methods, cash management practices or method of purchase, sale, lease, management, marketing, or operation;

(xiii)taken or omitted to take any action which could be reasonably anticipated to have a Material Adverse Change;

(xiv)made, changed or rescinded any Tax election, settled or compromised any Tax liability, amended any Tax Return or took any position on any Tax Return, took any action, omitted to take any action or entered into any other transaction that would have the effect of materially increasing the Tax liability or materially reducing any Tax assets of Buyer or Merger Sub in respect of any taxable period ending after the Closing Date;

(xv)collected its accounts receivable or paid any accrued liabilities or accounts payable or prepaid any expenses or other items, in each case other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(xvi)entered into any transaction with any Affiliate; and

(xvii)agreed or committed to do any of the foregoing.

(c)All notes and accounts receivable reflected on the Most Recent Financial Statements, and all accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries generated since the Most Recent Fiscal Month End (the “Receivables”), constitute bona fide receivables resulting from the sale of inventory, services or other obligations in favor of the Company and its Subsidiaries as to which full performance has been fully rendered, and are valid and enforceable claims. To the Knowledge of the Company, the Receivables are not subject to any pending or threatened defense, counterclaim, right of offset, returns, allowances or credits, except to the extent reserved against the accounts receivable. The reserves against the accounts receivable for returns, allowances, chargebacks and bad debts are commercially reasonable and, except as set forth on Section 3.7(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, have been determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied in accordance with past custom and practice.

(d)The accounts payable of the Company and its Subsidiaries reflected on the Most Recent Financial Statements arose from bona fide transactions in the Ordinary Course of Business, and all such accounts payable have either been paid, are not yet due and payable in the Ordinary Course of Business, or are being contested by the Company and its Subsidiaries in good faith.

(e)The inventory of the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) does not include any items that are obsolete or of a quantity or quality not usable or salable in the Ordinary Course of Business and (ii) includes only items sold by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Ordinary

24

Course of Business. The inventory disposed of subsequent to the date of the Most Recent Fiscal Month End has been disposed of only in the Ordinary Course of Business. No inventory of the Company and its Subsidiaries is held on a consignment basis. The quantities of each item of inventory of the Company and its Subsidiaries (whether raw materials, work-in-process or finished goods) are not excessive, but are reasonable in the present circumstances of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

3.8Undisclosed Liabilities. The Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any liability (whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), except for liabilities that (a) are accrued or reserved against in the Most Recent Financial Statements, (b) were incurred subsequent to the Most Recent Fiscal Month End in the Ordinary Course of Business, (c) result from the obligations of the Company under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or (d) liabilities and obligations pursuant to any Contract listed on Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule or not required by the terms of Section 3.13 to be listed on Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, in either case which arose in the Ordinary Course of Business and did not result from any default, tort, breach of contract or breach of warranty.

3.9Legal Compliance.

(l)The Company and its Subsidiaries, and their respective predecessors and Affiliates, have complied and are in material compliance with all applicable Laws and Orders, and no Proceeding has been filed or commenced or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened alleging any failure so to comply. Since January 1, 2013, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any notice or communication alleging any non-compliance of the foregoing.

(m)Section 3.9(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a correct and complete list all material Permits held by the Company and its Subsidiaries. Such Permits (i) constitute all Permits necessary for the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) are in full force and effect. No Proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to revoke or limit any Permit.

(n)Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their officers, managers, members, directors, agents, employees or any other Persons acting on their behalf has, to the Knowledge of the Company, (i) made any illegal payment or provided any unlawful compensation or gifts to any officer or employee of any Governmental Body, or any employee, customer or supplier of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (ii) accepted or received any unlawful contributions, payments, expenditures or gifts; and no Proceeding has been filed or commenced alleging any such payments, contributions or gifts.

3.10Tax Matters.

(d)The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed with the appropriate taxing authorities all Tax Returns that they were required to file. All such Tax Returns are correct and complete in all material respects. All Taxes due and owing by the Company and its Subsidiaries (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid or are reflected as reserves on the Most

25

Recent Financial Statements. The Company and its Subsidiaries are not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return or pay any Tax. There are no Liens for Taxes (other than Taxes not yet due and payable) upon the Company Securities or any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e)Adequate reserves and accruals have been established to provide for the payment of all Taxes which are not yet due and payable with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(f)No deficiency or proposed adjustment for any amount of Tax has been proposed, asserted or assessed by any taxing authority against the Company and its Subsidiaries that has not been paid, settled or otherwise resolved. There is no Proceeding or audit now pending, proposed or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries have not been notified by any taxing authority that any issues have been raised with respect to any Tax Return. There has not been, within the past three (3) calendar years, an examination or written notice of potential examination of the Tax Returns filed with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by any taxing authority.

(g)All Taxes that are required to be withheld or collected by the Company and its Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, Taxes arising as a result of payments (or amounts allocable) to foreign persons or to employees, agents, contractors or stockholders of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, have been duly withheld and collected and, to the extent required, have been properly paid or deposited as required by applicable Laws.

(h)No claim has been made by any taxing authority in a jurisdiction where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries do not file Tax Returns that they are or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction within the past three (3) calendar years.

(i)The Company and its Subsidiaries are not a party to any Tax allocation, sharing, indemnity, or reimbursement agreement or arrangement, and are not liable for the Taxes of any other Person as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise.

(j)Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required as a result of (i) a change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) any “closing agreement,” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign Law), (iii) any installment sale or open transaction disposition, or (iv) the receipt of any prepaid revenue, to include any item of income or exclude any item of deduction for any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date that would not have otherwise so been included or excluded as the case may be.

(k)Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

(l)Section 3.10(i) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Tax Returns filed by the Company and its Subsidiaries for Tax periods ended on or after December 31, 2012, indicates those

26

Tax Returns that have been audited, and indicates those Tax Returns that currently are the subject of audit. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to the payment of any Tax or any Tax assessment or deficiency.

(m)There is no Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that will, individually or collectively, result in the payment of any amount that would reasonably be expected to be characterized as a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

(n)Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is or has been a party to any “reportable transaction,” as defined in Section 6707A(c)(1) of the Code and Reg. §1.6011-4(b).

(o)Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Section 355 or Section 361 of the Code.

3.11Real Property.

(a)Section 3.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the address and legal description of all Owned Properties. Section 3.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a correct description (including, without limitation, a legal description) of each Owned Property. With respect to each Owned Property:

(i)the Company or its Subsidiary set forth on Section 3.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule is the sole titleholder of record and owns good and marketable indefeasible fee simple absolute title and all equitable interest therein to the land, land improvements and buildings legally described as set forth in Section 3.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule,together with all privileges, rights, easements, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereunto belonging, free and clear of all Liens, except as set forth in Section 3.11(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule; and

(ii)except as set forth in Section 3.11(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not leased, licensed or otherwise granted to any Person the right to use or occupy such Owned Properties or any portion thereof.

(b)Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the address of each parcel of Leased Real Property, and a true and complete list of all Leases for each parcel of Leased Real Property. The Company has made available to Buyer and Merger Sub a true and complete copy of each Lease, and in the case of any oral Lease, a written summary of the material terms of such Lease.

(c)Subject to the respective terms and conditions in the Leases, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is the sole legal and equitable owner of the leasehold interest in the Leased Real Property and possesses good and marketable, indefeasible title thereto, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).

27

(d)With respect to each parcel of Real Property: (i) there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened condemnation Proceedings, suits or administrative actions relating to any such parcel or other matters affecting adversely the current use, occupancy or value thereof; (ii) the ownership and operation of the Real Property in the manner in which it is now owned and operated comply with all zoning, building, use, safety or other similar Laws; (iii) all Improvements on any such parcel are in good operating condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, are supplied with utilities and other services necessary for the operation of the business as currently conducted at such facilities and safe for their current occupancy and use; (iv) neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any Seller has received any notice of any special Tax, levy or assessment for benefits or betterments that affect any parcel of Real Property and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no such special Taxes, levies or assessments are pending or contemplated; (v) there are no Contracts granting to any third party or parties the right of use or occupancy of any such parcel, and there are no third parties (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) in possession of any such parcel; and (vi) each such parcel abuts on and has adequate direct vehicular access to a public road and there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened termination of such access. The Real Property comprises all of the real property used or intended to be used in the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any Contract or option to purchase any real property or any portion thereof or interest therein.

3.12Intellectual Property.

(a)To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company and its Subsidiaries own and possess or have the right to use all Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(b)To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated, or violated any Intellectual Property rights of third parties in any respect, and neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their directors and officers, nor any Seller has received any charge, complaint, claim, demand, or notice alleging any such interference, infringement, misappropriation, or violation (including any claim that the Company or one of its Subsidiaries must license or refrain from using any Intellectual Property rights of any third party). To the Knowledge of the Company, no third party has interfered with, challenged, infringed upon, misappropriated, or violated any Intellectual Property rights of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(c)Section 3.12(c)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies each patent, trademark, service mark, Internet domain name, and copyright that is registered, filed, or issued with any Governmental Entity and is owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, identifies each pending patent application or application for trademark, service mark, Internet domain name, and copyright registration which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owns, and identifies each license, sublicense, agreement, or other permission pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has granted any rights to any third party with respect to any of its Intellectual Property (together with any exceptions). The Company has delivered to Buyer and Merger Sub correct and complete copies of all Intellectual Property licenses, sublicenses, agreements, and permissions (as

28

amended to date). Section 3.12(c)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies each trade name or unregistered trademark, service mark, corporate name, copyrighted work and material Software item used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with its Business. To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has all right, title and interest in and to, free and clear of any Lien, license, or other restriction or limitation regarding use, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by the Company or Subsidiary in the Ordinary Course of Business, and has the sole and exclusive right to use (and the Seller Parties and their Affiliates do not have and do not claim to have any individual right to use) all the Intellectual Property required to be disclosed on Sections 3.12(c)(i) and 3.12(c)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule (subject to the applicable license agreements listed in Sections 3.12(c)(i) and 3.12(c)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule), and such Intellectual Property is not subject to any outstanding Order restricting the use or licensing thereof by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written claim challenging the validity or effectiveness of such Intellectual Property other than office actions and similar examination procedures in the ordinary course of prosecuting applications for such Intellectual Property, and such Intellectual Property is valid and enforceable. Each item of Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing will be owned or available for use, respectively, by the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately subsequent to the Closing on identical terms and conditions as owned or used by the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing.

(d)To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company and its Subsidiaries own and possess or have the right to use all Software used by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the operation of its business.

(e)The Company and its Subsidiaries have materially complied with all of their confidentiality obligations under each Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.

(f)Section 3.12(f) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies all licenses entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with regard to any third party computer source code (including all open source software).

3.13Contracts.

(a)Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the following Contracts to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party:

(i)each Contract with any customer or supplier that is required to be listed on Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(ii)each lease, rental or occupancy agreement, license, installment and conditional sale agreement, and other Contract affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to, use of, or any leasehold or other interest in, any real or personal property (except personal property leases and installment and conditional sales agreements having aggregate payments of less than $20,000 and with terms of less than one year);

29

(iii)each joint venture, partnership or Contract involving a sharing of profits, losses, costs or liabilities with any other Person;

(iv)each Contract containing any covenant that purports to restrict the business activity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or limit the freedom of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any line of business or to compete with any Person;

(v)each power of attorney;

(vi)each Contract for Debt in excess of $50,000;

(vii)each Contract providing for the payment of any cash or other compensation or benefits to an employee, consultant, or director upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement if such payments would not become due or payable under such Contracts but for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(viii)each Contract with any labor union or any bonus, pension, profit sharing, retirement or deferred compensation plan, whether formal or informal, or any severance agreement or arrangement;

(ix)each Contract under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has advanced or loaned to any other Person amounts in the aggregate exceeding $10,000;

(x)each franchise, dealership, vendor, manufacturing or service center agreements;

(xi)each Contract with any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(xii)any settlement agreement;

(xiii)each employment or consulting Contract or other Contract with any of their officers, managers, partners, directors or employees;

(xiv)each material Contract concerning Intellectual Property or IT Assets, including each (A) material Intellectual Property License, (B) material Contract between any Person and the Company relating to the transfer, development, maintenance or use of Intellectual Property or IT Assets or the development or transmission of data, or the use, modification, framing, linking, advertisement or other practices with respect to Internet websites and (C) consent or settlement Contracts governing the use, validity or enforceability of Intellectual Property or IT Assets, in each case except for Contracts with Company customers and end users for the license and use of Company products and services entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(xv)each confidentiality agreement and non-disclosure agreement still in effect, except not such agreements on the Company’s standard forms of such agreements made available to the Buyer; and;

30

(xvi)any other agreement material to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries not entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business.

(b)The Company has delivered to Buyer and Merger Sub a correct and complete copy of each written Material Contract, together with all amendments, exhibits, attachments, waivers or other changes thereto. Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedule contains an accurate and complete description of all material terms of all oral Material Contracts (if any).

(c)Each Material Contract is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, in full force and effect and will continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable on identical terms following the Closing Date. Except as specifically disclosed and described in Section 3.13(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) no Material Contract has been materially breached or canceled by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, (ii) the Company or each of its Subsidiaries has performed all material obligations under such Material Contracts required to be performed by the Company or such Subsidiary, (iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, there is no event which, upon giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under any such Material Contract or would permit the termination, modification or acceleration of such Material Contract, and (iv) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has assigned, delegated or otherwise transferred to any Person any of its rights, title or interest under any such Material Contract.

3.14Insurance. Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the following information with respect to each insurance policy (including policies providing property, casualty, liability, director & officer, and workers’ compensation coverage and bond and surety arrangements) with respect to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, a named insured, or otherwise the beneficiary of coverage (collectively, the “Company Insurance Agreements”):

(a)the name of the insurer, the name of the policyholder, and the name of each covered insured;

(b)the policy number and the period of coverage; and

(c)a description of any retroactive premium adjustments or other material loss-sharing arrangements.

There is no claim by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person pending under any such policies and bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed. All premiums payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid. There are no threatened terminations of, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, material premium increases with respect to, any of such policies or bonds. Section 3.14(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all claims made under the Company Insurance Agreements, or under any other insurance policy, bond or agreement covering the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their operations during the prior twelve (12) months. During the prior twelve (12) months, the Company and its Subsidiaries have maintained insurance policies with coverage and policy limits that are substantially similar to the coverage and policy limits provided by the Company Insurance Agreements.

31

3.15Litigation. Except as set forth in Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no (and during the last two years, there have not been any) claims, charges, Proceedings, Orders, or investigations pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened or anticipated relating to or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. There is no outstanding Order to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject.

3.16Employees.

(a)The Company has made available to Buyer a complete and correct list of all current salaried employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries having total annual compensation in excess of $100,000, showing for each: (i) name, (ii) hire date, (iii) current job title, (iv) the aggregate by such employee of all actual base salary, bonus, commission or other remuneration paid during 2014, (v) 2015 base salary level and 2015 target bonus and (v) indicating whether there has been any increase in compensation, bonus, incentive, or service award or any grant of any severance or termination pay or any other increase in benefits or any commitment to do any of the foregoing in an amount greater than $20,000 since January 1, 2015.

(b)The Company has made available to Buyer complete and correct copies of (i) all existing severance, accrued vacation or other leave agreement, policies or retiree benefits of any such officer, employee or consultant, (ii) all the Company’s standard forms of employee trade secret, non-compete, non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements and all such agreements not on the Company’s standard forms and (iii) all manuals and handbooks relating to employment policies applicable to any current director, manager, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The employment or consulting arrangement of each officer, employee or consultant of the Company and its Subsidiaries is, subject to applicable Laws involving the wrongful termination of employees, terminable at will (without the imposition of penalties or damages) by the Company or its Subsidiaries as the case may be. To the Knowledge of the Company, no executive or Key Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any group of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any plans to terminate employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(c)Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has experienced (nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, has it been threatened with) any strike, slow down, work stoppage or material grievance, claim of unfair labor practices, or other collective bargaining dispute within the past three years. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has committed any material unfair labor practice. The Company has no Knowledge of any organizational effort presently being made or threatened by or on behalf of any labor union with respect to employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have paid in full to all of its employees all wages, salaries, commissions and bonuses due and payable to such employees.

(d)To the Knowledge of the Company, all individuals who have performed services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been classified as an employee or an independent contractor pursuant to all applicable Laws, including, but not limited to, the Code and ERISA.

32

3.17Employee Benefits.

(c)Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule lists each Employee Benefit Plan that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries maintains or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or has any obligation to contribute or with respect to which the Company and its Subsidiaries have any liabilities.

(i)Each such Employee Benefit Plan (and each related trust, insurance Contract, or fund) has been maintained, funded and administered in all material respects in accordance with the terms of such Employee Benefit Plan and materially complies in form and in operation in all material respects with the applicable requirements of ERISA, the Code, and applicable Laws.

(ii)All required reports and descriptions (including Form 5500 annual reports, summary annual reports, and summary plan descriptions) have been timely filed and/or distributed in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code with respect to each such Employee Benefit Plan. The requirements of COBRA have been met in all material respects with respect to each such Employee Benefit Plan and each Employee Benefit Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate that is an Employee Welfare Benefit Plan subject to COBRA.

(iii)All contributions (including all employer contributions and employee salary reduction contributions) that are due have been made within the time periods prescribed by ERISA and the Code to each such Employee Benefit Plan that is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan and all contributions for any period ending on or before the Closing Date which are not yet due have been made to each such Employee Pension Benefit Plan or accrued in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company and its Subsidiaries. All premiums for periods ending on or before the Closing Date have been paid with respect to each such Employee Benefit Plan that is an Employee Welfare Benefit Plan.

(iv)Each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to meet the requirements of a “qualified plan” under Code §401(a) is, to the Knowledge of the Company, so qualified and has received a determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service that such Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that could adversely affect the qualified status of any such Employee Benefit Plan.

(v)There have been no nonexempt Prohibited Transactions with respect to any such Employee Benefit Plan or any Employee Benefit Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate. To the Knowledge of the Company, no Fiduciary has any liability for material breach of fiduciary duty or any other failure to act or comply in connection with the administration or investment of the assets of any such Employee Benefit Plan. No Proceeding with respect to the administration or the investment of the assets of any such Employee Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, reasonably threatened.

(d)Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate contributes to, has any obligation to contribute to, or has any material liability under or with respect to any Employee

33

Pension Benefit Plan that is a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA §3(35)) or a Multiemployer Plan (as defined in ERISA §3(37).

(e)Section 3.17(d) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each written agreement, contract, or other arrangement, whether or not an Employee Benefit Plan (collectively a “Plan”), to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Code Section 409A. Each such Plan complies in all material respects with the requirements of Code Section 409A(a)(2), (3), and (4) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder.

3.18Debt. Except as set forth on Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any Debt and are not liable for any Debt of any other Person in an amount greater than $50,000.

3.19Environmental, Health, and Safety Matters.

(a)The Company and its Subsidiaries have complied and are in compliance, in each case in all material respects, with all Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements.

(b)Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and its Subsidiaries have obtained, have complied, and are in compliance with all material Permits and other authorizations that are required pursuant to Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements for the occupation of the facilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries. A list of all such Permits and other authorizations is set forth on Section 3.19(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(c)Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written or oral notice, report or other information regarding any actual or alleged violation of Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements, or any liabilities or potential liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, unliquidated or otherwise), including any investigatory, remedial or corrective obligations, relating to any of them, their current or former facilities or the Real Property arising under Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements.

(d)Except as set forth on Section 3.19(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, no property or facility owned, leased or operated by Company or its Subsidiaries contains any underground storage tanks currently, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, has contained any underground storage tanks in the past.

(e)Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has treated, stored, disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, handled, or released any substance, including without limitation any Hazardous Substance, or owned or operated any property or facility (and no such property or facility is contaminated by any such substance) in a manner that has given or would give rise to material liabilities, including any material liability for investigation costs, response costs, remedial costs, corrective action costs, personal injury, property damage, natural resources damages or attorney and consultant fees and costs, pursuant to CERCLA or the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, or any other Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements.

34

(f)There are no environmental conditions or circumstances on the Real Property that pose an unreasonable risk to the environment or the health or safety of Persons or Hazardous Substances present at, on or under the Real Property in violation of Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements.

(g)Neither this Agreement nor the consummation of the transaction that is the subject of this Agreement will result in any obligations for site investigation or cleanup, or notification to or Consent of Governmental Bodies or third parties, pursuant to any of the Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements.

(h)Section 3.19(h) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each written environmental audit, health and safety audit, Phase I environmental site assessment, Phase II environmental site assessment or investigation, soil and/or groundwater report, environmental compliance assessment prepared within the past five years by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any governmental authority under the Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements relating to any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their Affiliates.

3.20Business Continuity. None of the Software, computer hardware (whether general or special purpose), telecommunications capabilities (including all voice, data and video networks) and other similar or related items of automated, computerized, and/or software systems and any other networks or systems and related services that are used by or relied on by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the conduct of their businesses (collectively, the “Systems”) have experienced bugs, failures, breakdowns, or continued substandard performance in the past twelve (12) months that has caused or reasonably could be expected to cause any substantial disruption or interruption in or to the use of any such Systems by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

3.21Certain Business Relationships with the Company.

(a)Except as set forth on Section 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedule, no officer, partner or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries nor any of the Affiliates of any of the foregoing (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries):

(i)has any claim against or owes any amount to, or is owed any amount by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ii)has any interest in or owns any assets, properties or rights used in the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(iii)is a party to any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or which otherwise benefits the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(iv)has received from or furnished to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries any goods or services since the Most Recent Fiscal Year End, or is involved in any business relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

35

(b)No employee listed in Section 3.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule

or any of his or her Affiliates owns, directly or indirectly, any stock or other ownership interest or investment in any Person that is engaged in the Business or is a competitor, supplier, customer, lessor or lessee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the foregoing representation shall be deemed not to be made as to the ownership of not more than 5% of the capital stock of any such Person that has securities registered pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act.

3.22Customers and Suppliers.

(a)Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a correct and complete list of the ten (10) largest suppliers (by dollar volume) of products or services to the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the ten (10) largest customers (by dollar volume) of the Company and its Subsidiaries each during the four (4) months ended September 30, 2015. Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule also sets forth, for each such supplier and customer, the aggregate payments from and to such Person by the Company and its Subsidiaries during such periods. There are no outstanding disputes with any of such suppliers or customers.

(b)Since June 1, 2015, none of the suppliers listed on Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule has indicated that it shall stop, or materially decrease the rate of, supplying materials, products or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, or otherwise materially change the terms of its relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of the Seller Parties has any reason to believe that any supplier listed on Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule will stop, or materially decrease the rate of, supplying products or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries or otherwise materially change the terms of its relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries after, or as a result of, the consummation of any transactions contemplated by this Agreement or that any such supplier is threatened with bankruptcy or insolvency. Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of the Seller Parties know of any fact, condition or event which would adversely affect the relationship of the Company or its Subsidiaries with any such supplier.

(c)Since June 1, 2015, none of the customers listed on Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule has indicated that it shall stop, or materially decrease the rate of, buying products or services from the Company or its Subsidiaries or otherwise materially change the terms of its relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, has any reason to believe that any customer listed on Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule will stop, or materially decrease the rate of, buying products or services from the Company or its Subsidiaries or otherwise materially change the terms of its relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries after, or as a result of, the consummation of any transactions contemplated by this Agreement or that any such customer is threatened with bankruptcy or insolvency. Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of the Seller Parties know of any fact, condition or event which would adversely affect the relationship of the Company or its Subsidiaries with any such customer.

36

3.23Restrictions on Business Activities. There is no Contract, Order, or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which restricts or prohibits the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from competing with any other Person, from engaging in any business or from conducting activities in any geographic area, or which otherwise restricts or prohibits the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries other than standard restrictions on the scope of any licenses granted by third parties to the Company or its Subsidiaries in any Intellectual Property Licenses.

3.24Product Warranty. Each product or service, manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by the Company and its Subsidiaries is and has been manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered in conformity with all applicable material contractual commitments and all express and implied warranties, and to the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability (and to the Knowledge of the Company, there is no basis for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand against any of them giving rise to any liability) for replacement or repair thereof or other damages, liability or obligations in connection therewith, in excess of the reserve for warranty claims set forth on the face of the Most Recent Balance Sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Section 3.24 of the Disclosure Schedule includes copies of the standard terms and conditions of service, sale or lease for the Company and its Subsidiaries (containing applicable guaranty, warranty, and indemnity provisions). No product or service sold, leased, or delivered by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any material guaranty, warranty, or other indemnity beyond the applicable standard terms and conditions of sale or lease set forth in Section 3.24 of the Disclosure Schedule, except for any guaranty, warranty or other indemnity that is imposed by law.

3.25     Product Liability. Section 3.25 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate, correct and complete list and summary description of all existing claims, duties, responsibilities, Liabilities or obligations arising from or alleged to arise from any injury to person or property as a result of the ownership, possession or use of any product manufactured, distributed or sold by the Company, its Subsidiaries or their predecessors during the prior two years. To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any liability (and there is no reasonable basis for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand against the Company or any subsidiary giving rise to any liability) arising out of any injury to individuals or property as a result of the ownership, possession, or use of any product manufactured, processed, sold, distributed, or delivered by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their predecessors.

3.26Disclosure. Neither this Agreement nor any agreement, attachment, schedule, exhibit, certificate or other statement delivered pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements and information contained herein or therein, not misleading. The Company is not aware of any information necessary to enable a prospective purchaser of the Company Securities or the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of such Company Securities or business that has not been expressly disclosed herein.

37

Buyer and Merger Sub have been provided full and complete copies of all documents referred to on the Disclosure Schedule.

ARTICLE 4

POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

The Parties agree as follows with respect to the period following the Closing.

4.1General. In case at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each of the Parties will take such further action (including the execution and delivery of such further instruments and documents) as any other Party reasonably may request, all at the sole cost and expense of the requesting Party (unless the requesting Party is entitled to indemnification therefor under Article 6 below). Sellers acknowledge and agree that, from and after the Closing, Buyer will be entitled to possession of all documents, books, records (including Tax records), agreements and financial data of any sort relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries.

4.2Litigation Support. In the event and for so long as Buyer or the Surviving Corporation actively is contesting or defending against any Proceeding in connection with any fact, situation, circumstance, action, failure to act, or transaction on or prior to the Closing Date involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, each of the Sellers will cooperate with it and its counsel in the contest or defense and provide such testimony and access to such Seller’s books and records as shall be necessary in connection with the contest or defense, all at the sole cost and expense of Buyer and the Surviving Corporation (unless Buyer and the Surviving Corporation are entitled to indemnification therefor under Article 6 below).

4.3Transition. None of Sellers shall take any action that is designed or intended to have the effect of discouraging any lessor, licensor, customer, supplier, or other business associate of the Company and its Subsidiaries from maintaining the same business relationships with the Company or its Subsidiaries after the Closing as it maintained with the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing.

4.4Confidentiality. Each Seller and each other Seller Party executing the Required Documentation agrees not to disclose or use any Confidential Information, except that, if and as long as a Seller Party is an employee of the Surviving Corporation or any of the Subsidiaries after the Closing, then such Seller Party may use the Confidential Information in the ordinary course of his or her employment on behalf of the Surviving Corporation or such Subsidiary so long as such use is in compliance with all policies and agreements applicable to such Seller Party. Upon termination of such employment, each Seller and each other Seller Party executing the Required Documentation will deliver promptly to Buyer or destroy, at the request and option of Buyer, all tangible embodiments (and all copies) of the Confidential Information that are in his or her possession. If any Seller or other Seller Party executing the Required Documentation is requested or required pursuant to written or oral question or request for information or documents in any Proceeding, interrogatory, subpoena, civil investigation demand or similar process to disclose any Confidential Information, then such Seller Party will notify Buyer promptly of the request or

38

requirement so that Buyer may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.4. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, any Seller Party is, on the advice of counsel, compelled to disclose any Confidential Information to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt, then such Seller Party may disclose the Confidential Information to the tribunal; provided, however, that the disclosing Seller Party shall use its, his or her best efforts to obtain, at the request of Buyer, an order or other assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information required to be disclosed as Buyer shall designate. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any Confidential Information that is generally available to the public immediately prior to the time of disclosure unless such Confidential Information is so available due to the actions of a Seller Party.

4.5Covenant Not to Compete. During the Restricted Period, each Seller and each employee listed in Section 3.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner (whether on its, his or her own account, or as an owner, operator, manager, consultant, officer, director, employee, investor, agent or otherwise), anywhere in the Applicable Area, engage in the Business or any business that competes with the Business, or own any interest in, manage, control, provide financing to, participate in (whether as an owner, operator, manager, consultant, officer, director, employee, investor, agent, representative or otherwise), or consult with or render services for any Person that is engaged in the Business or in any activity that competes with the Business; provided, however, that no owner of less than 1% of the outstanding stock of any publicly traded corporation shall be deemed to engage solely by reason thereof in its business. 

4.6Covenant Not to Solicit. During the Restricted Period, each Seller and each Key Employee will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner (whether on its, his or her own account, or as an owner, operator, manager, consultant, officer, director, employee, investor, agent or otherwise), hire or engage, or recruit, solicit or otherwise attempt to employ or engage, or enter into any business relationship with, any Person currently or formerly employed by, or providing consulting services to, the Surviving Corporation or any of its Affiliates, or induce or attempt to induce any Person to leave such employment or consulting arrangement; provided, however, that the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.6(a) shall not preclude any Seller or any Key Employee from soliciting for employment or hiring any such employees who respond to a general solicitation that is not targeted at any such employees.

4.7Enforcement. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of Sections 4.5 or 4.6 is invalid or unenforceable, then the Parties agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration or area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closer to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment may be appealed. In the event of litigation involving Sections 4.4, 4.5 or 4.6, the non-prevailing party shall reimburse the prevailing party for all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred in connection with any such litigation, including any appeal therefrom. The existence of any claim or cause of action by any Seller against Buyer, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates, whether predicated on this

39

Agreement or otherwise, will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by Buyer of the provisions of Section 4.4, 4.5 or 4.6, which Sections will be enforceable notwithstanding the existence of any breach by Buyer or the Surviving Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Seller will be prohibited from pursuing such claims or causes of action against Buyer or the Surviving Corporation.

4.8Accrued Bonus Payment. The Accrued Bonuses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000 shall be paid by Buyer within five (5) Business Days of the Closing.

4.9Registration Rights Agreement. If at any time following the first anniversary of the Closing Date, to the extent that any Seller’s Shares that are not then-subject to the Lockup Agreement are not eligible to be sold under Rule 144 solely due to (a) Buyer’s failure to comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act or (b) a decrease in the total number of outstanding shares of Buyer Common Stock to less than 30,000,000 (other than a result of a stock dividend, stock split, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction), then Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to grant such Seller customary registration rights in respect of such Shares pursuant to a mutually agreeable registration rights agreement.

4.10Release. Each Seller and each other Seller Party executing the Required Documentation for itself, himself or herself, and its, his or her heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Releasors”), hereby (a) forever fully and irrevocably releases and discharges Buyer, the Surviving Corporation, each of its respective Subsidiaries, and each of their respective predecessors, successors, direct or indirect subsidiaries and past and present stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, employees, agents, and other representatives (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all actions, suits, claims, demands, debts, agreements, obligations, promises, judgments, or liabilities of any kind whatsoever in law or equity and causes of action of every kind and nature, or otherwise (including, claims for damages, costs, expense, and attorneys’, brokers’ and accountants fees and expenses) arising out of or related to events, facts, conditions or circumstances existing or arising prior to the Closing Date, which the Releasors can, shall or may have against the Released Parties, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, unanticipated as well as anticipated (collectively, the “Released Claims”), and (b) irrevocably agree to refrain from directly or indirectly asserting any claim or demand or commencing (or causing to be commenced) any Proceeding against any Released Party based upon any Released Claim. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Section 4.8, “Released Claims” does not include, and the provisions of this Section 4.8 shall not release or otherwise diminish, (i) the obligations of any Party set forth in or arising under any provisions of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, and (ii) if such Seller Party is an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in respect of (i) the current year’s accrued but unpaid compensation and (ii) such employee’s outstanding benefits under the Employee Benefit Plans of the Company as of the Closing Date.

40

ARTICLE 5

CLOSING DELIVERIES

5.1Closing Deliveries of the Company. At or prior to the Closing, the Company, on behalf of the Sellers and the Company, shall deliver to Buyer and Merger Sub:

(j)certificates representing at least ninety percent (90%) of the Seller Securities (to the extent such Seller Securities are certificated), together with other appropriate instruments of transfer to convey the same to Buyer;

(k)a certificate of the Secretary of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, dated as of the Closing Date, attaching and certifying (i) the Organizational Documents of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the authorizing resolutions of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries and (iii) the incumbency and signatures of the Persons signing this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

(l)good standing certificates for the Company and each of its Subsidiaries from the jurisdiction of each such Person’s organization and each jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary is qualified to do business;

(m)counterpart signature pages to the Employment Offer Letters signed by the individuals set forth on Schedule 5.1(d);

(n)resignation letters from each member of the board of directors and each officer of the Company and its Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 5.1(e);

(o)all documentation necessary to obtain releases of all Liens (other than the Permitted Liens), including appropriate UCC termination statements;

(p)payoff and release letters from the holders of the Debt set forth on Schedule 5.1(g) that (i) reflect the amounts required in order to pay in full such Debt and (ii) provide that, upon payment in full of the amounts indicated, all Liens with respect to the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be terminated and of no further force and effect, together with UCC-3 termination statements with respect to the financing statements filed against the assets or equity interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by the holders of such Liens;

(q)a counterpart signature page to the Escrow Agreement signed by the Representative;

(r)a counterpart signature page to the Lockup Agreement signed by the Sellers;

(s)a termination agreement from each party to the related party Contracts identified on Schedule 5.1(j);

(t)an affidavit, certified under penalties of perjury by the Company, stating that the Company is not and has not been a “United States real property holding corporation” within

41

the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h);

(u)the Option Cancellation Agreements signed and delivered by the In-Money Optionholders as of the Closing Date;

(v)the Warrant Cancellation Agreements signed and delivered by the Warrantholders as of the Closing Date;

(w)a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, attaching and certifying the Consideration Spreadsheet; and

(x)all other instruments and documents required by this Agreement to be delivered by the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Sellers or the Representative to Buyer or Merger Sub, and such other instruments and documents which Buyer, Merger Sub or its counsel may reasonably request to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby.

All such agreements, documents and other items shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and Merger Sub.

5.2Closing Deliveries of Buyer and Merger Sub. At or prior to the Closing, Buyer and Merger Sub shall deliver to the Company, on behalf of the Company and the Sellers:

(a)a certificate from the Secretary of Buyer and Merger Sub, dated as of the Closing Date, attaching and certifying (i) the Organizational Documents of Buyer and Merger Sub, (ii) the authorizing resolutions of Buyer and Merger Sub and (iii) the incumbency and signatures of the Persons signing this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which Buyer or Merger Sub is a party;

(b)counterpart signature pages to the Escrow Agreement, Employment Offer Letters and Lockup Agreement signed by Buyer; and

(c)all other instruments and documents required by this Agreement to be delivered by Buyer or Merger Sub to the Company, the Sellers or the Representative, and such other instruments and documents which the Company or its counsel may reasonably request to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby.

All such agreements, documents and other items shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

ARTICLE 6

REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT

42

6.1Indemnification by Seller Parties.

(d)Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 6, the Seller Parties, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, the Surviving Corporation, each of their respective Subsidiaries, each of their respective Affiliates, and their respective successors and assigns (the “Buyer Indemnitees”) from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences that any Buyer Indemnitee may suffer or incur (including any Adverse Consequences they may suffer or incur after the end of any applicable survival period, provided that an indemnification claim with respect to such Adverse Consequence is made pursuant to this Article 6 prior to the end of any applicable survival period) resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by (i) any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made in this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered pursuant hereto, (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or the Representative in this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered pursuant hereto, (iii) any claim, including, but not limited to, an appraisal claim, made by any Seller Party relating to such Person’s rights with respect to the Consideration, or the calculations and determinations set forth on the Consideration Spreadsheet, and any amounts paid to the holders of Dissenting Shares, including any interest required to be paid thereon, that are in excess of what such holders would have received hereunder had such holders not been holders of Dissenting Shares or (iv) any Adverse Consequences attributable to the failure of any Seller Party (other than any Seller) to deliver the Required Documentation.

(e)Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 6, each Seller Party, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer Indemnitees from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences that any Buyer Indemnitee may suffer or incur (including any Adverse Consequences they may suffer or incur after the end of any applicable survival period, provided that an indemnification claim with respect to such Adverse Consequence is made pursuant to this Article 6 prior to the end of any applicable survival period) resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by (i) any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by such Seller Party in this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered pursuant hereto or (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of such Seller Party in this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered pursuant hereto.

6.2Indemnification by Buyer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 6, Buyer will indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Parties, their respective Affiliates, and their respective successors and assigns (the “Seller Party Indemnitees”) from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences they may suffer or incur (including any Adverse Consequences they may suffer or incur after the end of any applicable survival period, provided that an indemnification claim with respect to such Adverse Consequence is made pursuant to this Article 6 prior to the end of any applicable survival period) resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by (a) any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by Buyer and Merger Sub in this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered pursuant hereto or (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement of Buyer or Merger Sub in this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered pursuant hereto.Survival and Time Limitations. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Parties in this Agreement or any other certificate or document delivered pursuant to this Agreement will survive the Closing. The Seller

43

Parties will have no liability with respect to any claim under Section 6.1(a)(i) or Section 6.1(b)(i) unless Buyer notifies the Representative of such a claim on or before the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that (a) any claim relating to any representation made in Sections 2.1(a), 2.1(c), 2.1(d), 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.10 and 3.18 may be made at any time until the date that is sixty (60) days after the expiration of the applicable statute or period of limitations (collectively, the “Excluded Representations”) and (b) any claim related to intentional or fraudulent breaches of the representations and warranties may be made at any time without limitation. Buyer will have no liability with respect to any claim for any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty in this Agreement unless the Representative notifies Buyer of such a claim on or before the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that any claim relating to any representation made in Sections 2.2(b) and 2.2(d) may be made at any time without any time limitation. If Buyer or the Representative, as applicable, provides proper notice of a claim within the applicable time period set forth above, then liability for such claim will continue until such claim is resolved.

6.3Limitations on Indemnification by Seller Parties.

(c)With respect to the matters described in Section 6.1(a)(i), the Seller Parties will have no liability with respect to such matters until Buyer Indemnitees have suffered aggregate Adverse Consequences by reason of all such breaches in excess of $100,000 (the “Threshold”), after which point the Seller Parties will be obligated to indemnify Buyer Indemnitees from and against all Adverse Consequences from dollar one; provided, that the foregoing limitations shall not apply in respect of any Adverse Consequences relating to (i) breaches of the Excluded Representations or (ii) any intentional or fraudulent breach of a representation or warranty.

(d)With respect to the matters described in Section 6.1(a)(i), the aggregate maximum liability of all Seller Parties shall be the sum of the Indemnity Escrow Funds and the cash value of the Indemnity Escrow Shares deposited into the respective Escrow Account by Buyer (the “Cap”); provided, that the foregoing limitations shall not apply in respect of any Adverse Consequences relating to (i) breaches of the Excluded Representations or (ii) any intentional or fraudulent breach of representation or warranty.

(e)With respect to (i) the matters described in Section 6.1(a)(i) relating to breach of any Excluded Representation or (ii) any intentional or fraudulent breach of a representation or warranty, the aggregate maximum liability of all Seller Parties shall be the Consideration paid to such Seller Parties pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(f)With respect to the matters described in Section 6.1, the aggregate maximum liability of all Optionholders shall be the Consideration paid to such Optionholders pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6.4Limitations on Indemnification by Buyer.With respect to the matters described in Section 6.2(a), Buyer will have no liability with respect to such matters until Seller Party Indemnitees have suffered Adverse Consequences by reason of all such breaches in excess of the Threshold, after which point Buyer will be obligated to indemnify Seller Party Indemnitees from and against all Adverse Consequences from dollar one; provided, that the foregoing limitations shall not apply in respect of any Adverse Consequences relating to (a) breaches of any representation

44

made in Sections 2.2(b) and 2.2(d) or (b) any intentional or fraudulent breach of a representation or warranty.

(f)Upon receipt of the notice described in Section 6.6(a), the Indemnifying Party will have the right to defend the Indemnified Party against the Third-Party Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, provided, that (i) the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party in writing within thirty (30) days after the Indemnified Party has given notice of the Third-Party Claim that the Indemnifying Party will indemnify the Indemnified Party from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences the Indemnified Party may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by the Third-Party Claim, (ii) the Indemnifying Party provides the Indemnified Party with evidence reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party will have the financial resources to defend against the Third-Party Claim and fulfill its indemnification obligations hereunder, (iii) the Third-Party Claim involves only money damages and does not seek an injunction or other equitable relief, (iv) settlement of, or an adverse judgment with respect to, the Third-Party Claim is not, in the good faith judgment of the Indemnified Party, likely to establish a precedential custom or practice adverse to the continuing business interests or the reputation of the Indemnified Party, and (v) the Indemnifying Party conducts the defense of the Third-Party Claim actively and diligently. The Indemnifying Party will keep the Indemnified Party apprised of all material developments, including settlement offers, with respect to the Third-Party Claim and permit the Indemnified Party to participate in the defense of the Third-Party Claim. So long as the Indemnifying Party is conducting the defense of the Third-Party Claim in accordance with Section 6.6(b), the Indemnifying Party will not be responsible for any attorneys’ fees or other expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party regarding the defense of the Third-Party Claim.

(g)In the event that any of the conditions under Section 6.6(b) is or becomes unsatisfied, however, (i) the Indemnified Party may defend against, and consent to the entry of any judgment on or enter into any settlement with respect to, the Third-Party Claim in any manner it may reasonably deem appropriate, (ii) the Indemnifying Parties will reimburse the Indemnified Party promptly and periodically for the costs of defending against the Third-Party Claim (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), and (iii) the Indemnifying Parties will remain responsible for any Adverse Consequences the Indemnified Party may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by the Third-Party Claim to the fullest extent provided in this Article 6.

(h)Except in circumstances described in Section 6.6(c), neither the Indemnified Party nor the Indemnifying Party will consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

6.5Other Indemnification Matters. All indemnification payments under this Article 6 will be deemed adjustments to the Consideration. For purposes of determining whether there has been any misrepresentation or breach of a representation or warranty, and for purposes of determining the amount of Adverse Consequences resulting therefrom, all qualifications or exceptions in any representation or warranty relating to or referring to the terms “material”,

45

“materiality”, “in all material respects”, “Material Adverse Change” or any similar term or phrase shall be disregarded, it being the understanding of the Parties that for purposes of determining liability under this Article 6, the representations and warranties of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall be read as if such terms and phrases were not included in them. Each Seller Party agrees that (a) such Seller Party will not make any claim for indemnification against Buyer Indemnitee by virtue of the fact that any of the Seller Parties or such Seller Party’s equityholders, directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, representatives or other Affiliates was an equityholder, partner, trustee, director, manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or was serving as an equityholder, partner, trustee, director, manager, officer, employee or agent of any Person, regardless of the nature of the Adverse Consequences claimed, with respect to any Proceeding brought by any Buyer Indemnitee against any Seller Party or any claim of any Buyer Indemnitee against any Seller Party in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) such Seller Party has no claims or rights to contribution or indemnity from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any amounts paid by any Seller Party pursuant to this Article 6.

6.6Release of Indemnity Escrow Funds and Indemnity Escrow Shares from Escrow.Subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, in the event that the Buyer Indemnitees are entitled to indemnification from the Seller Parties pursuant to this Article 6, the Escrow Agent shall, upon the receipt of a joint written instruction from Buyer and the Representative, or written instruction from Buyer attaching a final non-appealable court order from a court of competent jurisdiction setting forth the amount of the Adverse Consequences, release and transfer to the Buyer Indemnitees pursuant to this Article 6 the number of Indemnity Escrow Shares and the portion of the Indemnity Escrow Funds having an aggregate value on the date thereof equal to the amount owed to such Buyer Indemnitee pursuant to this Article 6 in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage and in satisfaction of the Seller Parties’ indemnity obligations hereunder. Concurrently with such transfer, the applicable Sellers shall take all actions reasonably requested by Buyer to effect such transfer, including delivering such certificates (if the Indemnity Escrow Shares are certificated) and related transfer powers and indemnities by the Sellers to the Buyer Indemnitees and providing customary representations as to organization, existence and good standing of the Sellers, the legal right and requisite power and authority of the Sellers to execute and deliver such instruments of transfer, the ownership and title to the Indemnity Escrow Shares so transferred, that each Seller has the sole right to transfer such Indemnity Escrow Shares and has not granted any rights to purchase or interests of any kind in such Indemnity Escrow Shares to any other Person, and that upon the closing of such transfer, the Buyer Indemnitees shall receive record, legal and beneficial ownership of and good title to such Indemnity Escrow Shares, free and clear of any Liens. Each such Seller hereby grants a power of attorney and proxy in favor of Buyer to take any action to consummate any of the actions contemplated by this Section 6.8, which power of attorney and proxy is irrevocable, coupled with an interest and shall survive indefinitely.

6.7Setoff. Buyer shall be entitled, but not obligated, to recover any amounts due from the Seller Parties under this Agreement by setting off such amounts against other amounts owed to the Seller Parties (or their Affiliates) under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Earnout Funds or the Earnout Shares. The exercise of such right of set off by Buyer, whether or not ultimately determined to be justified, will not constitute a breach of this Agreement. Neither the exercise nor

46

the failure to exercise such right of set off will constitute an election of remedies or limit Buyer in any manner in the enforcement of any other remedies that may be available to it. If it is ultimately determined that such amounts were not due to Buyer, then any amount to which Buyer exercised its right of set-off under this Section 6.9 shall bear interest from (a) the date such amount is payable pursuant to this Section 6.9 until (b) the date on which such amount is paid by Buyer to the Seller Parties, at a rate equal to the lesser of 8% per annum or the maximum rate permitted by applicable Law. Such interest shall be payable in immediately available funds upon demand.

6.8Exclusive Remedies. Subject to Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 and 9.10, and except as set forth in Section 9.16 with respect to the Representative, the Parties acknowledge and agree that their sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all claims (other than claims arising from fraud) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in Article 7 and this Article 6. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Party (other than the Representative with respect to the indemnities in favor of the Representative set forth in Section 9.16) hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted under Law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement it may have against the other Parties and their Affiliates and each of their respective representatives arising under or based upon any Law, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in Article 7 and this Article6. Nothing in this Section 6.10 shall limit any Person’s right to seek and obtain any equitable relief to which any Person shall be entitled or to seek any remedy on account of any party’s fraud.

ARTICLE 7

TAX MATTERS

The following provisions will govern the allocation of responsibility as between Buyer and the Seller Parties for certain tax matters following the Closing Date:

7.1Tax Indemnification. In addition to the indemnification provisions of Article 6, except to the extent such Taxes are reflected as a liability for purposes of finally calculating Working Capital pursuant to Article 1, the Seller Parties shall be liable for, and shall severally and notjointly indemnify and hold Buyer Indemnitees harmless from, (a) all Taxes of the Seller Parties, (b) all Taxes imposed on or incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to all Tax periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (c) all Taxes incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries caused by or resulting from the sale or exchange of the Company Securities, (d) for any Tax period that begins before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date, all Taxes of the Company and its Subsidiaries that relate to the portion of such Tax period ending on the Closing Date, and (e) all Taxes of any Person imposed on any of the Company or any Subsidiary as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing. With respect to the matters described in the preceding clauses (b) through (e), the aggregate maximum liability of all Optionholders shall be the Consideration paid to such Optionholders pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

47

7.2Tax Periods Ending on or Before the Closing Date.Buyer will prepare, or cause to be prepared, and file, or cause to be filed, all Tax Returns for the Company and its Subsidiaries for all Tax periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date that are filed after the Closing Date. Buyer will provide the Representative with copies of any such Tax Returns for the Representative’s reasonable review and comment at least sixty (60) days prior to the due date thereof (giving effect to any extensions thereto). The Seller Parties, will pay all Taxes due with respect to such Tax Returns, but only to the extent such Taxes are not reflected as a liability for purposes of finally calculating Working Capital pursuant to Article 1.

7.3Tax Periods Beginning Before and Ending After the Closing Date. Buyer will timely prepare, or cause to be prepared, and timely file, or cause to be filed, all Tax Returns for the Company and its Subsidiaries for Tax periods that begin before the Closing Date and end after the Closing Date (the “Straddle Period Returns”). Buyer will provide the Representative with copies of any Straddle Period Returns at least sixty (60) days prior to the due date thereof (giving effect to any extensions thereto), accompanied by a statement (the “Straddle Statement”) setting forth and calculating in reasonable detail the Taxes that relate to the portion of such Tax period ending on the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Taxes”). If the Representative agrees with the Straddle Period Return and Straddle Statement, the Seller Parties shall pay to Buyer, not later than five (5) Business Days before the due date for the payment of Taxes with respect to such Straddle Period Return, an amount equal to the Pre-Closing Taxes as shown on the Straddle Statement, but only to the extent such Taxes are not reflected as a liability for purposes of finally calculating Working Capital pursuant to Article 1. If, within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the Straddle Period Return and Straddle Statement, the Representative (a) notifies Buyer that it disputes the manner of preparation of the Straddle Period Return or the Pre-Closing Taxes calculated in the Straddle Statement and (b) provides Buyer with a statement setting forth in reasonable detail its computation of the Pre-Closing Taxes and its proposed form of the Straddle Period Return and Straddle Statement, then Buyer and the Representative shall attempt to resolve their disagreement within five (5) days following the Representative’s notification of Buyer of such disagreement. If Buyer and the Representative are not able to resolve their disagreement, the dispute shall be submitted to the Accountants. The Accountants will resolve the disagreement within thirty (30) days after the date on which they are engaged or as soon as possible thereafter. The determination of the Accountants shall be binding on the Parties. The cost of the services of the Accountants will be borne by the Party whose calculation of the matter in disagreement differs the most from the calculation as finally determined by the Accountants. If each of the Party’s calculation differs equally from the calculation as finally determined by the Accountants, then such cost will be borne half by the Representative and half by Buyer. For purposes of this Section, in the case of any Taxes that are imposed on a periodic basis and are payable for a Tax period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date, the portion of such Tax that relates to the portion of such Tax period ending on the Closing Date (i.e.,the Pre-Closing Taxes) will (a) in the case of any Taxes other than Taxes based upon or related to income or receipts, be deemed to equal the amount of such Tax for the entire Tax period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Tax period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Tax period, and (b) in the case of any Tax based upon or related to income or receipts, be deemed to equal the amount that would be payable if the relevant Tax period ended on the Closing Date.

48

7.4Cooperation on Tax Matters. Buyer and the Representative will cooperate, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other Party, in connection with the filing and preparation of Tax Returns pursuant to this Article and any Proceeding related thereto. Such cooperation will include the retention and (upon the other Party’s request) the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such Proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Buyer and the Representative will retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company and its Subsidiaries relating to any Tax period beginning before the Closing Date until thirty (30) days after the expiration of the statute or period of limitations of the respective Tax periods.

7.5Certain Taxes. All transfer (including real estate transfer), documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other such Taxes (including all Taxes caused by or resulting from the sale or exchange of the Company Securities) and fees (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby will be paid by Buyer, when due, and the Buyer will, at the expense of Buyer, file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other Taxes and fees, and, if required by applicable Law, the Surviving Corporation will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation.

ARTICLE 8

DEFINITIONS

“Accountants” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 above.

“Accrued Bonuses” means the accrued bonus payments due to Company employees as of the date hereof.

“Adjustment Amount” means an amount, which may be positive or negative, equal to (a) the Working Capital Surplus, if any, minus (b) the Working Capital Deficit, if any, minus (c) the Debt Surplus, if any, plus (d) the Debt Deficit, if any.

“Adverse Consequences” means all losses, damages (other than punitive damages unless specifically awarded to a third party), actions, suits, proceedings, claims, liabilities, fees, costs and expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with Third Party Claims).

“Adjustment Escrow Funds” means $15,034.60.

“Adjustment Escrow Shares” means 49,078shares of Buyer Common Stock, valued at $2.75 per share.

“Adjustment Funds” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(g)(ii).

“Adjustment Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(g)(i).

49

“Affiliate” means, with respect to the Person to which it refers, (a) a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person, (b) any officer, director or shareholder of such Person, (c) any Buyer, sibling, descendant or spouse of such Person or of any of the Persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b), and (d) any corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, trust, association or other business or investment entity that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with any of the foregoing individuals. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

“Ancillary Agreements” means all of the agreements being executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

“Applicable Area” means (a) anywhere in the world, but if such area is determined by judicial action to be too broad, then it means (b) North America, but if such area is determined by judicial action to be too broad, then it means (c) any state within the United States of America in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries engaged in Business prior to the Closing Date.

“Business” means the business of (a) providingsoftware data storage capability through the Company’s “Transporter” business line and (b) providing any other products or services that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries provide at any time during the twelve (12) months prior to the Closing Date.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in New York, New York.

“Buyer” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

“Buyer Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(f) above.

“Buyer Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 above.

“Buyer SEC Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(g) above.

“Buyer Shares” means (a) 1,589,479 shares of Buyer Common Stock, valued at $2.75 per share, minus (b) the Escrow Shares.

“Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(b) above.

“Cash” means the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied and, to the extent consistent with GAAP, the Company’s historical GAAP practices; provided, that if such aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents is a negative number, then it shall include the amount of all fees, penalties or interest related to such negative amount of Cash.

50

“Cash Consideration” means $1,284.34.

“Cash Exchange Fund” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(c) above.

“CCC” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements above.

“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, and any applicable rules, regulations, directives, Orders, and guidance promulgated thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules, regulations, directives, Orders or guidance.

“Certificate of Ownership” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10 above.

“Certificates” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.12(a) above.

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.9 above.

“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.9 above.

“Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 above.

“Change in Control” means any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not the Surviving Corporation is a party thereto, (a) in which, after giving effect to such transaction or transactions, the Surviving Corporation’s equity securities representing in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company are owned directly, or indirectly through one or more entities, by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act) of persons other than Buyer or one of its Affiliates, or (b) in which there is a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Surviving Corporation (including securities of the Surviving Corporation’s directly or indirectly owned Subsidiaries (if any)).

“Change in Control Event” means the consummation of a Change in Control of the Surviving Corporation prior to the expiration of the Final Earnout Measurement Period.

“COBRA” means the requirements of Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and Code §4980B and of any similar state Law.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

“Company Insurance Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15 above.

“Company Shareholders” means, collectively, the holders of the Company Preferred Stock and the holders of the Company Common Stock as of immediately prior to the Closing.

51

“Company Securities” means all of the outstanding equity of the Company, as set forth on Schedule 1.1.

“Confidential Information” means any information concerning the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries not already generally available to the public.

“Consent” means, with respect to any Person, any consent, approval, authorization, permission or waiver of, or registration, declaration or other action or filing with or exemption by such Person.

“Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 above.

“Consideration Spreadsheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.19(a) above.

“Contract” means any oral or written contract, obligation, understanding, commitment, lease, license, purchase order, bid or other agreement.

“Debt” means any (a) obligations relating to indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments, (c) obligations in respect of capitalized leases (calculated in accordance with GAAP), (d) the principal or face amount of banker’s acceptances, surety bonds, performance bonds or letters of credit (in each case whether or not drawn), (e) obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services, including, without limitation, the maximum potential amount payable with respect to earnouts, purchase price adjustments or other payments related to acquisitions (other than current accounts payable to suppliers and similar accrued liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business, paid in a manner consistent with industry practice and reflected as a current liability in the final calculation of Working Capital), (f) obligations under any existing interest rate, commodity or other swap, hedge or financial derivative agreement entered into by the Company or its Subsidiaries prior to Closing, (g) Off-Balance Sheet Financing of the Company or its Subsidiaries in existence immediately prior to the Closing, (h) indebtedness or obligations of the types referred to in the preceding clauses (a) through (g) of any other Person secured by any Lien on any assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, even though the Company and its Subsidiaries have not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof, and (j) obligations in the nature of guarantees of obligations of the type described in clauses (a) through (g) above of any other Person, in each case together with all accrued interest thereon and any applicable prepayment, redemption, breakage, make-whole or other premiums, fees or penalties.

“Debt Amount” means all Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) as of the Closing Date plus, without duplication, any amounts required to fully pay or otherwise satisfy all such Debt (including, but not limited to, any prepayment premium or penalty, breakage costs, accrued interest and costs and expenses).

“Debt Deficit” means the amount by which the Debt Amount is less than $2,634,720.

“Debt Surplus” means the amount by which the Debt Amount is greater than $2,634,720.

52

“Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule delivered by the Company to Buyer and Merger Sub on the date hereof.

“Dissenting Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.13 above.

“Earnout Funds” means the aggregate amount of funds earned by the Seller Parties (other than the Sellers) pursuant to Section 1.6 above.

“Earnout Measurement Period” means each of the Initial Earnout Measurement Period, Second Earnout Measurement Period and Final Earnout Measurement Period.

“Earnout Objections Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 1.6 above.

“Earnout Report” has the meaning specified in Section 1.6 above.

“Earnout Shares” means the aggregate number of shares of Buyer Common Stock earned by the Sellers pursuant to Section 1.6 above.

“Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10 above.

“Employee Benefit Plan” means any (a) qualified or nonqualified Employee Pension Benefit Plan or deferred compensation or retirement plan, fund, program, or arrangement, (b) Employee Welfare Benefit Plan, (c) “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in ERISA §3(3)), (d) equity-based plan, program, or arrangement (including any stock option, stock purchase, stock ownership, stock appreciation, phantom stock, or restricted stock plan) or (e) other retirement, severance, bonus, profit-sharing, incentive, health, medical, surgical, hospital, indemnity, welfare, sickness, accident, disability, death, apprenticeship, training, day care, scholarship, tuition reimbursement, education, adoption assistance, prepaid legal services, termination, unemployment, vacation or other paid time off, change in control, or other similar plan, fund, program, or arrangement, whether written or unwritten, that is sponsored, maintained, or contributed to, or required to be maintained or contributed to, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate for the benefit of any present or former officers, employees, agents, directors, consultants, or independent contractors of the Company or an ERISA Affiliate.

“Employee Pension Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in ERISA §3(2).

“Employee Welfare Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in ERISA §3(1).

“Employment Offer Letters” means those certain employment offer letters dated as of the date hereof between Buyer and each of the individuals set forth on Schedule 5.1(d) in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

“Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements” means all Laws and Orders concerning public health and safety, worker and occupational health and safety, natural resources and pollution or protection of the environment, including all those relating to the presence, use, production, generation, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, distribution, labeling, testing, processing, discharge, release, threatened release, control, or cleanup of any Hazardous Substances,

53

materials, or wastes, chemical substances, or mixtures, pesticides, pollutants, contaminants, toxic chemicals, petroleum products or byproducts, fuel oil products and byproducts, mold, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, noise, or radiation.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any Person that, together with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, would be treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder.

“Escrow Accounts” means the escrow accounts established pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement.

“Escrow Agent” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

“Escrow Agreement” means that certain Escrow Agreement to be entered into on the Closing Date among the Escrow Agent, the Representative and Buyer, in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

“Escrow Funds” means, collectively, the Indemnity Escrow Funds and the Adjustment Escrow Funds.

“Escrow Shares” means, collectively, the Indemnity Escrow Shares and the Adjustment Escrow Shares.

“Exchange Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(c) above.

“Excluded Representations” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 above.

“Fiduciary” has the meaning set forth in ERISA §3(21).

“Final Adjustment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 above.

“Final Earnout Funds” means $274,950.75.

“Final Earnout Measurement Period” means the six (6) month period beginning January 1, 2017 and ending June 30, 2017.

“Final Earnout Shares” means 574,819 shares of Buyer Common Stock.

“Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) above.    

“Final Target Revenue” means $7,000,000.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States as set forth in pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (and its predecessors) and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

54

“Governmental Body” means any foreign or domestic federal, state or local government or quasi-governmental authority or any department, agency, subdivision, court or other tribunal of any of the foregoing.

“Hazardous Substances” means (a) petroleum or petroleum products, flammable materials, explosives, radioactive materials, radon gas, lead-based paint, asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing PCBs and toxic mold or fungus of any kind or species, (b) any chemicals or other materials or substances which are defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” “pollutants,” or words of similar import under any applicable Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements, and (c) any other chemical, material or substance exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated under any applicable Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements.

“Improvements” means all buildings, structures, fixtures, building systems and equipment, and all components thereof (including the roof, foundation and structural elements), included in the Real Property.

“Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a) above.

“Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a) above.

“Indemnity Escrow Funds” means $50,114.91.

“Indemnity Escrow Shares” means 163,593shares of Buyer Common Stock, valued at $2.75 per share.

“Initial Earnout Funds” means $137,475.38.

“Initial Earnout Measurement Period” means the six (6) month period beginning January 1, 2016 and ending June 30, 2016.

“Initial Earnout Shares” means 313,538 shares of Buyer Common Stock.

“Initial Target Revenue” means $2,500,000.

“Intellectual Property” means all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the world: (a) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, extensions, and reexaminations thereof, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, slogans, trade names, corporate and business names, Internet domain names, and rights in telephone numbers, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade secrets

55

and confidential business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data and information, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals), (f) all Software, (g) all material advertising and promotional materials, (h) all other proprietary rights, and (i) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).

“Intellectual Property Licenses” means any Contract pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary uses Intellectual Property which is not owned by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary grants any other Person the right to use any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary.

“In-Money Option” means any vested Option with respect to which the applicable exercise price is less than the Per Share Purchase Price.

“In-Money Optionholder” means a holder of an In-Money Option.

“IT Assets” means Software, systems, servers, computers, hardware, firmware, middleware, networks, data communications lines, routers, hubs, switches and all other information technology, equipment, and all associated documentation.

“Key Employee” means Geoff Barrall and Gene Spies.

“Knowledge” means (a) in the case of an individual, the actual knowledge of such individual, upon reasonable inquiry, (b) in the case of the Company, the actual knowledge of Geoff Barrall and Gene Spies, in each case upon reasonable inquiry and (c) in the case of Buyer, the actual knowledge of Robert B. Fernander and Scott J. Robinson, in each case upon reasonable inquiry.

“Law” means any foreign or domestic federal, state or local law, statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule, consent agreement, constitution or treaty of any Governmental Body, including common law.

“Leased Real Property” means all leasehold or subleasehold estates and other rights to use or occupy any land, buildings, structures, improvements, fixtures or other interest in real property held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Leases” means all written or oral leases, subleases, licenses, concessions and other agreements, including all amendments, extensions, renewals, guaranties, and other agreements with respect thereto, pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries holds any Leased Real Property.

“Lien” means any lien, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, charge, security interest, adverse claim, liability, interest, charge, preference, priority, proxy, transfer restriction (other than restrictions under the Securities Act and state securities laws), encroachment, Tax, order, community property interest, equitable interest, option, warrant, right of first refusal, easement, profit, license, servitude, right of way, covenant or zoning restriction.

56

“Lockup Agreement” means that certain Lockup Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Sellers and Buyer, in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

“Material Adverse Change” means any event, change, development, or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, will or could reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on the business, operations, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, operating results, value, employee, customer or supplier relations, or financial condition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Material Contracts” means, collectively, the Contracts required to be listed in Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Leases, the Intellectual Property Licenses and the Company Insurance Agreements.

“Merger” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements above.

“Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

“Most Recent Balance Sheet” means the balance sheet contained within the Most Recent Financial Statements.

“Most Recent Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) above.

“Most Recent Fiscal Month End” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) above.

“Most Recent Fiscal Year End” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) above.

“Objections Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 above.

“Off-Balance Sheet Financing” means (a) any liability of the Company or its Subsidiaries under any sale and leaseback transactions which does not create a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and (b) any liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any synthetic lease, Tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where the transaction is considered indebtedness for borrowed money for federal income Tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP for financial reporting purposes.

“Option” means any option to purchase Company Common Stock granted under the Stock Option Plan and still outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing, which options will be cancelled for the consideration specified herein and which options are more fully set forth on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto.

“Option Cancellation Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.17 above.

“Option Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(d) above.

“Optionholder” means a holder of an Option.

57

“Order” means any order, award, decision, injunction, judgment, ruling, decree, charge, writ, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made or rendered by any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

“Ordinary Course of Business” means the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and frequency).

“Organizational Documents” means (a) any certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate or articles of formation, operating agreement or partnership agreement, (b) any documents comparable to those described in clause (a) as may be applicable pursuant to any Law and (c) any amendment or modification to any of the foregoing.

“Owned Real Property” means all land, together with all buildings, structures, improvements and fixtures located thereon, including all electrical, mechanical, plumbing and other building systems, fire protection, security and surveillance systems, telecommunications, computer, wiring, and cable installations, utility installations, water distribution systems, and landscaping, together with all easements and other rights and interests appurtenant thereto (including air, oil, gas, mineral, and water rights), owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Party” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

“Per Share Purchase Price” means $0.28665.

“Permit” means any license, import license, export license, franchise, Consent, permit, certificate, certificate of occupancy or Order issued by any Person.

“Permitted Lien” means any (a) liens for Taxes not yet due or payable or for Taxes that the Company or its Subsidiaries are contesting in good faith through appropriate proceedings in a timely manner, in each case for which adequate reserves have been established and shown on the Most Recent Balance Sheet, (b) liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, workmen, repairmen, mechanics, materialmen and similar liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, (c) restrictions, easements, covenants, reservations, rights of way or other similar matters of title to the Leased Real Property of record, (d) zoning ordinances, restrictions, prohibitions and other requirements imposed by any Governmental Body, all of which do not materially interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries and (e) standard restrictions on the scope of any licenses granted by third parties to the Company or its Subsidiaries in any Intellectual Property Licenses.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Body or other entity.

“Post-Closing Purchase” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.20(a) above.

“Potential Seller” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.20(a) above.

“Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date and the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.

58

“Pre-Closing Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4 above.

“Proceeding” means any action, audit, lawsuit, litigation, investigation or arbitration (in each case, whether civil, criminal or administrative) pending by or before any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

“Prohibited Transaction” has the meaning set forth in ERISA §406 and Code §4975.

“Pro Rata Percentage” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(g)(i) above.

“Real Property” means the Leased Real Property and the Owned Property.

“Receivables” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(d) above.

“Related Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(h) above.

“Released Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 above.

“Released Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 above.

“Releasors” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 above.

“Representative” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

“Representative Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16(b) above.

“Required Documentation” means the Shareholder Required Documentation, the Option Cancellation Agreement or the Warrant Cancellation Agreement, as the case may be.

“Restricted Period” means a period of twelve (12) months following Closing.

“Revenue” means, for the relevant time period, the revenue of the Surviving Corporation and its Subsidiaries.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Second Earnout Funds” means $275,525.59.

“Second Earnout Measurement Period” means the six (6) month period beginning July 1, 2016 and ending December 31, 2016.

“Second Earnout Shares” means 574,819 shares of Buyer Common Stock.

“Second Target Revenue” means $5,500,000.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations.

59

“Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations.

“Seller” or “Sellers” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

“Seller Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule delivered by the Sellers to Buyer and Merger Sub on the date hereof.

“Seller Securities” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements above.

“Seller Party Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 above.

“Seller Parties” means, collectively, the Company Shareholders, the Optionholders and the Warrantholders.

“Share Exchange Fund” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(b) above.

“Shareholder Required Documentation” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.12(a).

“Shares” means, collectively, the Buyer Shares, the Warrant Shares, the Escrow Shares, the Adjustment Shares (if any), and the Earnout Shares (if any).

“Stock Option Plan” means the 2012 Stock Option Plan of the Company.

“Straddle Period” means a taxable period beginning on or before but ending after the Closing Date.

“Straddle Period Return” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 above.

“Straddle Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 above.

“Software” means computer software and computer programs (and all enhancements, versions, releases, and updates thereto), including software compilations, software tool sets, compilers, higher level or “proprietary” languages and all related programming and user documentation, whether in source code, object code or human readable form, or any translation or modification thereof that substantially preserves its original identity.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or (b) if a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and for this purpose, a Person or Persons owns a majority

60

ownership interest in such a business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of such business entity’s gains or losses or shall be or control any manager, management board, managing director or general partner of such business entity (other than a corporation). The term “Subsidiary” shall include all Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary.

“Surviving Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements above.

“Systems” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21 above.

“Target Revenues” means, collectively, the Initial Target Revenue, the Second Target Revenue and the Final Target Revenue.

“Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local and foreign net income, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, capital profits, lease, service, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, abandoned property or escheat, environmental or windfall profit tax, customs duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge (and any liability incurred or borne by virtue of the application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar or corresponding provision of state, local or foreign Law), as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise), together with all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts with respect thereto.

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

“Third Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a) above.

“Threshold” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a) above.

“Transaction Expenses” means any and all (a) legal, accounting, tax, financial advisory, environmental consultants and other professional or transaction related costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement or in investigating, pursuing or completing the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amounts owed to any consultants, auditors, accountants, attorneys, brokers or investment bankers), (b) payments, bonuses or severance which become due or are otherwise required to be made as a result of or in connection with the Closing or as a result of any change of control or other similar provisions (other than amounts explicitly set forth to be paid pursuant to this Agreement), and (c) payroll, employment or other Taxes, if any, required to be paid by Buyer (on behalf of the Surviving Corporation or its Subsidiaries), the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to the amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement (other than the withholding amounts related to the payments to the Optionholders pursuant to Section 1.3(d) herein and related to the bonuses described in Section 4,8 herein), the amounts described in clause (a) and (b), or the forgiveness of any loans or other obligations owed by the Seller Parties or employees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

61

“Transaction Expenses Amount” means an amount equal to all Transaction Expenses that have not been paid prior to the Closing Date, whether or not the Company has been billed for such expenses.

“Transfer Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(b) above.

“Warrant” means any warrant to purchase Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing, which warrants will be cancelled for the consideration specified herein and which warrants are more fully set forth on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto.

“Warrant Cancellation Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.18 above.

“Warrant Shares” means 3,099 shares of Buyer Common Stock, valued at $2.75 per share.

“Warrantholder” means a holder of a Warrant.

“Working Capital” means an amount equal to (a) the amount of the current assets (including Cash but excluding income Tax assets) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, minus (b) the amount of the current liabilities (including Cash but excluding Debt and income Tax liabilities) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case determined on a consolidated basis. For purposes of clarity, Transaction Expenses shall not be accrued as a liability but shall be paid by the Seller Parties, and the Working Capital shall be otherwise calculated as if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement had not occurred.

“Working Capital Deficit” means the amount by which the Working Capital as of the Closing Date is less than negative $600,000.

“Working Capital Surplus” means the amount by which the Working Capital as of the Closing Date is greater than negative $600,000.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1Press Releases and Public Announcements. Neither the Representative nor any Seller shall issue any press release or make any public announcement relating to the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of Buyer; provided, however, that any Party may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable Law (in which case the disclosing Party will use its reasonable best efforts to advise the other Parties prior to making the disclosure).

9.2No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except with respect to the Buyer Indemnitees and the Seller Party Indemnities as provided in Article 6 and the Buyer Indemnitees as provided in Section 7.1, this Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

62

9.3Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

9.4Succession and Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No Party may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of Buyer and the Representative; provided, however, that Buyer or Merger Sub may (a) assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates and designate one or more of its Affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder (in any or all of which cases Buyer or Merger Sub, respectively, nonetheless shall remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations hereunder), (b) assign its rights under this Agreement for collateral security purposes to any lenders providing financing to Buyer, Merger Sub, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (c) assign its rights under this Agreement to any Person that acquires the Company or any of its assets.

9.5Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

9.6Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.7Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (a) when delivered personally to the recipient, (b) when sent by electronic mail or facsimile, on the date of transmission to such recipient, (c) one Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (d) four Business Days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

63

If to Sellers or the Company (prior to the Closing):	Connected Data, Inc. 2540 Mission College Blvd. Santa Clara, CA 95054 Attention: Geoff Barrall Email: Geoff@connecteddata.com
Copy to:	Fenwick & West LLP Silicon Valley Center 801 California Street Mountain View, CA 94041 Attention: William R. Schreiber Facsimile: (650) 938-5200 Email: BSchreiber@fenwick.com
If to Buyer or Merger Sub:	Imation Corp. 1 Imation Way Oakdale, MN 55128 Attention: John P. Breedlove Facsimile: +1 651 704 4412 Email: jpbreedlove@imation.com
Copy to:	McDermott Will & Emery LLP 340 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10173 Attention: Joel L. Rubinstein, Esq. Facsimile: +1 212 547 5444 Email: jrubinstein@mwe.com
If to the Representative or, after the Closing, to the Sellers:	Shareholder Representative Services LLC 1614 15th Street, Suite 200 Denver, CO 80202 Attention: Managing Director Facsimile: (303) 623-0294 Email: deals@srsacquiom.com

Any Party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

9.8Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated hereby, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties, whether arising in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic Laws of the State of Delaware (including in respect of the statute of limitations or other limitations period applicable to any such claim, controversy or dispute), without giving effect to any choice or conflict of Law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

64

9.9Amendments and Waivers. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Buyer and the Representative. No waiver by any Party of any provision of this Agreement or any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Party making such waiver nor shall such waiver be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

9.10Injunctive Relief. Sellers and the Representative hereby agree that, in the event of breach of this Agreement, damages would be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain, that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached, and that the character, periods and geographical area and the scope of the restrictions on Sellers’ activities in Section 5.5 are fair and reasonably required for the protection of Buyer and its Affiliates. It is accordingly agreed that, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, Buyer shall be entitled to an injunction or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction, without any necessity of proving damages or any requirement for the posting of a bond or other security, enjoining any such breach (including a breach of Section 5.5), and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions. Sellers and the Representative hereby waive any and all defenses he, she or it may have on the ground of lack of jurisdiction or competence of the court to grant such an injunction or other equitable relief.

9.11Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

9.12Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Party will bear its own costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

9.13Construction. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any Law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” shall mean including without limitation.

9.14Incorporation of Exhibits and Disclosure Schedule. The Exhibits, Disclosure Schedule and other Schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

9.15Confidentiality. The Representative and each Seller shall treat and hold as confidential all of the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement

65

and the other Ancillary Agreements, including, without limitation, the Consideration and each of its components; provided, however, that the Representative or any Seller may disclose such information to its legal counsel, accountants, financial planners and/or other advisors (and the Representative may disclose to the Sellers and Seller Parties) on an as-needed basis so long as any such Person is bound by a confidentiality obligation with respect thereto.

9.16Representative.

(d)Each Seller hereby (and each other Seller Party pursuant to the Required Documentation shall thereby) appoints the Representative for and on behalf of the Seller Parties to give and receive notices and communications in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, to authorize and agree to adjustments to the Buyer Shares, the Cash Consideration, the Option Consideration, the Warrant Shares, the Earnout Shares and the Earnout Funds under Article 1 and other applicable provisions of this Agreement, to authorize distribution of the Escrow Shares, the Escrow Funds, the Adjustment Shares and the Adjustment Funds, to take all actions on behalf of the Seller Parties pursuant to this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement to which any Seller Party is a party, and to take all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Representative for the accomplishment of the foregoing. More specifically, the Representative shall have the authority to make all decisions and determinations and to take all actions (including giving Consents or agreeing to any amendments to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party or to the termination hereof or thereof) required or permitted hereunder on behalf of each such Seller (or such other Seller Party), and any such action, decision or determination so made or taken shall be deemed the action, decision or determination of each such Seller (or such other Seller Party), and any notice, communication, document, certificate or information required (other than any notice required by Law or under the Company’s Organizational Documents) to be given to any Seller Party hereunder or pursuant to any Ancillary Agreement shall be deemed so given if given to the Representative. The Representative shall be authorized to take all actions on behalf of the Seller Parties in connection with any claims made under Articles 6 or 7 of this Agreement, to defend or settle such claims, and to authorize payments in respect of such claims on behalf of the Seller Parties. The Representative may resign at any time upon 20 days prior notice. In the event the Representative has given notice of its intent to resign, the Seller Parties shall promptly (and no later than the effective date of the Representative’s resignation) appoint a successor Representative, in accordance with the following sentence. The Seller Parties may remove or replace the Representative by a vote of holders that own a majority of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to Closing upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to Buyer. No bond will be required of the Representative. Notices or communications to or from the Representative will constitute notice to or from each of the Seller Parties.

(e)The Representative will not be liable for any act done or omitted hereunder as the Representative while acting in good faith and not in a manner constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct, and any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of counsel will be conclusive evidence of such good faith. The Seller Parties will indemnify the Representative and hold the Representative harmless against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, penalties, fines, forfeitures, actions, fees, costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and experts and their staffs and all expense of document location, duplication and shipment) (collectively,

66

“Representative Losses”) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Representative’s duties hereunder and under the agreements ancillary hereto, in each case as such Representative Loss is suffered or incurred; provided, that in the event that any such Representative Loss is finally adjudicated to have been directly caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Representative, the Representative will reimburse the Seller Parties the amount of such indemnified Representative Loss to the extent attributable to such gross negligence or willful misconduct. If not paid directly to the Representative by the Seller Parties, any such Representative Losses may be recovered by the Representative from (i) the amounts in the Escrow Funds at such time as remaining amounts would otherwise be distributable to the Seller Parties, and (ii) from any Earnout Funds at such time as any such amounts would otherwise be distributable to the Seller Parties; provided, that while this Section allows the Representative to be paid from the Escrow Funds and the Earnout Funds, it does not relieve the Seller Parties from their obligation to promptly pay such Representative Losses as they are suffered or incurred, nor does it prevent the Representative from seeking any remedies available to it at Law or otherwise. In no event will the Representative be required to advance its own funds on behalf of the Seller Parties or otherwise. The Seller Parties acknowledge and agree that the foregoing indemnities will survive the resignation or removal of the Representative or the termination of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any restrictions or limitations on indemnities contained elsewhere in this Agreement are not intended to be applicable to the indemnities provided to the Representative under this Section 9.16(b).

(f)A decision, act, consent or instruction of the Representative will constitute a decision of all Seller Parties and will be final, binding and conclusive upon each such Seller Party, and Buyer and Merger Sub may rely upon any such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Representative as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each such Seller Party. Buyer Indemnitees are hereby relieved from any Adverse Consequences to any Person for any acts done by such Buyer Indemnitees in accordance with such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Representative.

9.17Schedules. Nothing in the schedules hereto shall be deemed adequate to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made herein unless the schedule identifies the exception with reasonable particularity and describes the relevant facts in reasonable detail. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the mere listing (or inclusion of a copy) of a document or other item shall not be deemed adequate to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made herein (unless the representation or warranty has to do with the existence of the document or other item itself). The Parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein shall have independent significance. If any Party has breached any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the Party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that the Party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

9.18Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES WAIVES THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST

67

ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY OTHER SUCH PARTY, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

9.19Exclusive Venue. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES, LEGAL ACTIONS, SUITS AND PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT MUST BE BROUGHT EXCLUSIVELY IN A FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT LOCATED IN THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA OR A CALIFORNIA STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA (COLLECTIVELY THE “DESIGNATED COURTS”). EACH PARTY HEREBY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE DESIGNATED COURTS. NO LEGAL ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY OTHER FORUM. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL CLAIMS OF IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION AND ANY OBJECTION WHICH SUCH PARTY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY DESIGNATED COURT, INCLUDING ANY RIGHT TO OBJECT ON THE BASIS THAT ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN THE DESIGNATED COURTS HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN IMPROPER OR INCONVENIENT FORUM OR VENUE. EACH OF THE PARTIES ALSO AGREES THAT DELIVERY OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT TO A PARTY HEREOF IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 9.7 OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN A DESIGNATED COURT WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH THE PARTIES HAVE SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION AS SET FORTH ABOVE.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

68

BUYER:

IMATION CORP.

 
By: /s/ Joseph De Perio

Name: Joseph De Perio

Title: Chairman

MERGER SUB:

IMATION TRANSPORTER CO.

By: /s/ Joseph De Perio

Name: Joseph De Perio

Title: President

COMPANY:

CONNECTED DATA, INC.

By: /s/ Geoff Barrall

Name: Geoff Barrall

Title: Chief Executive Officer

REPRESENTATIVE:

SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE SERVICES LLC, solely in its capacity as the Representative

By: /s/ Mark B. Vogel

Name: Mark B. Vogel

Title: Managing Director

69

SELLERS:

By:

 
Name:

Title:

70

Exhibit A

Employment Offer Letter

71

Connected Data, Inc.

Date

Candidate Name

Candidate Address

Candidate City, State, ZIP

Dear Candidate:

As you know, Imation Corp. (“Imation”) is entering into a Stock Purchase and Merger Agreement (“Stock Purchase Agreement”) whereby Connected Data, Inc. (the “Company”) will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Imation. In connection with and conditional upon the consummation of such Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company is pleased to offer you at-will employment with a start date commencing effective as of the successful closing of the Stock Purchase Agreement (“Start Date”) on the following terms:

1.Position.

(a)Your initial position will be [XXX], and you will initially report to Imation’s Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full‑time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company. You further agree to be bound by and comply with all applicable Company policies and procedures.

(b)This is an at-will employment position, meaning either you or your employer may terminate your employment at any time, with or without notice, for any lawful reason or no reason at all. Continued employment with the Company is for no specified period of time and the Company makes no guarantee of continued employment. Although your job duties, title, compensation, and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies may be

72

changed from time to time, the “at-will” nature of your employment may not be changed except in an express written agreement signed by you and the Chief Executive Officer.

(c)You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the satisfaction of the Company. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.

2.Proof of Right to Work. For purposes of federal immigration law, you are required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of your Start Date, or your employment may be terminated for Cause.

3.Salary Compensation. The Company will pay you a starting salary at the annualized rate of $XXX per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule and procedures including applicable withholdings or deductions. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time or as otherwise determined by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors.

4.Annual Incentive Bonus. In addition, you will be eligible to be considered for a discretionary incentive bonus for each year with the Company (starting for the 2016 calendar year) payable following the close of each such year. This discretionary incentive bonus (if any) will be awarded based on objective or subjective criteria established by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, which criteria may or may not be shared with you. Any such bonus is payable only upon the Board of Directors

73

determining, in its sole discretionary authority, that you have met its objective and subjective criteria and that it is otherwise in the best interests of the Company to award the discretionary incentive bonus. For 2016 your target bonus will be $XXX, subject to the Board’s discretion as set forth above. The determinations of the Company’s Board of Directors with respect to your bonus, if any, will be final, conclusive, and binding. Additional information regarding plan eligibility and payment may be provided to you. You must be employed by the Company on the day such discretionary incentive bonus is paid in order to received such bonus.

5.Retention Bonus. Assuming your timely acceptance of this offer letter and that you remain employed with the Company through December 31, 2015, you will be eligible for a discretionary retention bonus of cash and Company restricted stock units (RSUs). The total discretionary retention bonus is subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors in its sole discretionary authority and subject to the Board’s full satisfaction of your cooperation with the restructuring. The amounts of two components of the discretionary retention bonus are:

(a)Cash - $XXX

To be paid on December 31, 2015. This amount is subject to repayment if you leave employment with the Company for any reason other than a termination without Cause, prior to December 31, 2016. The amount to be repaid to the Company is an amount equal to 1/365 of the cash retention bonus multiplied by the number of days between your last day of employment and December 31, 2016. For example purposes only, if the cash portion of the bonus was $10,000 and you leave the Company for any reason other than a termination without Cause on November 30, 2016 then you would be required to repay $849.32 ($10,000*1/365*31 days).

(b)Restricted Stock Units (RSU’s) with a value of $XXX

To be paid as of the grant date which is December 31, 2015, subject to a pro rata monthly vesting schedule of twelve (12) months beginning January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016 during the months that you are employed at Imation. If you are employed at Imation for a partial month, vesting will cease the end of the month that you serve your last day as an employee.

(c)The determinations of the Company’s Board of Directors with respect to your bonus, if any, will be final, conclusive, and binding. Additional information regarding plan eligibility and payment may be provided to you. You must be

74

employed by the Company on the day such discretionary incentive bonus, or pro rata portion thereof, is paid in order to be eligible for payment. If you leave employment with the Company for any reason other than a termination without Cause, to the extent you have received any advance payment of the retention bonus prior to its full vesting on December 31, 2016, you will be required to return to the Company any unvested pro rata portion that you may have already received.

6.Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefit plans, such as medical and 401(k) plans, on the same terms and conditions as those offered to similarly-situated Company employees and in accordance with the terms of those plans as may be in existence from time to time. In addition to those employee benefits, you will be initially entitled to accrue Paid Time Off (“PTO”), pursuant to the Company’s PTO policy, at the annualized rate of XXX (XX) days per year.

7.Stock Options. Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee, you will be granted an incentive stock option to purchase XXX shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which shall vest in equal monthly installments over the XX months of continuous service conditioned on your continued employment with the Company. The exercise price per share of each of the Options will be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee when such Option is granted. Each of the Options will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a separate Stock Option Agreement.

8.Termination of Employment and Severance.

(a)Termination by the Company for Cause or by Your Resignation. In the event that your employment is terminated for Cause or by you resigning, the Company shall have no further financial obligations to you under except for payment to you of (i) your accrued, but unpaid wages or other benefits earned through the date of separation to which you are otherwise legally entitled, (ii), any accrued but unused paid time off, and (iii) any unreimbursed expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies (collectively “Accrued Rights”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure by you to perform your material duties with respect to the Company or its affiliates; (ii) the willful or intentional engaging by you in conduct within the scope of your employment that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to the Company; (iii) your conviction for, or a plea of nolo contendere to, the commission of a felony or any other crime involving dishonesty, misappropriation, breach of fiduciary duty, or moral turpitude; (iv) obtaining any personal profit

75

not thoroughly disclosed to and approved by the Board in connection with any transaction entered into by, or on behalf of, or in relation to, the Company; (v) a material breach of your covenants set forth in this letter agreement or violating any of the terms of the Company’s established rules or policies which, if curable, is not cured to the Board’s reasonable satisfaction within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof to Executive; (vi) your death; or (vii) in the good faith judgment of the Board, you become physically or mentally incapacitated and is therefore unable for a period of four (4) consecutive months or for an aggregate of six (6) months in any twelve (12) consecutive month period to perform Executive’s duties (such incapacity is hereinafter referred to as “Disability”). The Company will also comply with any applicable federal and state disability and leave laws.

(b)Termination by the Company Without Cause. In the event that your employment is terminated without Cause the Company shall have no further financial obligations to you under except for payment to you of the following:

(i)Your Accrued Rights;

(ii)Subject to (A) the obligations and restrictions set forth in subparagraph (c) below, and (B) your execution and return of a Severance Agreement, which shall, among other things, release the Company (and its officers, directors, employees, agents, parents, affiliated entities, and successors and assigns of any of them) from any and all claims, and which shall be in a form and containing terms in the sole discretion of the Company (the “Severance Agreement”), within twenty-one (21) days following the Company’s presenting you with such Severance Agreement; and (C) your non-revocation of and continued compliance with the Severance Agreement, you shall be entitled to a Severance Payment to provide you a cushion while you seek new employment as follows: installment payments of up to a maximum of three(3) month’s salary, payable in equal installments pursuant to the Company’s normal payroll process, beginning on the Company’s next normal payroll processing following five (5) days following the expiration date of any revocation period (if applicable) under the Severance Agreement, and continuing until such time that you have been either paid the maximum amount under this paragraph or until one of the events under subparagraph (c) below.

(c)Continuing Obligations. Notwithstanding the termination of your employment, you agree that any monies paid pursuant to the Severance Agreement is intended

76

solely to provide a financial cushion while you search for new employment and, therefore, your continued receipt of such monies expressly conditioned upon and limited by the following:

(i)Non-Disparagement. Following your employment, you agree not to defame, disparage or criticize the Company, its business plan, procedures, products, services, development, finances, financial condition, capabilities or other aspect of its business, or any of its officers, directors, agents or assigns (and their direct and indirect shareholders, members and partners, and directors and officers) in any medium (whether oral, written, electronic or otherwise, whether currently existing or hereafter created), to any person or entity, without limitation in time. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, you may confer in confidence with your advisors and make truthful statements as required by law or to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(ii)Non-Solicitation. During the period you are receiving any money pursuant to the Severance Agreement, without the express written agreement of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, you shall not, whether on your own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any Person, directly or indirectly: (A) solicit or encourage any employee of the Company or its affiliates to leave the employment of the Company or its affiliates; (B) hire any such employee who was employed by the Company or its affiliates as of the date of your termination of employment with the Company or who left the employment of the Company or its affiliates coincident with, or within one (1) year prior to the termination of your employment with the Company; (C) solicit or encourage any person that serves as a contractor or consultant of the Company or its affiliates to discontinue providing services to the Company or any affiliate of the Company; (D) call on, solicit or service any customer or client of the Company or its affiliates with the intent of selling or attempting to sell any service or product similar to the services or products sold by the Company or its affiliates; or (E) in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or its affiliates and any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation (or any prospective customer, supplier, licensee or other business relationship) of the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, by making any negative or disparaging statements or communications regarding the Company, any of its affiliates or any of their operations, officers, directors or investors).

(iii)Competitive Employment. Any right to receiving severance monies under the Severance Agreement shall cease if during the period such payments are made

77

you engage in any activity (without the express written agreement of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer) that is in any way competitive with the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company, or if you otherwise assist any other person or organization in competing or in preparing to compete with any business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company.

(iv)Proprietary and Confidential Information. Any right to receiving severance monies under the Severance Agreement is further conditioned on your continuing compliance with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and not otherwise misusing any Company confidential, proprietary or trade secret information.

9.Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. You will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

10.Tax Matters. All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law. You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

11.Amendment. This letter agreement and Exhibit A contains the entire understanding and agreement between you and Company with respect to the matters referred to herein, and supersedes any and all other agreements, understandings, negotiations, or discussions, either oral or in writing, express or implied, between us to the same, including, but not limited to, the terms of employment, any compensation package, bonus programs, salary, equity grants, profit sharing, distributions, or other such agreements. No other representations, covenants, undertakings or other prior or contemporaneous agreements, oral or written, respecting such matters, which are not specifically incorporated herein, shall be deemed in any way to exist or bind any of us. You acknowledge that each party has not executed this Agreement in reliance on any such promise, representation or warranty. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company

78

12.Arbitration of all Disputes. All complaints, causes of action, disputes, claims or controversies (“claims”) between you and Company, including any past, present, or future claims, whether or not arising out of your employment (or its termination), that the Company may have against you or that you may have against any the Company or its officers, directors, employees or agents, parent, subsidiary affiliated entities, or successors and assigns of any of them, will be resolved through binding arbitration. The claims covered by this arbitration agreement include all disputes that the Company or you could otherwise pursue in state or federal court including, but not limited to, claims based on any state, federal, or local statute, regulation or ordinance (including claims for employment discrimination, retaliation or harassment, claims for unpaid wages or violation of state or federal wage and hour laws), as well as common law claims (including claims for breach of contract or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, wrongful discharge, defamation, misrepresentation, fraud, and infliction of emotional distress).

The following claims are not subject to arbitration under this Agreement: (1) claims for workers’ compensation benefits, state disability benefits, state unemployment benefits; (2) administrative charges filed with a federal, state or local government office or agency, such as the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) or any comparable state anti-discrimination agency, or the National Labor Relations Board (“NLRB”); and (3) any claims that, as a matter of law, cannot legally be subject to arbitration. Nothing in these provisions shall preclude either you or the Company from seeking temporary or injunctive relief in a court prior to determining the claim in arbitration.

To the maximum extent permitted by law, you hereby waive any right to bring on behalf of persons other than yourself, or to otherwise participate with other persons in, any class, collective or representative action (i.e., a type of lawsuit in which one or several persons sue on behalf of a larger group of persons).

The arbitration shall be conducted by a single neutral arbitrator in accordance with the then-current Employment Arbitration and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), which can be viewed at http://www.adr.org/employment. The Company will provide you with a copy of these rules upon request. The arbitration shall take place in the

79

county of the state in which I am or was last employed by the Company. The Company will pay the arbitrator’s fee and will bear all administrative charges by AAA. All parties shall be entitled to engage in reasonable pre-hearing discovery to obtain information to prosecute or defend the asserted claims. Any disputes between the parties regarding the nature or scope of discovery shall be decided by the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall hear and issue a written ruling upon any dispositive motions brought by either party, including but not limited to, motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication of issues.

After the hearing, the arbitrator shall issue a written decision setting forth the award, if any, and explaining the basis therefore. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any type of relief that would be available in court. The arbitrator’s award shall be final and binding upon the parties and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event of any conflict in the arbitration procedures set forth in this Agreement and the AAA rules specified above, the AAA rules shall control.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and regardless of what is provided by AAA’s rules, to the extent that it is legally permissible to do so, the arbitrator will not have authority or jurisdiction to consolidate claims of different employees into one proceeding, nor shall the arbitrator have authority or jurisdiction to hear the arbitration as a class action. As noted above, you have waived any right to bring any class, collective or representative action. To the extent that the class, collective or representative action waiver described above is not enforceable, the issue of whether to certify any alleged or putative class for a class action proceeding must be decided by a court of competent jurisdiction. The arbitrator will not have authority or jurisdiction to decide class certification, collective or representative action issues. Until any class certification, collective, or representative action issues are decide by the court, all arbitration proceedings shall be stayed, and the arbitrator shall take no action with respect to the matter. However, once any issues regarding class certification, collective, or representative action have been decided by the court, the arbitrator will have authority to decide the substantive claims.

This Agreement is governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq) and evidences a transaction involving commerce. If the Federal Arbitration Act is held not to apply, the arbitration law of the state in which I work or last worked for the Company shall apply. We

80

intend that this Agreement be limited to those claims that may legally be subject to a pre-dispute arbitration agreement under applicable law. A court or arbitrator construing this Agreement may therefore modify or interpret it to render it enforceable.

13.409A. The parties intend that the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement to either be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code”) or be provided in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all payments and benefits which are payable upon a termination of employment hereunder shall be paid or provided only upon those terminations of employment that constitute a ‘separation from service’ from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (determined after applying the presumptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(1)) and each payment hereunder shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.

We hope that you will accept our offer to join the Company. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and the enclosed Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and returning them to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on XXX.

Very truly yours,
Connected Data, Inc.
By:
Title:	Chief Executive Officer, Imation on behalf of Connected Data, Inc.
I have read and accept this offer of at-will employment:
Signature of Employee
Dated:

81

Exhibit A

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

The following confirms my agreement with Connected Data, Inc. (the “Company”) and I, ________________, that is and has been a material part of the consideration for my employment by Company:

1.I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or my employment with Company. I will not violate any agreement with or rights of any third party or, except as expressly authorized by Company in writing hereafter, use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company. Further, I have not retained anything containing any confidential information of a prior employer or other third party, whether or not created by me.

2.Company shall own all right, title and interest (including all intellectual property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions, works of authorship, designs, know-how, ideas and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by me in connection with my employment with Company to and only to the fullest extent allowed by California Labor Code Section 2870 (which is attached as Appendix A) (collectively “Inventions”) and I will promptly disclose all Inventions to Company. Without disclosing any third party confidential information, I will disclose anything I believe is excluded by Section 2870 so that the Company can make an independent assessment. I hereby make all assignments necessary to accomplish the foregoing. I shall assist Company, at Company’s expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. I irrevocably designate and appoint Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution; to act for and in my behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing. If I wish to clarify anything created by me prior to my employment that relates to Company’s actual or proposed business, I have listed it on Appendix B in a manner that does not violate any third party rights or disclose any confidential information. Without limiting the above or Company’s other rights and remedies, if, when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company, I use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property (or if any Invention cannot be fully made, used, reproduced, or distributed without using or violating the foregoing), Company will have and I hereby grant Company a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, non-exclusive, sublicensable right and license to exploit and exercise all such confidential information and intellectual property rights.

3. To the extent allowed by law, the foregoing paragraph includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively “Moral Rights”). To the extent I retain any such Moral Rights under applicable law, I hereby ratify and consent to any action that may be taken with respect to such Moral Rights by or authorized by Company and agree not

82

to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. I will confirm any such ratifications, consents and agreements from time to time as requested by Company.

4. I agree that all Inventions and all other business, technical and financial information (including, without limitation, the identity of and information relating to customers or employees) I develop, learn or obtain during the term of my employment that relate to Company or the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company or that are received by or for Company in confidence, constitute “Proprietary Information.” I will hold in confidence and not disclose or, except within the scope of my employment, use any Proprietary Information. However, I shall not be obligated under this paragraph with respect to information I can document is or becomes readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of mine. Upon termination of my employment, I will promptly return to Company all items containing or embodying Proprietary Information (including all copies), except that I may keep my personal copies of (i) my compensation records, (ii) materials distributed to shareholders generally and (iii) this Agreement. I also recognize and agree that I have no expectation of privacy with respect to Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages) and that my activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

5.I agree that my obligations under this Agreement shall continue in effect after termination of my employment, regardless whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on my part, and that Company is entitled to communicate my obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer of mine.

6.This Agreement is fully assignable and transferable by Company, but any purported assignment or transfer by me is void. I also understand that any breach of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm to Company for which damages would not be an adequate remedy, and, therefore, Company will be entitled to injunctive relief with respect thereto in addition to any other remedies and without any requirement to post bond.

I HAVE READ THIS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND I UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION.

October ___, 2015

Employee:
Signature
Name (printed)
Accepted and Agreed to:
Connected Data, Inc.
By:
Title:	Chief Executive Officer, Imation on behalf of Connected Data, Inc.

83

APPENDIX A

California Labor Code Section 2870. Application of provision providing that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer.

(i)Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(A)Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(B)Result from any work performed by the employee for his employer.

(ii)To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

84

APPENDIX B

        Title            Date    Identifying Number or Brief Description

___ No inventions or improvements

___ Additional Sheets Attached

Signature of Employee:

Print Name of Employee:

Date:

85

Exhibit B

Escrow Agreement

86

ESCROW AGREEMENT

This Escrow Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of October14, 2015 by and among Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation located at 1 Imation Way, Oakdale, MN 55128 (“Buyer”), Shareholder Representative Services LLC, a Colorado limited liability company solely in its capacity as the representative of the Seller Parties (“Representative”) under the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation located at 17 Battery Place, New York, New York 10004 (the “Escrow Agent”). Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

Recitals

WHEREAS, Buyer, Connected Data, Inc., a California corporation (“Connected Data”), Representative, certain shareholders of Connected Data (the “Sellers”), and certain other parties named therein have entered into a Stock Purchase and Merger Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Buyer is acquiring substantially all of the issued and outstanding securities of Connected Data from the Sellers and (ii) promptly following such acquisition, a subsidiary of Buyer is merging with and into Connected Data; and

WHEREAS, the Purchase Agreement contemplates placing in escrow certain funds to secure certain rights of Buyer and the other Buyer Indemnitees pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

Section 1.Escrow.

1.1Appointment; Cash and Shares Placed in Escrow.Buyer and Representativehereby appoint the Escrow Agent as their escrow agent for the purposes set forth herein, and the Escrow Agent hereby accepts such appointment under the terms and conditions set forth herein. Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Escrow Agent cash and shares of Buyer Common Stock in the respective amounts set forth on Schedule 3. Schedule 3 shall be updated from time to time to reflect any release or deposit of cash or shares of Buyer Common Stock from or into the Escrow Fund.

1.2Escrow Fund; Escrow Accounts.

(a)The cash, Indemnity Escrow Shares and Adjustment Escrow Shares being held in escrow pursuant to this Agreement shall collectively constitute an escrow fund (the “Escrow Fund”) securing the indemnification, compensation and reimbursement rights of Buyer and the other Buyer Indemnitees under the Purchase Agreement.

(b)The Indemnity Escrow Funds and the Indemnity Escrow Shares (collectively, the “Escrow Shares”) shall be deposited and held in a separate account (the “Indemnity Escrow

87

Account”) and the Adjustment Escrow Funds and the Adjustment Escrow Shares shall be deposited and held in a separate account (the “Adjustment Escrow Account” and together with the Indemnity Escrow Account, the “Escrow Accounts”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The separate Escrow Accounts shall not be commingled.

1.3Investments.Unless otherwise instructed by the parties in accordance herewith, the Escrow Agent shall hold all funds held in the Escrow Accounts in one or more demand deposit accounts.

1.4Interest. Any interest accruing on or income otherwise earned (including any ordinary cash dividends paid in respect to the Escrow Shares) on any investment of any funds in the Escrow Accounts shall be held by the Escrow Agent in the respective Escrow Accounts. The aggregate amount of all interest and other income earned on any investment of any funds in the Escrow Accounts shall be distributed by the Escrow Agent as set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.

1.5Dividends, Etc.Buyer and Representative agree that any equity shares of Buyer (“Imation Shares”) or other property (including ordinary cash dividends) distributable or issuable (whether by way of dividend, stock split or otherwise) in respect of or in exchange for any Escrow Shares (including pursuant to or as a part of a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, reorganization or liquidation involving Buyer) shall not be distributed or issued to the beneficial owners of such Escrow Shares, but rather shall be distributed or issued to and held by the Escrow Agent in the respective Escrow Accounts as part of the Escrow Fund. Any securities or other property received by the Escrow Agent in respect of any Escrow Shares held in escrow as a result of any stock split or combination of Imation Shares, payment of a stock dividend or other stock distribution in or on Imation Shares, or change of Imation Shares into any other securities pursuant to or as a part of a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, reorganization or liquidation involving Imation, or otherwise, shall be held by the Escrow Agent in the respective Escrow Accounts as part of the Escrow Fund.

1.6TrustFund.The Escrow Fund shall be held in trust and shall not be subject to any lien, attachment, trustee process or any other judicial process of any creditor of Buyer or Representative. The Escrow Agent shall hold and safeguard the Escrow Fund until the Termination Date (as defined in Section 5) or earlier distribution in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 2.Release of Escrow Fund.

2.1.Indemnity Escrow.The Escrow Agent shall make disbursements as provided in this Section 2.1 from the Indemnity Escrow Account to satisfy the Seller Parties’ indemnification obligations pursuant to Article 6 of the Purchase Agreement.

a.At any time prior to the Indemnity Escrow Distribution Date (as defined below), as promptly as practicable, but in any event within five (5) Business Days after receiving (i) joint written instructions from Buyer and Representative (“Joint Instructions”) or (ii) written instruction from Buyer attaching a final non-appealable court order from a court of competent jurisdiction (a “Court Order”) setting forth the amount of the Adverse Consequences and relating to the release of any cash or Indemnity Escrow Shares from the Indemnity Escrow Account, the Escrow Agent shall release or cause to be released any such cash or Indemnity Escrow Shares and any other amounts from the Indemnity Escrow Account in the amounts, to the Persons, and in the manner set forth in such Joint Instructions or Court Order.

88

b.On October 14, 2016(the “Indemnity Escrow Distribution Date”), the Escrow Agent shall, upon receipt of Joint Instructions, release from the Indemnity Escrow Account the cash and Indemnity Escrow Shares then remaining in the Indemnity Escrow Account to the Exchange Agent for further distribution to the Seller Parties, less the amount in cash and number of Indemnity Escrow Shares equal to the Pending Claims (as defined below).  A “Pending Claim” means any (A) claim asserted in good faith by any Buyer Indemnitee for Adverse Consequences of the kind recognized under Article 6 of the Purchase Agreement that is pending before a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise remains unresolved or (B) any portion of the Escrow Fund due and owing to Buyer or the other Buyer Indemnitees pursuant to Article 6 of the Purchase Agreement, but not yet paid. Following the Indemnity Escrow Distribution Date, upon resolution of a Pending Claim, the Escrow Agent shall, within two (2) Business Days after receiving Joint Instructions or a Court Order release to the Exchange Agent for further distribution to the Seller Parties from the Escrow Account such cash and number of Indemnity Escrow Shares equal to the portion of the Pending Claim resolved that is not required to pay the Adverse Consequences or that is not otherwise due and owing to any Buyer Indemnitees pursuant to Article 6 of the Purchase Agreement.

2.2.Adjustment Escrow. As promptly as practicable, but in any event within five (5) Business Days after receiving (a) Joint Instructions or (b) written notice from the Accountants that the final Closing Statement has been finally determined pursuant to Section 1.4 of the Purchase Agreement (an “Accountant Notice”), in each case setting forth the amount of cash and Adjustment Escrow Shares in the Adjustment Escrow Account to be allocated to Buyer and/or the Seller Parties, respectively, the Escrow Agent shall release or cause to be released any such cash and Adjustment Escrow Shares from the Adjustment Escrow Account in the amounts, to the Persons, and in the manner set forth in such Joint Instructions or Accountant Notice.

2.3.Distributions.Whenever a distribution of a number of Escrow Shares is to be made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall requisition the appropriate number of shares from Buyer’s stock transfer agent, delivering to the transfer agent the appropriate stock certificates accompanied by the respective stock powers that have been Medallion Guaranteed, and any other information or documents requested by the stock transfer agent together with the specific transfer instructions, as appropriate. Any distributions to Buyer or the Seller Parties pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made (i) if to Buyer, to Buyer’s address set forth in Section 8.2 and (ii) if to the Seller Parties, to the Exchange Agent for further distribution to the Seller Parties.

2.4.Authorized Signer Designations of the Parties.  The Escrow Agent shall be protected in acting upon any written instructions setting forth, claiming, containing, or in any way related to the transfer or distribution of cash or Escrow Shares from the Escrow Accounts, including Joint Instructions, not only as to their due execution and the validity and effectiveness of their provisions, but also as to the truth of any information therein contained, which it in good faith believes to be genuine and what it purports to be. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, each of Buyer and Representative has delivered to the Escrow Agent Schedule 1,which contains each party’s respective authorized signer designations to this Agreement.

89

Section 3.Fees and Expenses. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, fees in accordance with Schedule 2. In accordance with Schedule 2, the Escrow Agent will also be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in the performance of its duties hereunder and the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All such fees and expenses shall be paid by Buyer.

Section 4.Limitation of Escrow Agent’s Liability.

4.1.The Escrow Agent undertakes to perform such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement only and shall have no duty under any other agreement or document, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall incur no liability with respect to any action taken by it or for any inaction on its part in reliance upon any notice, direction, instruction, consent, statement or other document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and duly authorized, nor for any other action or inaction except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. In all questions arising under this Agreement and/or its interpretation hereof in conjunction with the Purchase Agreement, the Escrow Agent may rely on the advice of counsel, and for anything done, omitted or suffered in good faith by the Escrow Agent based upon such advice the Escrow Agent shall not be liable to anyone. In no event shall the Escrow Agent be liable for incidental, punitive or consequential damages.

4.2. Buyer and Representative (solely on behalf of the Seller Parties and in its capacity as the Seller Parties, not in its individual capacities) hereby agree to jointly and severally indemnify the Escrow Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold it and them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense (including attorney fees) incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Escrow Agent, arising out of or in connection with the Escrow Agent’s carrying out its duties hereunder. This right of indemnification shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation of the Escrow Agent. The indemnification by Representative shall be paid solely from the assets (i.e., cash and stock) contained in the Escrow Accounts.

Section 5.Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the release by the Escrow Agent of the final amounts held in the Escrow Accounts in accordance with Section 1 (the date of such release being referred to as the “Termination Date”).

Section 6.Successor Escrow Agent. In the event the Escrow Agent becomes unavailable or unwilling to continue as escrow agent under this Agreement, the Escrow Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder by giving its written resignation to the parties to this Agreement. Such resignation shall take effect not less than 30 days after it is given to all the other parties hereto. In such event, Buyer may appoint a successor Escrow Agent (acceptable to Representative, acting reasonably). If Buyer fails to appoint a successor Escrow Agent within 15 days after receiving the Escrow Agent’s written resignation, the Escrow Agent shall have the right to apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Escrow Agent. The successor Escrow Agent shall execute and deliver to the Escrow Agent an instrument accepting such appointment, and the successor Escrow Agent shall, without further acts, be vested with all the estates, property rights, powers and duties of the predecessor Escrow Agent as if originally named as Escrow Agent herein. The Escrow Agent shall act in accordance with

90

written instructions from Buyer and Representative as to the transfer of the Escrow Fund to a successor Escrow Agent.

Section 7.Representative. Unless and until Buyer and the Escrow Agent shall have received written notice of the appointment of a successor Representative, each of Buyer and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, the power and authority of Representative to act on behalf of the Seller Parties.

Section 8.Miscellaneous.

8.1.Attorneys’ Fees.In any action at law or suit in equity to enforce or interpret this Agreement or the rights of any of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such action or suit shall be entitled to receive a reasonable sum for its attorneys’ fees and all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such action or suit.

8.2.Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (a) when delivered personally to the recipient, (b) when sent by electronic mail or facsimile, on the date of transmission to such recipient, (c) one Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (d) four Business Days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

If to Buyer:	Imation Corp. 1 Imation Way Oakdale, MN 55128 Attention: John P. Breedlove Facsimile: +1 651 704 4412 Email: jpbreedlove@imation.com
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:	McDermott Will & Emery LLP 340 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10173 Attention: Joel L. Rubinstein, Esq. Facsimile: +1 212 547 5444 Email: jrubinstein@mwe.com
If to Representative:	Shareholder Representative Services LLC 1614 15th Street, Suite 200 Denver, CO 80202 Facsimile: (303) 623-0294 Email: deals@srsacquiom.com
If to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its capacity as Escrow Agent:	Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company 17 Battery Place New York, NY 10004 Attention: Accounting Department, Escrow Administration Facsimile: +1 212 616 7620 E-mail: CJordan@Continentalstock.com

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner herein set forth. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices addressed to the Escrow Agent shall be effective only upon receipt. If any notice or other document is required to be delivered to the Escrow

91

Agent and any other Person, the Escrow Agent may assume without inquiry that notice or other document was received by such other Person on the date on which it was received by the Escrow Agent.

8.3.Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

8.4.Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by means of electronic mail or facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

8.5.Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated hereby, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties, whether arising in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic Laws of the State of Delaware (including in respect of the statute of limitations or other limitations period applicable to any such claim, controversy or dispute), without giving effect to any choice or conflict of Law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

8.6.Waiver of Jury Trial. BUYER AND REPRESENTATIVE EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY OTHER SUCH PARTY, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

8.7.Succession and Assignment.This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and each of their respective permitted successors and assigns, if any.

8.8.Amendments and Waivers. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Escrow Agent, Buyer and Representative. No waiver by any party hereto of any provision of this Agreement or any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the party making such waiver nor shall such waiver be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

92

8.9.Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

8.10.No Third-Party Beneficiaries.Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

8.11.Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Purchase Agreement set forth the entire agreement among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

8.12.Cooperation.Representative and Buyer agree to cooperate fully with each other and the Escrow Agent and to execute and deliver such further documents, certificates, agreements, stock powers and instruments and to take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by Buyer, Representative or the Escrow Agent to evidence or reflect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

8.13.Construction.

a.For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neutral genders; the feminine gender shall include the masculine and neutral genders; and the neutral gender shall include masculine and feminine genders.

b.The parties hereto agree that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

c.As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

d.Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “Sections” and “Schedules” are intended to refer to Sections of this Agreement and Schedules to this Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

93

In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have duly caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation

By: ______________________________________

Name:

Title:

Shareholder Representative Services LLC, a Colorado limited liability company solely in its capacity as the Representative

By: ______________________________________

Name:

Title:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company,a New York corporation

By: ______________________________________

Name:

Title:

94

Schedule 1

Authorized Signer Designations

For Buyer:

NameTelephone NumberSignature

1. Joseph A. De Perio, Chairman212-377-4252 ________________________

2. Robert B. Fernander, Interim CEO512-576-6788________________________

For Representative:

NameTelephone NumberSignature

1. ________________________

2. ________________________

95

Schedule 2

Escrow Agent’s Fees

Acceptance fee Waived

Administration fee, 2 escrow accounts $7,000.00

The acceptance fee and administration fee covers all account set-up services, the review, negotiation and execution of the escrow agent agreement, KYC, OFAC and USA Patriot Act due diligence, coordination of shareholder records, on-going account maintenance for subsequent distributions or additional merger consideration payments, compliance review, records retention, escheat services The escrow agent acceptance fee and administration fee is due and payable upon the effective date of appointment. See assumptions for duration.

Subsequent Distributions (Escrow), each Included

Out-of-pocket expenses At cost

Out-of-pocket expenses when applicable will be billed at cost at the sole discretion of Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Extraordinary services Market rate

Fees for services not specifically covered in this schedule will be billed in accordance with our prevailing rates for such services.

These costs may include, but are not limited to, review of IRS Form W-8IMY for foreign holders, shareholder presentment status updates, shareholder record adjustments, electronic copies of shareholder presentments and non-standard shareholder records.

Assumptions

This proposal is based upon the following assumptions with respect to the role of escrow agent. Should any of the assumptions, duties or responsibilities change, we reserve the right to affirm, modify or rescind this proposal.

• Indemnity escrow duration is 12 months; adjustment escrow is 2 months. Beyond these durations, fees of $500.00/month may be in effect.

• All funds held by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company will be bank deposits and held un-invested

• ALL FUNDS WILL BE RECEIVED FROM OR DISTRIBUTED TO A DOMESTIC OR AN APPROVED FOREIGN ENTITY

Terms and conditions

96

• Should this transaction fail to close through no fault of Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our fees as well as out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, will be due and payable.

• Invoices outstanding for over 30 days are subject to a 1.5% per month late payment penalty.

• Acceptance of the appointment described in this proposal is subject to compliance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act of 2001 described below, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company satisfactory review of all governing documents, and the execution of the governing documents by all parties.

• This fee proposal may not be modified except in writing and will be deemed accepted upon your execution of the paying agent agreement.

Important information about opening a new account

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person (individual, corporation, partnership, trust, estate or other entity recognized as a legal person) for whom we open an account.

What this means for you: Before we open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date of birth (for individuals), TIN/EIN or other information that will allow us to identify you or your company. For individuals, this could mean identifying documents such as a driver’s license. For a corporation, partnership, trust, estate or other entity recognized as a legal person, this could mean identifying documents such as a Certificate of Formation from the issuing state agency.

Dated: October 13, 2015

97

Schedule 3

Escrow Fund

Indemnity Escrow

$73,114.00 in cash

155,229 Indemnity Escrow Shares in book entry form, registered in the name of “Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as Escrow Agent (Indemnity) for the Connected Data Inc. Merger,” to be held in escrow under this Agreement

Adjustment Escrow

$21,933.19 in cash

46,570 Adjustment Escrow Shares in book entry form, registered in the name of “Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as Escrow Agent (Adjustment) for the Connected Data Inc. Merger,” to be held in escrow under this Agreement

98

Exhibit C

Lockup Agreement

99

SHAREHOLDER LOCKUP AGREEMENT

THIS SHAREHOLDER LOCKUP AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of October 14, 2015, by and among Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Imation”) and the individuals listed on Schedule 1 hereto (collectively, the “Shareholders”). Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in that certain Stock Purchase and Merger Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2015 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Imation, Connected Data, Inc., a California corporation, the Shareholders, and certain other parties named therein.

In connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and agreed, Imation and each of the Shareholders hereby agree as follows:

1.The execution and delivery of this Agreement is an inducement to Imation to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to consummate the transactions to be performed by Imation in connection with the Closing under the Purchase Agreement, including, without limitation, Imation’s issuance and delivery of the Shares in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

2.The Shareholders hereby acknowledge and agree that during the applicable Lockup Period (as defined below), each of the Shareholders shall not (a) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act with respect to, any portion of its or his Shares (as defined below), (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of its or his Shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) publicly announce any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b). As used herein, the term “Lockup Period” means (i) with respect to fifty percent (50%) of its or his Shares, the period beginning on the date hereof and ending upon the earlier to occur of (A) the first anniversary of the Closing Date, (B) the cessation by Imation of operations in its Nexsan division or (C) the cessation by Imation of operations in the Business; and (ii) with respect to the other fifty percent (50%) of its or his Shares, the period beginning on the date hereof and ending upon the earlier to occur of (A) the second anniversary of the Closing Date, (B) the cessation by Imation of operations in its Nexsan division or (C) the cessation by Imation of operations in the Business.

3.Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2 above, each of the Shareholders may transfer any of its or his Shares:

(a)to any of its or his Affiliates;

(b)by virtue of the applicable Laws upon dissolution of such Shareholder, if applicable, or by virtue of the Laws of descent and distribution upon the death of such Shareholder, if applicable;

(c)to Imation pursuant to Section 1.3(g)(ii) of the Purchase Agreement and the Escrow Agreement; or

(d)to the Buyer Indemnitees pursuant to Section 6.8 of the Purchase Agreement and the Escrow Agreement;

100

provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), such permitted transferee(s) become(s) bound by the transfer restrictions contained herein.

4.Each of the Shareholders hereby represents and warrants to Imation that it or he has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement.

5.Imation will cause each of the certificates evidencing the Shares to be legended with the applicable transfer restrictions.

6.This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

7.This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other parties.

8.This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties, whether arising in law or equity, whether in contract, tort, under statute or otherwise, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic Laws of the State of Delaware (including in respect of the statute of limitations or other limitations period applicable to any such claim, controversy or dispute), without giving effect to any choice or conflict of Law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

9.All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (a) when delivered personally to the recipient, (b) when sent by electronic mail or facsimile, on the date of transmission to such recipient, (c) one Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (d) four Business Days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the address or facsimile number indicated on the books and records of Imation or such other address as a party shall subsequently provide.

10.No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto. No waiver by any party of any provision of this Agreement or any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the party making such waiver nor shall such waiver be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

11.Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that, in the event of breach of this Agreement, damages would be difficult, if not impossible to ascertain, and that irreparable damage would occur if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that, in addition to and without limitation any other remedy or right to which the non-breaching party may have, it or he shall be entitled to an injunction or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction, without any necessity of proving damages or any requirement for the posting of a bond or other security, enjoining any such breach, and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions. Each party

101

hereby waives any and all defenses he or it may have on the ground of lack of jurisdiction or competence of the court to grant such an injunction or other equitable relief.

12.Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

13.This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by means of electronic mail or facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

102

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Shareholder Lockup Agreement on the date first written above.

Imation Corp.
By:
Name:	Joseph A. De Perio
Title:	Chairman
[SHAREHOLDER]
By:
Name:
Title:

103

EX-10.5

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [**]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of September 28, 2015, is by and between Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Imation USA” and together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, each individually, an “Imation Entity” and collectively, the “Imation Entities”) and TDK Corporation, a company organized under the laws of Japan (“TDK”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, reference is made to (a) the Trademark License Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and between Imation USA and TDK (as amended, the “US License Agreement”) and (b) the IMN Trademark License Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and between Imation USA (as successor in interest to IMN Data Storage Holdings CV, a Dutch private limited partnership (“Imation Dutch”) pursuant to the Deed of Novation, dated July 1, 2013, by and among Imation Dutch, TDK and Imation USA) and TDK (as amended, the “Global License Agreement” and together with the US License Agreement, each individually a “License Agreement” and, collectively, the “License Agreements”), pursuant to which Imation USA and certain other Imation Entities have been granted the right to use the Licensed Trademarks (as defined in the License Agreements), the domain name “tdk-media.com” and the Additional Licensed Domain Names (as defined in the License Agreements and, together with “tdk-media.com,” the “Licensed Domain Names”) for the marketing and sale of Licensed Products (as defined in the License Agreements), and rights under certain patents to market, distribute and sell Current Magnetic Tape Products and Current Optical Media Products (each as defined in the License Agreements) (collectively, such patents, the Licensed Trademarks and Licensed Domain Names to be referred to herein as the “Licensed IP”);

WHEREAS, reference is made to the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and between Imation USA and TDK (as amended, the “Investor Rights Agreement”);

WHEREAS, TDK and certain subsidiaries of TDK own an aggregate 7,590,764 shares of the capital stock of Imation USA (the “Imation Shares”), and the parties desire that TDK transfer 6,675,764 of such Imation Shares to Imation USA (the “Transferred Imation Shares”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with Imation USA’s withdrawal from the Business (as defined in the License Agreements), the parties also desire to terminate the License Agreements and to terminate certain provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement, in each case, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.Transfer of Imation Shares.

(a)Subject to Sections 1(b) and 4 below, TDK hereby unconditionally covenants and agrees that it shall irrevocably transfer to Imation USA, on a date (the “Effective Date”) no later than October 31, 2015, all of its right, title and interest in and to the Transferred Imation Shares, free from all liens, charges and encumbrances, and not subject set-off or any defense. Subject to Sections 1(b) and 4 below, after giving effect to such transfer on the Effective Date and the release from escrow of the Transferred Imation Shares (such release, the “Share Release”, and the date of such release, the “Share Release Date”), Imation USA shall be the sole owner of the Transferred Imation Shares so released, and TDK agrees and acknowledges that it shall have no further right, title, interest or claim in or to such released Transferred Imation Shares. TDK shall provide Imation USA with such instruments and documents which Imation USA shall reasonably require to evidence such transfer. Prior to the Effective Date, Imation USA shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with and assist TDK to effect (i) the transfers of Transferred Imation Shares to TDK from its subsidiaries, and (ii) the delivery by TDK to Imation USA of Transferred Imation Shares, including without limitation, in each case, by directing its transfer agent as reasonably requested by TDK or its subsidiaries.

(b)In the event, and solely to the extent, that the transfer of the Transferred Imation Shares to Imation USA pursuant to Section 1(a) would result in a material violation of, or cause TDK or any its subsidiaries to suffer any material adverse legal consequence under, any applicable laws or regulations enacted after the date hereof, TDK shall timely execute and deliver such documents, instruments and agreements to, and shall take such other actions as are necessary to, confer upon Imation USA all rights, benefits and burdens of beneficial ownership over the Transferred Imation Shares as of the Effective Date, and shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to enable TDK to transfer full title to the Transferred Imation Shares to Imation USA in material compliance with such laws and regulations as expeditiously as reasonably possible after the Effective Date, in each case subject to Section 4.

2.Termination of License Agreements.

(a)As of the Effective Date, the US License Agreement shall be deemed terminated in accordance with Section 6.4(b) thereof, the Global License Agreement shall be deemed terminated in accordance with Section 5.4(a) thereof, and each Imation Entity (including without limitation any other Imation Entity that as of the Effective Date sells Licensed Products (the “Imation Licensees”)) shall have no further right, title, interest or claim in or to any Licensed Products or Licensed IP, and shall cease all use of the Licensed IP (including without limitation the Licensed Trademarks and Licensed Domain Names and any mark or domain name confusingly similar thereto), except as set forth in Section 7(c) hereof with respect to the Licensed Domain Names and except, that, the License Agreements shall remain in force and effect to the extent that any Imation Licensee requires such rights to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of, on a royalty free basis, any existing Licensed Products consisting of finished goods on or before December 31, 2015, (ii) complete any existing Licensed Products consisting of goods

2

which are “work-in-process” and to then sell or otherwise dispose of, on a royalty-free basis, such finished Licensed Products on or before December 31, 2015, (iii) otherwise manufacture, finish and sell or otherwise dispose of, on a royalty-free basis, Licensed Products in order to honor existing and new purchase orders that may be accepted by any Imation Licensee on or before December 31, 2015 for shipment on or before December 31, 2015; provided, that, to the extent that any Imation Licensee is currently contractually obligated to sell Licensed Products to a customer after December 31, 2015 (such later date being referred to herein as an “Extended Delivery Date”) pursuant to a customer supply agreement executed, and/or a purchase order accepted, prior to the Effective Date, it is permitted to consummate such sale through the applicable Extended Delivery Date; provided further, that, no such Extended Delivery Date shall be more than 150 days after the later of (1) the Effective Date and (2) so long as Imation USA is not in breach of Section 4, the Share Release Date. To the extent clauses (i), (ii) and/or (iii) above are inconsistent with any provision of either License Agreement, the terms of clause (i), (ii) or (iii), as the case may be, shall govern. In no event shall any rights retained by any Imation Licensee pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above during the time periods set forth in such clauses be broader in any respect than the rights granted to such Imation Licensee pursuant to the applicable License Agreement (or the applicable sublicense to such Imation Licensee, to the extent consistent with the applicable License Agreement) prior to the Effective Date. Without limitation to the generality of the foregoing, (x) all uses by any Imation Entity of any Licensed Trademark or any Licensed Domain Name in accordance with this Agreement shall comply with all requirements and restrictions set forth in the License Agreements, including, without limitation, compliance with the Quality Guidelines and (y) Imation USA shall not, and shall ensure each other Imation Entity shall not, at any time during or after the term of this Agreement, (1) register or seek to register any Licensed Trademark or Licensed Domain Name, or any mark or domain name containing or confusingly similar to any Licensed Trademark or Licensed Domain Name or (2) challenge or take any action inconsistent with TDK’s sole ownership of the Licensed Trademarks and Licensed Domain Names.

(b)It is the intention of the Imation Licensees to purchase inventory of Licensed Products only to the extent necessary to fulfill purchase orders accepted in accordance with the time periods set forth in Section 2(a) above for shipment in accordance with the time periods set forth in Section 2(a) above. The Imation Licensees will use their commercially reasonable efforts to sell as much of their inventory as possible by November 30, 2015 (other than inventory that is scheduled to be shipped in connection with purchase orders that, in accordance with Section 2(a) above, have shipment dates after November 30, 2015). The Imation Licensees will sell or destroy all residual inventory of Licensed Product (that is not necessary to fulfill supply obligations under a customer supply agreement or purchase order that, in accordance with Section 2(a), has an Extended Delivery Date or needed to fulfill warranty obligations), including returns, remaining goods in stock and other such items, on or prior to January 31, 2016, and Imation USA will deliver to TDK a certificate, signed by an officer of Imation USA, certifying that substantially all inventory of Licensed Products (other than such inventory necessary to fulfill supply obligations under customer supply agreements or purchase orders that, in accordance with Section 2(a), have Extended Delivery Dates and/or to fulfill warranty obligations) has been sold or destroyed as of such date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if the Share Release has not occurred by any of the dates specified in

3

Section 2(a) above or this Section 2(b), then, so long as Imation USA is not in breach of Section 4, with respect to each such date that occurs prior to the Share Release, at the option of Imation USA such date shall be deemed extended by one calendar month (and such extensions shall continue with respect to each subsequent month until completion of the Share Release).

(c)Any purchaser (other than an Imation Entity) of any Licensed Products purchased in accordance with this Agreement shall have the right to use and re-sell such Licensed Products.

(d)Each Imation Licensee retains all of its rights to collect all receivables owing to it arising from the sale of Licensed Products.

(e)Imation USA shall cause each other Imation Entity to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect to Licensed Products and Licensed IP, and shall be responsible and liable for any failure of any Imation Entity to comply with such terms and conditions.

3.Termination of Investor Rights Agreement. As of the Effective Date, TDK’s rights pursuant to the following sections of the Investor Rights Agreement shall terminate, and such sections shall be of no further force or effect: Sections 1.1-1.4 (board representation), Section 1.5 (information rights), Sections 2.1-2.3 (preemptive rights) and Section 3.1(a) (demand rights); it being understood that the foregoing termination shall not affect, and TDK shall retain, TDK’s piggyback registration rights pursuant to Section 3.1(b) of the Investor Rights Agreement.

4.Return of Imation Shares. Imation USA shall hold the Transferred Imation Shares in escrow pending Imation USA’s filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission of its Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2015 (the “10-Q”) and the determination of any adjustment pursuant to the following formula. Imation USA shall not pledge, repledge, hypothecate, rehypothecate, lend, relend, sell or otherwise transfer any Transferred Imation Shares in escrow, and shall segregate such Transferred Imation Shares from any other securities in Imation USA’s possession while in escrow. In the event that the balance sheet reported in the 10-Q reflects shareholders’ equity of Imation USA greater than $56,000,000, Imation USA shall transfer back, as soon as commercially practicable and in any event no later than November 30, 2015, to TDK from escrow all right, title and interest, free from all liens, charges and encumbrances, in a number of Transferred Imation Shares equal to the result (rounding down) of the following formula: X divided by Y, multiplied by 6,675,764.

For purposes of this Agreement:

“X” shall mean the amount of the shareholders’ equity of Imation USA reflected in the 10-Q minus $56,000,000.

“Y” shall mean $148,363,000, which is the result of $204,363,000 (i.e. the value of the shareholders’ equity of Imation USA on June 30, 2015) minus $56,000,000.

To the extent any Transferred Imation Shares remain in escrow after giving effect to such transfer back to TDK, if any, all right, title and interest in such Transferred Imation Shares shall be

4

released from escrow to Imation USA. Imation USA and TDK acknowledge and agree that this Agreement shall be a “securities contract” as such term is defined in Section 741(7) of Title 11 of the United States Code.

5.Transitioning of Business in Worldwide Market by Imation Entities. Attached as Exhibit A hereto are the Terms and Conditions of Transitioning of Business in the Worldwide Market by Imation Entities, which contains the understanding of the parties regarding the steps the Imation Entities plan to follow in connection with the transitioning of the conduct of their business in the worldwide market relating to the Licensed Products.

6.Transition Services Agreement. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a form of Transition Services Agreement, which Imation Japan will present for execution to its top 25 customers, and possibly to additional customers. As between TDK and Imation USA, TDK will not be responsible and liable for any costs and expenses with respect to customers of Licensed Products. As between TDK and Imation USA, TDK shall not be responsible or liable for any costs and expenses incurred with respect to any customer that enters into a Transition Services Agreement. The contracting Imation Entity will be responsible and liable for any costs and expenses incurred with respect to contracts entered into with its customers and vendors relating to the Licensed Products. To the extent that a claim is asserted against TDK, Imation USA will indemnify TDK to the extent set forth in the License Agreements.

7.Warranty Support; Domain Names.

(a)All customer and consumer warranty claims for Licensed Products will be honored and supported by Imation USA (directly or via another applicable Imation Entity (in accordance with the Imation warranty policy currently in place)) through June 30, 2017, as follows: (i) through December 31, 2015, the customer/consumer warranty service will be performed by Imation USA or such other applicable Imation Entity consistent with current practices and (ii) from January 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017, the customer/consumer warranty service will be performed by a third party provider at Imation USA’s sole cost and expense. With respect to any Extended Delivery Date supply agreements, the foregoing warranty support dates shall be extended accordingly. As between TDK and Imation USA, Imation USA shall be solely responsible and liable for any timely customer or consumer warranty claims that are submitted to Imation USA, whether such claim is made against TDK before or after the dates set forth above.

(b)Technical support will also be provided by Imation USA or such other applicable Imation Entity, consistent with current practices, through June 30, 2017 (or the equivalent period in the case of Extended Delivery Date supply agreements). As between TDK and Imation USA, Imation USA shall be solely responsible and liable for any technical support requests or demands, whether made before or after such date.

(c)Any applicable websites located at Licensed Domain Names in jurisdictions where Licensed Products are or have been sold or otherwise disposed of by Imation USA or any other Imation Entity, at TDK’s option, will be maintained as “live” by Imation USA until June 31, 2017 (or such other date as may be agreed by the parties) at Imation USA’s cost. On or before the later of (1) December 31, 2015 and (2) so long as Imation USA is not in breach of

5

Section 4, the Share Release Date, each such website will indicate that the Licensed Products have been discontinued but that warranty and technical support remains available during the time periods set forth in Section 7(a) and Section 7(b) (as applicable) and will continue to provide consumer warranty claim information, phone number contact information and access to owner’s manuals. Administration of the site through such date will be provided by Imation USA (directly or through another applicable Imation Entity), and will be managed by a third party provider. A “Question/Answer” section will continue to be available for Licensed Products.  All website content will be provided to TDK for approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(d)No later than the Share Release Date, Imation USA will provide TDK with a list of all domain names registered by or on behalf of any Imation Entity that include the mark “TDK” or any other Licensed Trademark or any Licensed Domain Name, or that are, or contain any mark that is, confusing similar to any Licensed Trademark or Licensed Domain Name. No later than fifteen (15) days after the Share Release Date, Imation USA will, or will cause an Imation Entity to, provide TDK with control of each listed domain name that will not be maintained as live by Imation USA in accordance with Section 7(c) and will cause the contact point designated by TDK to be registered as the technical, administration and billing contact point for each such domain name. As to domain names that will be maintained as live in accordance with Section 7(c), Imation USA will, or will cause an Imation Entity to, provide TDK with control of each such domain name as of the date that such domain name ceases to be maintained as live in accordance with Section 7(c) and will cause the contact point designated by TDK to be registered as the technical, administration and billing contact point for each such domain name as of such date.

8.Representations and Warranties.

(a)TDK represents and warrants that, prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement, it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Transferred Imation Shares and that its interest is free and clear of any security interest, lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim.

(b)Each party hereto represents and warrants that (i) it is duly organized and existing and it has the full power and authority to take, and has taken, all action necessary to execute and deliver this Agreement and (ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

(c)Imation USA represents and warrants that it has provided TDK with all material public and non-public information requested by TDK for purposes of evaluating the transactions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement.

(d)Imation USA represents and warrants that it is receiving the Transferred Imation Shares for its own account, and not with an intent to further distribute any or all of such Transferred Imation Shares.

9.Further Assurances. The parties hereto agree to execute and deliver such other instruments, and take such other action, as the other party may reasonably request in connection

6

with the implementation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the delivery of any notices or other documents or instruments which may be required in connection with the transfer of shares contemplated by this Agreement, with respect to the termination of the License Agreements and, to the extent applicable, with respect to the termination or assignment of trademark filings in favor of any of the Imation Entities which were filed outside of the United States. Any such actions shall be at the cost and expense of the party requesting the action (other than with respect to the trademark filings, which shall be at Imation USA’s cost and expense).

10.Notices. All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be in writing and deemed to have been given or made: if delivered in person, immediately upon delivery; if by facsimile transmission, immediately upon sending and upon confirmation of receipt; if by nationally recognized overnight courier service with instructions to deliver the next Business Day, one (1) Business Day after sending; and if by certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) days after mailing. All notices, requests and demands upon the parties are to be given to the following addresses (or to such other address as any party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section):

If to Imation USA:	c/o Imation Corp. 1 Imation Way Oakdale, MN 55128 Attention: Barry L. Kasoff, interim President Tel: 651-704-3006 Fax: 651-704-7845
with a copy to:	Otterbourg P.C. 230 Park Avenue New York, NY 10169 Attention: Jonathan N. Helfat, Esq. Tel: (212) 661-9100 Fax: (212) 682-6104
If to TDK:	TDK Corporation Shibaura Renasite Tower 3-9-1 Shibaura, Minato-ku Tokyo, Japan 108-0023 Attention: Ikuo Fukuchi, Head of Legal Tel: 813-6852-7101 Fax: 813-6852-7110

11.Miscellaneous.

(a)This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

7

(b)This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall have the same force and effect as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.

(c)THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The parties hereto each irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any State or Federal court sitting in New York County, New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or Federal court. Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding.

(d)THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED DOCUMENTS AND AGREEMENTS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, OR STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN).

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

IMATION CORP.

By: /s/ Barry L. Kasoff

Name: Barry L. Kasoff

Title: interim President

TDK CORPORATION

By: /s/ Takehiro Kamigama

Name: Takehiro Kamigama

Title: President & CEO

9

EXHIBIT A

Terms and Conditions of Transitioning of Business in Worldwide Market by Imation Japan

[See Attached]

10

Terms and Conditions of Transitioning of TDK Business Worldwide by Imation Corporation

In Japan

I. Key Milestone Timeline Dates

September 29:

1. Public announcement of entering into the Agreement and the arrangements contemplated thereunder

2. Meeting with employees to notify them of the arrangements contemplated by the Agreement and the transitioning of business in the Japanese market by Imation

3. Contact with key customers (September 29 and October 1, 2015) (via direct contact and letter distribution to all customers)

October 14:

1. Confirmation that Imation has delivered a draft of the [Transition Services Agreement] to its top 25 customers

2. Confirmation of the receipt by Imation of non-cancellable purchase commitments for October, November and December, 2015 shipments

October through February 2016: Phased exit of Imation Corporation Japan (“ICJ”) employees as described in Section IV below

[**]

December 14 to 18: Last week of shipments of Licensed Products to customers although shipments may continue through December 31

II. Consumers

1. Warranty Support: All customer and consumer warranty claims for Licensed Products will be honored and supported by Imation (in accordance with the Imation warranty policy currently in place) through June 30, 2017, as follows: (a) through December 31, 2015, the customer/consumer warranty service will be performed by Imation and (b) from January 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017, the customer/consumer warranty service will be performed by a third party provider at Imation’s sole cost and expense. Since flash cards have a 5 year consumer warranty, Imation will provide warranty replacement via a third party “fulfillment” service for defective flash cards until June 30, 2021 (in accordance with the Imation warranty policy currently in place) at Imation’s sole cost and expense.

** Denotes confidential information that has been omitted from the exhibit and filed separately, accompanied by a confidential treatment request, with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

2. Access for the TDK consumer warranty is via tdk-media.jp.  Technical support will also be provided by Imation through June 30, 2017. TDK Website,tdk-media.jp: TDK-media.jp, at TDK’s option, will remain “live” for a period of 18 months, through June 2017. The site will

11

continue to provide consumer warranty claim information, phone number contact information (0120-81-0544) and access to owner’s manuals. Administration of the site through such date will be provided by Imation, and will be managed by Imation or a third party provider. A “Question/Answer” section will continue to be available for TDK products.  All website content will be provided to TDK for approval.

3. Published Consumer Warranty Period:

a. USB Flash Drive and Cards: Subject to the limits to warranty support by Imation described above, USB Drives are covered under warranty for a period of one year from consumer purchase date and flash cards are covered under warranty for a period of five years from consumer purchase date

b. Audio Speakers: Subject to the limits to warranty support by Imation described above, audio speakers are covered under warranty for a period of one year from consumer purchase date

c. Headphones: Subject to the limits to warranty support by Imation described above, headphones are covered under warranty for a period of one year from consumer purchase date

III. Customers

1. Contractual Obligations: All customer contractual obligations with ICJ, including obligations to customers who accept the Transition Services Agreement, will be honored by ICJ. Most customer contracts provide for supply agreements from 30 days to a maximum of 150 days. To the extent the terms of a supply agreement extent beyond December 31, 2015, ICJ will make every effort to reach exit agreements with those customers by December 31, 2015, including providing additional product supply to support customer requirements. (The assumption is that Askul accepts the Transition Services Agreement)

2. Lead Time: Imation plans to announce the business transition plan at the end of September (September 21 or September 28), 2015. Imation will make every effort to notify all ICJ customers within 3 days after the public announcement via direct contact and customer letter and be provided a minimum of 90 days’ notice on the business exit

[**]

** Denotes confidential information that has been omitted from the exhibit and filed separately, accompanied by a confidential treatment request, with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

[**]

** Denotes confidential information that has been omitted from the exhibit and filed separately, accompanied by a confidential treatment request, with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

12

EXHIBIT B

Form of Transition Services Agreement

[See Attached]

13

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

To: [Name of Customer]

As a valued and loyal customer of [Applicable Imation Entity],⁽¹⁾ we wish to make you aware that due to current market conditions we are making the following one time offer. This offer relates directly to existing confirmed orders between your firm and [Applicable Imation Entity], as well as to new orders accepted by [Applicable Imation Entity].

• [Applicable Imation Entity] will continue to honor existing confirmed purchase orders consistent with their terms for goods which are to be shipped to you on or before December 31, 2015. In this regard, [Applicable Imation Entity] hereby offers an early payment discount regarding these orders [**].

• [Applicable Imation Entity] will provide a [**] discount of [**]. Products sold pursuant to this incentive discount will not be subject to returns or credits unless the product is defective, in which case either substitute product or a refund of the discounted purchase price will be provided, at [Applicable Imation Entity]'s option. Any contemplated returns, with the exception of products that are defective or have quality issues, under previously shipped orders must occur prior to being able to participate in this payment incentive program.

• The incentive purchase discount offer is being made on a first-come, first serve, basis and is subject to product availability and may be terminated by [Applicable Imation Entity] at its discretion.

In order to obtain the benefits of the incentive discount program, please contact:

[Applicable Imation Entity] Sales Manager

_____________________________

** Denotes confidential information that has been omitted from the exhibit and filed separately, accompanied by a confidential treatment request, with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

⁽¹⁾The Applicable Imation Entity shall be Imation Corp. or the name of the Imation foreign subsidiary in the country where the program will be implemented. The applicable name will be inserted when the TSA is issued to the local customer.

14

EX-10.6

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

Consulting Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated August 31, 2015, by and between Geoff S. Barrall (the “Consultant”), and Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Client”). The Consultant and the Client are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party”, and collectively as the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, the Client desires to retain the Consultant, and the Consultant desires to be retained by the Client, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements made herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

1. Term; Reporting; Supervision of Work; Primary Contact; Etc.

a. This Agreement shall commence as of August 31, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) and end October 12, 2015 (the “Term”). Should the Client wish to extend the term it shall be renewable on a weekly basis by mutual consent. The Client may cancel this agreement at anytime, with no advance notice of termination required; any such cancellation shall be effected by written notice to Consultant and shall become effective upon receipt of such notice by Consultant. Should the Client choose to cancel this agreement prior to October 12, 2015 then the Client will remit payment for any remaining work planned through October 12, 2015 at the time of termination.

b. The Consultant shall report to the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Client. The Consultant will coordinate its efforts with Mr. Ian Williams and the other members of Client’s management team (“Management”) in all respects. The Consultant shall be physically present at the locations of the Client at such times and frequency as the Consultant may reasonably determine. The Consultant will expend the time it deems necessary (in his professional judgment) to perform the Services.

c. The Consultant shall be working with the Special Independent Review Committee (the “Committee”) of Client’s Board. The Consultant will also be a member of that Committee, and his services hereunder are in addition to his work on the Committee.

2. Services

As directed by the independent members of the Board, the Client hereby engages the Consultant to perform the following services (collectively with the services described in Section 3 below, the “Services”) during the Term:

Review and Assessment of Business

a. Assisting the Client to: (i) review and evaluate its overall business and operations and historical, current and projected financial statements, financial position, budget and operating performance, and business plans, (ii) identify the critical areas of the Client’s business that need to be addressed, with a focus on (A) reducing discretionary expenditures and overhead relating to the Client’s

1

business, (B) accounts receivable management, (C) inventory management, (D) accounts payable management, (E) strategic analysis of locations, and the projected utilization in operations and cost benefits of owned versus leased facilities, and (F) analysis of profitability by product and geographic region (to the extent practicable or appropriate), and (iii) assess the Client’s headcount, organizational and functional personnel structures, staffing and use of human resources.

Formulation of Business Plan and Budget

b. Based on the foregoing review and assessment, assisting the Client (via close consultation with Management to formulate: (i) a plan (a “Business Plan”) designed to enhance shareholder value and (ii) an integrated, rolling, computer-based budget (the “Budget”) on a cash basis for the Client’s operations covering: (A) monthly, the remainder of calendar year 2015 and (B) quarterly, calendar year 2016, such Budget to reflect the overall Business Plan and include explanation of the underlying budget assumptions, and projections for: (1) income statement, (2) cost of sales, (3) selling, general and administrative expenses, (4) R&D spending, and (5) specific employees or positions for staffing.

c. As part of the Business Plan, assisting the Client to identify the action steps needed to achieve the objective for each critical area set forth in the Business Plan for Client’s Nexsan Data Storage and IronKey businesses) and the timetable(s) for the implementation of such steps. Such objectives will include for the Client’s operations (other than the Nexsan Data Storage and IronKey businesses): (i) reducing the workforce and (ii) reducing operating losses.

d. The Parties acknowledge and confirm that the objective of the Business Plan is to assist the Client to position itself to improve shareholder value.

Time Frame for Approval of Business Plan and Budget

e. The Consultant and the Client will endeavor to present to the Board for its discussion and approval a preliminary Business Plan and accompanying Budget by September 28 2015. Once feedback is received from the board a final plan with independent validation of product roadmap and market viability will be presented to the board October 12, 2015.

Services Relating to Detailed Development of Business Plan Action Steps

f. As part of the Business Plan, assisting the Client to: (i) focus on each critical area identified in the Business Plan and related Budget and identify in further detail the action steps that the Client needs to take in order to achieve the objective for that area and (ii) further develop for each critical area the costs of and/or savings to be realized from the action steps, and estimated timetables for implementing such steps. During development of the Business Plan, the Budget and the detailed action steps, the Consultant will, to the extent needed or appropriate, continue to make recommendations for improving each critical area, and refine recommendations previously made.

Services Relating to Implementation of Business Plan and Budget; “Roadmap”

2

g. The Consultant will identify appropriate components of the Business Plan that the Client, with the assistance of the Consultant, may begin to implement immediately.

h. Assisting the Client to present to the Board (on a periodic basis) a “roadmap” outlining the Client’s progress in implementing the Business Plan and the Budget, and indicating decision-making aspects of such implementation for the Board’s consideration.

Computer-Based Model

i. To the extent that the exigencies of Consultant’s other agreed tasks permit, the Consultant will
use historical data drawn from information provided by the Client to develop a computer-based financial model (i.e., the Budget) of the Client’s operations. Such model will be formulated in close consultation with Mr. Lucas, Mr. Williams and other members of Management. Such model is to be: (i) useful during the Term to help the Parties to analyze the variables that affect the Client’s business (such as the impact of various levels of SG&A and R&D expense, etc.) and (ii) designed in a user-friendly manner to enable the Client to use the model after the Term to perform further analyses. The Consultant will perform some work on the financial model while assisting the Client to formulate the Business Plan/Budget but most of the work on such model will be done during implementation of the Business Plan/Budget.

Services Relating to Sales Efforts

j. The Consultant will interview customers and resellers of Client to provide third party validation of Client’s value to customers and partners.

No Outcome Assured

k. The Parties confirm that the objective of the Business Plan and the Budget is to assist the Client to achieve the specific objectives to be set forth therein. Notwithstanding such objectives, and the good faith efforts the Client may expend to achieve them, the Parties acknowledge that future events and results are caused by multiple factors and cannot be foreseen or guaranteed; and the Parties agree and acknowledge that Consultant has not guaranteed that any particular results shall be achieved.

3. Matters Relating to Services; Meetings with Board

During the Term, the Client shall: (i) provide the Consultant’s personnel with reasonable access to the Client’s locations to facilitate the performance of the Services and (ii) furnish promptly such financial statements, business records and other documents and instruments as the Consultant may reasonably specify as necessary or desirable for its performance of the Services. The Consultant shall meet with the Committee and/or the Board from time to time as the Committee or the Board (as the case may be) may specify.

3

4.    Compensation for Services; Expenses and Disbursements

The Client shall pay to the Consultant the following compensation for performance of the Services:

a. Weekly Fees – Subject to Section 5(b) below, a fee (a “Weekly Fee”) for the work of Consultant per week, as follows: (a) $20,000 for Consultant’s full-time (i.e., not less than 40 hours) performance of Services during such week. It is understood and agreed that the 40 hours per week commitment shall also include the time spent by Geoff Barrall as a member of the Committee; provided, that if Consultant devotes less than forty (40) hours cumulatively towards meeting this agreed cumulative 40-hour commitment during any week of the Term, then the applicable Weekly Fee (i.e., $20,000) shall be proportionately reduced to reflect the lower number of hours, any such reduction to be calculated pro rata according to the number of hours actually spent cumulatively that week. For avoidance of doubt, the Weekly Fees do not include any fees paid, or to be paid, to Geoff Barrall in Barrall’s capacity as a Board Member and/or Committee member for Geoff Barrall’s service on the Committee or the Board.

b. Limitations on Fees; Reporting of Time – In no event shall the Weekly Fees for any week during the Term exceed (in the aggregate) $20,000, irrespective of the number of hours cumulatively per week that the Consultant may devote to performance of the Services. The Consultant will report to the Client the individual time devoted to performance of the Services during each week. For this purpose, travel time of the Consultant, including travel time between the Consultant’s home and Client’s office and facility locations, and between and among Client’s office and facility locations, will be reported and counted.

c. Expenses/Disbursements – The Client will reimburse the Consultant weekly, in accordance with Section 6(b) below, for all reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses the Consultant and/or its personnel incur in performing the Services and traveling to perform the work. Such out-of-pocket expenses will include air travel costs; hotel, lodging and local travel costs; meals while traveling and working on-site; and incidental expenses (such as overnight mail charges, office supplies, laundry services etc.). For purposes of the foregoing, all air travel will be pre-booked, or charged to the Client, in coach (to reduce airfare costs).

d. Any fees or expenses not paid to Consultant within thirty (30) days after their due date shall bear interest from the 31^st day after they become due until fully paid, at the lesser of: (i) the rate of ten per cent (10%) per annum; or (ii) the maximum rate permitted under Texas law.

5. Invoices; Payments; Certain Remedies

a.    Invoices On Monday of each week (commencing Monday, September 7, 2015), the Consultant

will invoice the Client for the Weekly Fees and expense reimbursements relating to the Services rendered during the previous week (each, an “Invoice”). The Consultant's week shall commence each Saturday and run through the following Friday. Each Invoice shall include the Weekly Fees due and an itemized list of the reimbursable expenses incurred by the Consultant. To the extent the precise amount of any reimbursable expenses that are charged may not be known with certainty

4

until the applicable credit card statement is received, Consultant may invoice Client for such reimbursable expenses within a reasonable time after Consultant’s receipt of any such credit card statement.

b. Payments Subject only to the requirements set forth in Section 4(a) above, the Client shall pay to the Consultant, not later than three (3) Business Days after its receipt of each Invoice and in immediately available funds, the total of the Weekly Fees and reimbursable disbursements set forth in such Invoice. The Client shall make each payment via wire transfer to the account of Consultant as specified by Consultant in its invoice or by separate written instruction. If an invoiced amount is due on a date that is not a Business Day such due date shall be extended to the next Business Day.

c. Certain Remedies If the Client fails timely to make a payment as required under Section 5(b)
above or under any other provision of this Agreement, or if the Client materially breaches any other provision of this Agreement, then the Consultant may give the Client written notice specifying such failure or breach. If the Client fails to cure such breach within three (3) Business Days after its receipt of such notice: (i) the Consultant may suspend or discontinue the performance of the Services or terminate this Agreement without any further liability or obligation to the Client, without limitation as to the Consultant's rights and remedies to obtain full payment of all amounts and disbursements due or to become due in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and/or (ii) either Party may seek an arbitral determination of any disputed or unpaid amount invoiced under this Section 6 in accordance with Section 11(c) below. For purposes of this Agreement, “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or holiday on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close. For purposes of the Consultant’s remedies stated in this Section, it shall be assumed that Consultant would have met or exceeded the 40-hour-per-week commitment stated in Section 4(a) above for the remainder of the Term.

6. Retainer

Simultaneously with the Parties’ execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Client shall pay to the Consultant, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified in Parts 4 and 5 above, a retainer of $20,000 against sums due and owing to the Consultant under this Agreement. The Consultant, in its sole discretion, may hold such retainer as security against amounts to be paid or apply such balance, in whole or in part, to pay amounts due and owing but unpaid.

7. Return of Documents and Property; Certain Representations

a. Upon the expiration or termination of the Term, and provided all amounts due to the Consultant hereunder have been paid, the Consultant shall (upon written request from the Client) deliver to the Client all documents and materials relating to the Client's business. The Consultant may retain copies of documents and materials comprising the Consultant's work product, and shall pay the cost of such delivery and for copies of its work product.

b. Each Party represents and warrants to the other that: (a) it has the full power and authority to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth herein and to execute all documents and perform all

5

acts required hereby and (b) neither the delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of any obligations contemplated hereunder will result in any material breach or default under any agreement or understanding, or any violation of any law or regulation, to which it is a party or is subject.

8. Indemnification

a. The Client shall indemnify and hold the Consultant harmless from and against all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, lawsuits, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that the Consultant in its role as a consultant under this Agreement may incur or be liable for arising out of or in connection with any of the following: (i) any (alleged or actual) false, misleading, inaccurate or incomplete information provided by the Client to the Consultant, or any (alleged or actual) omission by the Client of any material fact, in connection with the Consultant’s performance of the Services, (ii) any matter arising from the Consultant's rendering of the Services other than claims resulting from the Consultant's gross negligence, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations hereunder, (iii) any matter relating to, arising out of or concerning the business, services, finances, liabilities, obligations, or other affairs of the Client or (iv) the collection by the Consultant of sums due to be paid by the Client pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise relating to the Consultant's enforcement of this Agreement. In connection with the Client’s indemnification obligations, the Client shall reimburse the Consultant promptly for, or at the Consultant’s option advance amounts sufficient to cover, any legal and other fees and expenses, provided that the Consultant agrees to repay any and all such amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Consultant is not entitled to be indemnified therefor.

b. The Consultant shall indemnify and hold the Client harmless from and against all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, lawsuits, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that the Client may incur or be liable for arising out of or in connection with any of the following: (i) any claims resulting from the Consultant's gross negligence or willful misconduct in its rendering of services to the Client pursuant to this Agreement, or material breach of its obligations hereunder or (ii) the Client’s enforcement of this Agreement. However, in no event shall the Consultant be liable under this indemnification provision, as a direct or indirect result of the performance of its duties under this Agreement, for: (a) special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages or lost profits or (b) any amount that exceeds the aggregate compensation (exclusive of costs, expenses and other amounts reimbursed to the Consultant under this Agreement) that the Consultant shall have actually received pursuant to this Agreement.

9. Confidentiality

a. Each Party shall hold in confidence this Agreement and make it available only: (i) to other persons as may be necessary to comply with applicable securities and other disclosure requirements, (ii) on a need-to-know basis to facilitate the Consultant’s performance of the Services, (iii) to its professional advisors and (iv) in the Client’s case, to its lender.

6

b. The Consultant may be furnished with or may otherwise receive or have access to proprietary information relating to the finances, client lists, business plans and processes, marketing plans, business strategies, technical data and other matters of the Client (collectively, the "Confidential Information"). The Consultant acknowledges that the Confidential Information to be furnished is confidential and that any disclosure or use of the same by the Consultant, except as provided in this Agreement or necessary for the Consultant to perform the Services, may harm the Client. The Consultant agrees that it will not use the Confidential Information for any purpose except as contemplated by this Agreement and agrees that it will not disclose Confidential Information to any third party provided that: (i) the Confidential Information furnished may be disclosed to the Consultant’s personnel and attorneys who require the same for the purpose of performing the Services or in connection with collection of amounts due tothe Consultant (it being understood that the Consultant will inform such personnel and attorneys of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and direct them to treat such Confidential Information confidentially) and (ii) disclosure may be made as required under applicable law, legal process or court order if the Consultant’s counsel determines it is necessary and the Consultant gives prior written notice to the Client and cooperates in all reasonable respects with the Client (at the Client’s expense) in the Client’s efforts to limit such disclosure. The limitations herein shall not apply to Confidential Information that: (A) is or becomes publicly known other than by breach of this Agreement by the Consultant or (B) is given to the Consultant by someone else who is not obligated to maintain confidentiality (other than the Existing Lender or a New Lender).

10. Limitation of Liability; Assignment and Notices

a. In no event shall the Consultant be liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Client for any good faith error of judgment or other act or omission performed or omitted by the Consultant under or otherwise in respect of this Agreement, except for acts or omissions that constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct or a material breach hereof on the part of the Consultant. Furthermore, in no event shall the Consultant be liable, as a direct or indirect result of the performance of its duties under this Agreement, for: (a) special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages or lost profits or (b) any amount that exceeds the aggregate compensation (exclusive of costs, expenses and other amounts reimbursed to the Consultant under this Agreement) that the Consultant shall have actually received pursuant to this Agreement.

b. Neither Party may transfer or assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Client may assign this Agreement to any entity that is an affiliate of the Client provided that: (i) the assignee assumes in writing all obligations of the Client under this Agreement and (ii) the Client remains liable for the due performance of the Client’s obligations in this Agreement. Any purported assignment in violation hereof shall be ab initio null and void.

c. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall have been effectively made or given if in writing and either: (a) personally delivered, or (b) delivered by a reputable overnight delivery service, prepaid for next-day delivery. Unless otherwise changed by notice delivered in accordance with these provisions, notice shall be properly addressed to Geoff S. Barrall at 4962 Minas Drive, San Jose, CA 95136 and properly addressed to the Client at: Imation Corp., Attention: John Breedlove, Vice President and General Counsel, 1 Imation Way, Oakdale, Minnesota 55128.

7

11. Independent Contractor; Governing Law; Dispute Resolution

a. In performing the Services under this Agreement, the Consultant shall serve as an independent contractor of the Client, and not in a fiduciary relationship with the Client. Nothing in this Agreement establishes a partnership, association, joint venture, principal/agent or similar relationship. Nothing in this Agreement limits, expands, or otherwise affects Geoff Barrall’s fiduciary duties to Imation as a member of the Board and the Committee. For avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any contents of this Agreement that might appear to the contrary, none of the duties to be performed or services to be provided by Consultant as an independent contractor Consultant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement are accompaniedby any fiduciary responsibilities or obligations; and none of such duties or responsibilities shall coincide with or be conflated with any of Geoff Barrall’s fiduciary obligations as a member of the Board and the Committee.

b. This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed, if any construction be necessary, in accordance with, governed by and enforced under, the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts or choice of laws, save and except that the arbitration clause shall be governed, interpreted and applied pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”), and the federal court jurisprudence interpreting and applying the FAA.

a. Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination, enforcement, interpretation or validity thereof, including the determination of the scope or applicability of this agreement to arbitrate, shall be determined by mandatory, binding arbitration before one (1) neutral arbitrator in accordance with the following provisions. In the event that the Parties are unable to resolve any dispute under or relating to this Agreement, either Party may commence an arbitration proceeding to resolve such dispute. Arbitration may be commenced by either Party by giving written demand for arbitration to the other party, stating in reasonable detail the matter(s) in dispute and the relief or remedies sought; the Party who receives a written demand for arbitration shall promptly (within fifteen days) serve a written response to such demand stating in reasonable detail its answer to all allegations of the demand. Any such arbitration shall be conducted in St. Paul, MN. If the Parties do not agree promptly upon a mutually acceptable neutral arbitrator, then either Party may submit the demand for arbitration to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) to invoke AAA’s procedures for selection of a neutral arbitrator and administration of the arbitration; and the arbitration shall then proceed under the auspices of the AAA. Whether administered by a mutually acceptable arbitrator or under the auspices of the AAA, the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the expedited arbitration procedures under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA; and the arbitrator's determination with respect to any dispute shall be final and binding on the Parties and not subject to appeal or review (judicial or otherwise) on any ground, except as may be permitted by the Federal Arbitration Act. No action shall be filed in any court by either Party against the other to remedy any alleged breach of this agreement; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prohibit either Party from applying to any court of competent jurisdiction for injunctive or other provisional relief to prevent or enjoin any violation of its rights under this Agreement or to require the other Party to participate

8

in arbitration as required by this provision or to enforce this arbitration clause, or to judicially enforce the arbitration award, or for entry of judgment based upon the arbitration award if the award is not promptly fulfilled by the Parties as directed by the arbitrator, or to vacate or modify the arbitration award under the limited grounds permitted by the Federal Arbitration Act, which the Parties agree shall govern and control the application and any interpretation or construction of this arbitration clause. From and after the commencement of any such arbitration and until the final award therein, each Party shall be liable for one-half of: (i) the out-of-pocket filing fees charged in connection with the commencement of such arbitration, and (ii) the costs and expenses of the arbitrator, provided that the arbitrator shall be entitled, as part of the final award in such arbitration, to award to the prevailing Party therein such of its attorneys' fees, reasonable experts’ fees, and disbursements and other fees, costs and expenses as the arbitrator may deem necessary, appropriate, just or equitable. Notwithstanding any language in this Agreement that mightappear to the contrary, the arbitrator shall not have authority to award relief that is not authorized by this Agreement or to modify the terms of this Agreement.

12. Miscellaneous

a. Neither Party intends this Agreement to benefit or create any right or cause of action in any person or entity other than the Parties hereto. Any failure on the part of either Party to enforce any of its rights shall not constitute a waiver, and shall apply only to the specific event at hand and not constitute a waiver or abandonment of any other rights.

b. If a provision of this Agreement is found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such finding shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the other provisions, which shall remain in effect. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect to such subject matter. This Agreement may not be changed or modified except by a writing signed by an authorized representative of each of the Parties.

c. Notwithstanding any termination or expiration of this Agreement, the following Sections shall survive and remain in full force and effect for the periods set forth below: (i) Sections 1, 5, 6, 7 and 8, until the final resolution of the rights and obligations of the Parties therein, (ii) Section 9, until all possible claims for indemnification thereunder have either been adjudicated to a final, non-appealable conclusion, or extinguished under applicable statutes of limitation, and (iii) Sections 10, 11, 12 and this Section 13, until final resolution of all rights and obligations of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement or until the foregoing Sections mentioned in this subsection (c) are no longer in effect, whichever occurs later.

d. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between the Parties and their counsel, and shall not be construed in favor of or against any Party by reason of the extent to which such Party or its counsel participated in the drafting of this Agreement. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, and a signature on behalf of a Party that is delivered to the other Party via .pdf scan or facsimile will have the same effect as a duly delivered original signature.

9

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

CLIENT:	CONSULTANT:
IMATION CORP.	REALIZATION SERVICES, INC.
By: /s/Joseph DePerio	By: /s/Geoff S. Barrall
Joseph DePerio	Geoff S. Barrall
Its Chairman of the Board of Directors

11

EX-10.7

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

Consulting Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated August 17, 2015, by and between Robert B. Fernander (the “Consultant”), and Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Client”). The Consultant and the Client are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party”, and collectively as the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, the Client desires to retain the Consultant, and the Consultant desires to be retained by the Client, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements made herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

1. Term; Reporting; Supervision of Work; Primary Contact; Etc.

a. This Agreement shall commence as of August 17, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) and end October 12, 2015 (the “Term”). Should the Client wish to extend the term it shall be renewable on a weekly basis by mutual consent. The Client may cancel this agreement at anytime, with no advance notice of termination required; any such cancellation shall be effected by written notice to Consultant and shall become effective upon receipt of such notice by Consultant. Should the Client choose to cancel this agreement prior to October 12, 2015 then the Client will remit payment for any remaining work planned through October 12, 2015 at the time of termination.

b. The Consultant shall report to the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Client. The Consultant will coordinate its efforts with Mr. Ian Williams and the other members of Client’s management team (“Management”) in all respects. The Consultant shall be physically present at the locations of the Client at such times and frequency as the Consultant may reasonably determine. The Consultant will expend the time it deems necessary (in his professional judgment) to perform the Services.

c. The Consultant shall be working with the Special Independent Review Committee (the “Committee”) of Client’s Board. The Consultant will also be a member of that Committee, and his services hereunder are in addition to his work on the Committee.

2. Services

As directed by the independent members of the Board, the Client hereby engages the Consultant to perform the following services (collectively with the services described in Section 3 below, the “Services”) during the Term:

Review and Assessment of Business

a. Assisting the Client to: (i) review and evaluate its overall business and operations and historical, current and projected financial statements, financial position, budget and operating performance, and business plans, (ii) identify the critical areas of the Client’s business that need to be addressed, with a focus on (A) reducing discretionary expenditures and overhead relating to the Client’s business, (B) accounts receivable management, (C) inventory management, (D) accounts payable management, (E) strategic analysis of locations, and the projected utilization in operations and cost benefits of owned versus leased facilities, and (F) analysis of profitability by product and

-1-

geographic region (to the extent practicable or appropriate), and (iii) assess the Client’s headcount, organizational and functional personnel structures, staffing and use of human resources.

Formulation of Business Plan and Budget

b. Based on the foregoing review and assessment, assisting the Client (via close consultation with Management to formulate: (i) a plan (a “Business Plan”) designed to enhance shareholder value and (ii) an integrated, rolling, computer-based budget (the “Budget”) on a cash basis for the Client’s operations covering: (A) monthly, the remainder of calendar year 2015 and (B) quarterly, calendar year 2016, such Budget to reflect the overall Business Plan and include explanation of the underlying budget assumptions, and projections for: (1) income statement, (2) cost of sales, (3) selling, general and administrative expenses, (4) R&D spending, and (5) specific employees or positions for staffing.

c. As part of the Business Plan, assisting the Client to identify the action steps needed to achieve the objective for each critical area set forth in the Business Plan for Client’s Nexsan Data Storage and IronKey businesses) and the timetable(s) for the implementation of such steps. Such objectives will include for the Client’s operations (other than the Nexsan Data Storage and IronKey businesses): (i) reducing the workforce and (ii) reducing operating losses.

d. The Parties acknowledge and confirm that the objective of the Business Plan is to assist the Client to position itself to improve shareholder value.

Time Frame for Approval of Business Plan and Budget

e. The Consultant and the Client will endeavor to present to the Board for its discussion and approval a preliminary Business Plan and accompanying Budget by September 28 2015. Once feedback is received from the board a final plan with independent validation of product roadmap and market viability will be presented to the board October 12, 2015.

Services Relating to Detailed Development of Business Plan Action Steps

f. As part of the Business Plan, assisting the Client to: (i) focus on each critical area identified in the Business Plan and related Budget and identify in further detail the action steps that the Client needs to take in order to achieve the objective for that area and (ii) further develop for each critical area the costs of and/or savings to be realized from the action steps, and estimated timetables for implementing such steps. During development of the Business Plan, the Budget and the detailed action steps, the Consultant will, to the extent needed or appropriate, continue to make recommendations for improving each critical area, and refine recommendations previously made.

Services Relating to Implementation of Business Plan and Budget; “Roadmap”

g. The Consultant will identify appropriate components of the Business Plan that the Client, with the assistance of the Consultant, may begin to implement immediately.

h. Assisting the Client to present to the Board (on a periodic basis) a “roadmap” outlining the Client’s progress in implementing the Business Plan and the Budget, and indicating decision-making aspects of such implementation for the Board’s consideration.

-2-

Computer-Based Model

i. To the extent that the exigencies of Consultant’s other agreed tasks permit, the Consultant will use historical data drawn from information provided by the Client to develop a computer-based financial model (i.e., the Budget) of the Client’s operations. Such model will be formulated in close consultation with Mr. Lucas, Mr. Williams and other members of Management. Such model is to be: (i) useful during the Term to help the Parties to analyze the variables that affect the Client’s business (such as the impact of various levels of SG&A and R&D expense, etc.) and (ii) designed in a user-friendly manner to enable the Client to use the model after the Term to perform further analyses. The Consultant will perform some work on the financial model while assisting the Client to formulate the Business Plan/Budget but most of the work on such model will be done during implementation of the Business Plan/Budget.

Services Relating to Sales Efforts

j. The Consultant will interview customers and resellers of Client to provide third party validation of Client’s value to customers and partners.

No Outcome Assured

k. The Parties confirm that the objective of the Business Plan and the Budget is to assist the Client to achieve the specific objectives to be set forth therein. Notwithstanding such objectives, and the good faith efforts the Client may expend to achieve them, the Parties acknowledge that future events and results are caused by multiple factors and cannot be foreseen or guaranteed; and the Parties agree and acknowledge that Consultant has not guaranteed that any particular results shall be achieved.

Retention of Other Consultants

l. The Consultant intends to retain, at Client’s expense, independent contractor consultants to provide suitable validation of the proposed future product roadmap. It is anticipated that this activity will constitute one or two independent domain experts whose individual fees will not exceed $10,000 each.

3. Matters Relating to Services; Meetings with Board

During the Term, the Client shall: (i) provide the Consultant’s personnel with reasonable access to the Client’s locations to facilitate the performance of the Services and (ii) furnish promptly such financial statements, business records and other documents and instruments as the Consultant may reasonably specify as necessary or desirable for its performance of the Services. The Consultant shall meet with the Committee and/or the Board from time to time as the Committee or the Board (as the case may be) may specify.

4. Compensation for Services; Expenses and Disbursements

The Client shall pay to the Consultant the following compensation for performance of the Services:

-3-

a. Weekly Fees – Subject to Section 5(b) below, a fee (a “Weekly Fee”) for the work of Consultant per week, as follows: (a) $25,000 for Consultant’s full-time (i.e., not less than 40 hours) performance of Services during such week. It is understood and agreed that the 40 hours per week commitment shall also include the time spent by Robert Fernander as a member of the Committee; provided, that if Consultant devotes less than forty (40) hours cumulatively towards meeting this agreed cumulative 40-hour commitment during any week of the Term, then the applicable Weekly Fee (i.e., $25,000) shall be proportionately reduced to reflect the lower number of hours, any such reduction to be calculated pro rata according to the number of hours actually spent cumulatively that week. For avoidance of doubt, the Weekly Fees do not include any fees paid, or to be paid, to Robert Fernander in Fernander’s capacity as a Board Member and/or Committee member for Robert Fernander’s service on the Committee or the Board.

b. Limitations on Fees; Reporting of Time – In no event shall the Weekly Fees for any week during the Term exceed (in the aggregate) $25,000, irrespective of the number of hours cumulatively per week that the Consultant may devote to performance of the Services. The Consultant will report to the Client the individual time devoted to performance of the Services during each week. For this purpose, travel time of the Consultant, including travel time between the Consultant’s home and Client’s office and facility locations, and between and among Client’s office and facility locations, will be reported and counted.

c. Expenses/Disbursements – The Client will reimburse the Consultant weekly, in accordance with Section 6(b) below, for all reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses the Consultant and/or its personnel incur in performing the Services and traveling to perform the work. Such out-of-pocket expenses will include air travel costs; hotel, lodging and local travel costs; meals while traveling and working on-site; and incidental expenses (such as overnight mail charges, office supplies, laundry services etc.). For purposes of the foregoing, all air travel will be pre-booked, or charged to the Client, in coach (to reduce airfare costs).

d. Any fees or expenses not paid to Consultant within thirty (30) days after their due date shall bear interest from the 31^st day after they become due until fully paid, at the lesser of: (i) the rate of ten per cent (10%) per annum; or (ii) the maximum rate permitted under Texas law.

5. Invoices; Payments; Certain Remedies

a. Invoices On Monday of each week (commencing Monday, August 24, 2015), the Consultant will invoice the Client for the Weekly Fees and expense reimbursements relating to the Services rendered during the previous week (each, an “Invoice”). The Consultant's week shall commence each Saturday and run through the following Friday. Each Invoice shall include the Weekly Fees due and an itemized list of the reimbursable expenses incurred by the Consultant. To the extent the precise amount of any reimbursable expenses that are charged may not be known with certainty until the applicable credit card statement is received, Consultant may invoice Client for such reimbursable expenses within a reasonable time after Consultant’s receipt of any such credit card statement.

b. PaymentsSubject only to the requirements set forth in Section 4(a) above, the Client shall pay to the Consultant, not later than three (3) Business Days after its receipt of each Invoice and in immediately available funds, the total of the Weekly Fees and reimbursable disbursements set

-4-

forth in such Invoice. The Client shall make each payment via wire transfer to the account of Consultant as specified by Consultant in its invoice or by separate written instruction. If an invoiced amount is due on a date that is not a Business Day such due date shall be extended to the next Business Day.

c. Certain Remedies If the Client fails timely to make a payment as required under Section 5(b) above or under any other provision of this Agreement, or if the Client materially breaches any other provision of this Agreement, then the Consultant may give the Client written notice specifying such failure or breach. If the Client fails to cure such breach within three (3) Business Days after its receipt of such notice: (i) the Consultant may suspend or discontinue the performance of the Services or terminate this Agreement without any further liability or obligation to the Client, without limitation as to the Consultant's rights and remedies to obtain full payment of all amounts and disbursements due or to become due in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and/or (ii) either Party may seek an arbitral determination of any disputed or unpaid amount invoiced under this Section 6 in accordance with Section 11(c) below. For purposes of this Agreement, “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or holiday on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close. For purposes of the Consultant’s remedies stated in this Section, it shall be assumed that Consultant would have met or exceeded the 40-hour-per-week commitment stated in Section 4(a) above for the remainder of the Term.

6. Retainer

Simultaneously with the Parties’ execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Client shall pay to the Consultant, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified in Parts 4 and 5 above, a retainer of $35,000 against sums due and owing to the Consultant under this Agreement. The Consultant, in its sole discretion, may hold such retainer as security against amounts to be paid or apply such balance, in whole or in part, to pay amounts due and owing but unpaid.

7. Return of Documents and Property; Certain Representations

a. Upon the expiration or termination of the Term, and provided all amounts due to the Consultant hereunder have been paid, the Consultant shall (upon written request from the Client) deliver to the Client all documents and materials relating to the Client's business. The Consultant may retain copies of documents and materials comprising the Consultant's work product, and shall pay the cost of such delivery and for copies of its work product.

b. Each Party represents and warrants to the other that: (a) it has the full power and authority to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth herein and to execute all documents and perform all acts required hereby and (b) neither the delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of any obligations contemplated hereunder will result in any material breach or default under any agreement or understanding, or any violation of any law or regulation, to which it is a party or is subject.

8. Indemnification

a. The Client shall indemnify and hold the Consultant harmless from and against all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, lawsuits, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that the Consultant in its role as a consultant under this Agreement may incur

-5-

or be liable for arising out of or in connection with any of the following: (i) any (alleged or actual) false, misleading, inaccurate or incomplete information provided by the Client to the Consultant, or any (alleged or actual) omission by the Client of any material fact, in connection with the Consultant’s performance of the Services, (ii) any matter arising from the Consultant's rendering of the Services other than claims resulting from the Consultant's gross negligence, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations hereunder, (iii) any matter relating to, arising out of or concerning the business, services, finances, liabilities, obligations, or other affairs of the Client or (iv) the collection by the Consultant of sums due to be paid by the Client pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise relating to the Consultant's enforcement of this Agreement. In connection with the Client’s indemnification obligations, the Client shall reimburse the Consultant promptly for, or at the Consultant’s option advance amounts sufficient to cover, any legal and other fees and expenses, provided that the Consultant agrees to repay any and all such amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Consultant is not entitled to be indemnified therefor.

b. The Consultant shall indemnify and hold the Client harmless from and against all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, lawsuits, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that the Client may incur or be liable for arising out of or in connection with any of the following: (i) any claims resulting from the Consultant's gross negligence or willful misconduct in its rendering of services to the Client pursuant to this Agreement, or material breach of its obligations hereunder or (ii) the Client’s enforcement of this Agreement. However, in no event shall the Consultant be liable under this indemnification provision, as a direct or indirect result of the performance of its duties under this Agreement, for: (a) special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages or lost profits or (b) any amount that exceeds the aggregate compensation (exclusive of costs, expenses and other amounts reimbursed to the Consultant under this Agreement) that the Consultant shall have actually received pursuant to this Agreement.

9. Confidentiality

a. Each Party shall hold in confidence this Agreement and make it available only: (i) to other persons as may be necessary to comply with applicable securities and other disclosure requirements, (ii) on a need-to-know basis to facilitate the Consultant’s performance of the Services, (iii) to its professional advisors and (iv) in the Client’s case, to its lender.

b. The Consultant may be furnished with or may otherwise receive or have access to proprietary information relating to the finances, client lists, business plans and processes, marketing plans, business strategies, technical data and other matters of the Client (collectively, the "Confidential Information"). The Consultant acknowledges that the Confidential Information to be furnished is confidential and that any disclosure or use of the same by the Consultant, except as provided in this Agreement or necessary for the Consultant to perform the Services, may harm the Client. The Consultant agrees that it will not use the Confidential Information for any purpose except as contemplated by this Agreement and agrees that it will not disclose Confidential Information to any third party provided that: (i) the Confidential Information furnished may be disclosed to the Consultant’s personnel and attorneys who require the same for the purpose of performing the Services or in connection with collection of amounts due to the Consultant (it being understood that the Consultant will inform such personnel and attorneys of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and direct them to treat such Confidential Information confidentially) and (ii) disclosure may be made as required under applicable law, legal process or court order if

-6-

the Consultant’s counsel determines it is necessary and the Consultant gives prior written notice to the Client and cooperates in all reasonable respects with the Client (at the Client’s expense) in the Client’s efforts to limit such disclosure. The limitations herein shall not apply to Confidential Information that: (A) is or becomes publicly known other than by breach of this Agreement by the Consultant or (B) is given to the Consultant by someone else who is not obligated to maintain confidentiality (other than the Existing Lender or a New Lender).

10. Limitation of Liability; Assignment and Notices

a. In no event shall the Consultant be liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Client for any good faith error of judgment or other act or omission performed or omitted by the Consultant under or otherwise in respect of this Agreement, except for acts or omissions that constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct or a material breach hereof on the part of the Consultant. Furthermore, in no event shall the Consultant be liable, as a direct or indirect result of the performance of its duties under this Agreement, for: (a) special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages or lost profits or (b) any amount that exceeds the aggregate compensation (exclusive of costs, expenses and other amounts reimbursed to the Consultant under this Agreement) that the Consultant shall have actually received pursuant to this Agreement.

b. Neither Party may transfer or assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Client may assign this Agreement to any entity that is an affiliate of the Client provided that: (i) the assignee assumes in writing all obligations of the Client under this Agreement and (ii) the Client remains liable for the due performance of the Client’s obligations in this Agreement. Any purported assignment in violation hereof shall be ab initio null and void.

c. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall have been effectively made or given if in writing and either: (a) personally delivered, or (b) delivered by a reputable overnight delivery service, prepaid for next-day delivery. Unless otherwise changed by notice delivered in accordance with these provisions, notice shall be properly addressed to the Robert B. Fernander at 4312 Avenue B, Austin TX 78751, with a copy to: Stephen Greenberg, 13062 Hwy 290 West, Suite 104, Austin Texas 78737 and properly addressed to the Client at: Imation Corp.,Attention:John Breedlove, Vice President and General Counsel, 1 Imation Way, Oakdale, Minnesota 55128.

11. Independent Contractor; Governing Law; Dispute Resolution

a. In performing the Services under this Agreement, the Consultant shall serve as an independent contractor of the Client, and not in a fiduciary relationship with the Client. Nothing in this Agreement establishes a partnership, association, joint venture, principal/agent or similar relationship. Nothing in this Agreement limits, expands, or otherwise affects Robert Fernander’s fiduciary duties to Imation as a member of the Board and the Committee. For avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any contents of this Agreement that might appear to the contrary, none of the duties to be performed or services to be provided by Consultant as an independent contractor Consultant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement are accompanied by any fiduciary responsibilities or obligations; and none of such duties or responsibilities shall coincide with or be conflated with any of Robert Fernander’s fiduciary obligations as a member of the Board and the Committee.

-7-

b. This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed, if any construction be necessary, in accordance with, governed by and enforced under, the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts or choice of laws, save and except that the arbitration clause shall be governed, interpreted and applied pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”), and the federal court jurisprudence interpreting and applying the FAA.

c. Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination, enforcement, interpretation or validity thereof, including the determination of the scope or applicability of this agreement to arbitrate, shall be determined by mandatory, binding arbitration before one (1) neutral arbitrator in accordance with the following provisions. In the event that the Parties are unable to resolve any dispute under or relating to this Agreement, either Party may commence an arbitration proceeding to resolve such dispute. Arbitration may be commenced by either Party by giving written demand for arbitration to the other party, stating in reasonable detail the matter(s) in dispute and the relief or remedies sought; the Party who receives a written demand for arbitration shall promptly (within fifteen days) serve a written response to such demand stating in reasonable detail its answer to all allegations of the demand. Any such arbitration shall be conducted in St. Paul, MN. If the Parties do not agree promptly upon a mutually acceptable neutral arbitrator, then either Party may submit the demand for arbitration to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) to invoke AAA’s procedures for selection of a neutral arbitrator and administration of the arbitration; and the arbitration shall then proceed under the auspices of the AAA. Whether administered by a mutually acceptable arbitrator or under the auspices of the AAA, the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the expedited arbitration procedures under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA; and the arbitrator's determination with respect to any dispute shall be final and binding on the Parties and not subject to appeal or review (judicial or otherwise) on any ground, except as may be permitted by the Federal Arbitration Act. No action shall be filed in any court by either Party against the other to remedy any alleged breach of this agreement;provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prohibit either Party from applying to any court of competent jurisdiction for injunctive or other provisional relief to prevent or enjoin any violation of its rights under this Agreement or to require the other Party to participate in arbitration as required by this provision or to enforce this arbitration clause, or to judicially enforce the arbitration award, or for entry of judgment based upon the arbitration award if the award is not promptly fulfilled by the Parties as directed by the arbitrator, or to vacate or modify the arbitration award under the limited grounds permitted by the Federal Arbitration Act, which the Parties agree shall govern and control the application and any interpretation or construction of this arbitration clause. From and after the commencement of any such arbitration and until the final award therein, each Party shall be liable for one-half of: (i) the out-of-pocket filing fees charged in connection with the commencement of such arbitration, and (ii) the costs and expenses of the arbitrator, provided that the arbitrator shall be entitled, as part of the final award in such arbitration, to award to the prevailing Party therein such of its attorneys' fees, reasonable experts’ fees, and disbursements and other fees, costs and expenses as the arbitrator may deem necessary, appropriate, just or equitable. Notwithstanding any language in this Agreement that might appear to the contrary, the arbitrator shall not have authority to award relief that is not authorized by this Agreement or to modify the terms of this Agreement.

-8-

12. Miscellaneous

a. Neither Party intends this Agreement to benefit or create any right or cause of action in any person or entity other than the Parties hereto. Any failure on the part of either Party to enforce any of its rights shall not constitute a waiver, and shall apply only to the specific event at hand and not constitute a waiver or abandonment of any other rights.

b. If a provision of this Agreement is found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such finding shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the other provisions, which shall remain in effect. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect to such subject matter. This Agreement may not be changed or modified except by a writing signed by an authorized representative of each of the Parties.

c. Notwithstanding any termination or expiration of this Agreement, the following Sections shall survive and remain in full force and effect for the periods set forth below: (i) Sections 1, 5, 6, 7 and 8, until the final resolution of the rights and obligations of the Parties therein, (ii) Section 9, until all possible claims for indemnification thereunder have either been adjudicated to a final, non-appealable conclusion, or extinguished under applicable statutes of limitation, and (iii) Sections 10, 11, 12 and this Section 13, until final resolution of all rights and obligations of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement or until the foregoing Sections mentioned in this subsection (c) are no longer in effect, whichever occurs later.

d. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between the Parties and their counsel, and shall not be construed in favor of or against any Party by reason of the extent to which such Party or its counsel participated in the drafting of this Agreement. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, and a signature on behalf of a Party that is delivered to the other Party via .pdf scan or facsimile will have the same effect as a duly delivered original signature.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

-9-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

CLIENT:	CONSULTANT:
IMATION CORP.
By: /s/Joseph DePerio	By: /s/Robert B. Fernander
Joseph DePerio	Robert B. Fernander
Its Chairman of the Board of Directors

-10-

EX-10.8

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

Consulting Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated August 17, 2015, by and between Realization Services, Inc., a New York corporation (the “Consultant”), and Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Client”). The Consultant and the Client are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party”, and collectively as the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, the Client desires to retain the Consultant, and the Consultant desires to be retained by the Client, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements made herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

1. Term; Reporting; Supervision of Work; Primary Contact; Etc.

a. This Agreement shall commence as of August 8, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) and continue through October 2, 2015 (the “Term”), unless terminated earlier upon seven (7) days’ prior written notice by the Client.

b. The Consultant shall report to the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Client and to the Strategic Alternatives Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board. Subject to the foregoing, Barry L. Kasoff (“Mr. Kasoff”), in his position as the Consultant’s President until his appointment as interim President of the Client, and thereafter in his position as interim President of the Client, and not in his capacity as a member of the Board or the Committee, will supervise the day-to-day performance of the Services to be performed by the Consultant pursuant to this Agreement as set forth in Sections 2 and 3 below. The Consultant’s personnel shall be physically present at the locations of the Client at such times and frequency as the Consultant may reasonably determine. The Consultant will expend the time it deems necessary (in its professional judgment) to perform the Services.

2. Services

As directed by the independent members of the Board, the Client hereby engages the Consultant to perform the following services (collectively with the services described in Section 3 below, the “Services”) during the Term:

Services Relating to Secured Lenders and Other Parties

a. Secured Lender – Assisting the Client to analyze and compare the appropriateness of: (i) continuing the Client’s existing primary secured loan (the “Existing Loan”) with Bank of America, N.A. (as agent and a lead lender) and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as additional lead lenders) (collectively, the “Existing Lender”) or (ii) replacing the Existing Loan with a new asset-based secured lending relationship (a “New Loan”) with a new lender (“New Lender”). In this connection, the Consultant will: (a) assist the Client to seek one or more proposals from asset-based lenders with the objective of obtaining a letter of intent, and possibly take steps to begin to assist the Client to obtain a commitment letter, from a major New Lender for a New Loan having a facility size of net less than $100,000,000 and

-1-

significantly greater borrowing availability than exists under the Existing Loan and (b) make a recommendation as to a New Loan for review and consideration by the Board.

b. Customers and Vendors – To the extent desired by the Client (in its reasonable judgment), assisting the Client in its dealings with customers and vendors.

Review and Assessment of Business

c. Assisting the Client to: (i) review and evaluate its overall business and operations and historical, current and projected financial statements, financial position, budget and operating performance, and business plans, (ii) identify the critical areas of the Client’s business that need to be addressed, with a strong focus on (A) reducing discretionary expenditures and overhead relating to the Client’s legacy businesses, corporate functions and other areas, (B) accounts receivable management, (C) inventory management, (D) accounts payable management, (E) restructuring of corporate functions, (F) strategic analysis of locations, and the projected utilization in operations and cost benefits of owned versus leased facilities, and (G) analysis of profitability by location (to the extent practicable or appropriate), and (iii) assess the Client’s headcount, organizational and functional personnel structures, staffing and use of human resources.

Formulation of Business Plan and Budget

d. Based on the foregoing review and assessment, assisting the Client (via close consultation with members of management (collectively, “Management”)) to formulate: (i) a plan (a “Business Plan”) designed to enhance shareholder value and (ii) an integrated, rolling, computer-based budget (the “Budget”) on a cash basis for the Client’s operations covering: (A) weekly, the thirteen (13) weeks ending on November 30, 2015, (B) monthly, the remainder of calendar year 2015 and (C) quarterly, calendar year 2016, such Budget to reflect the overall Business Plan and include explanation of the underlying budget assumptions, and projections for: (1) income statement, (2) balance sheet, (3) inventory, (4) cost of sales, (5) selling, general and administrative expenses and (6) specific employees or positions for staffing.

e. As part of the Business Plan, assisting the Client to identify the action steps needed to achieve the objective for each critical area set forth in the Business Plan for Client’s legacy businesses (businesses other than the Nexsan Data Storage and IronKey businesses) and the timetable(s) for the implementation of such steps. Such objectives will include for the Client’s operations (other than the Nexsan Data Storage and IronKey businesses): (i) reducing the workforce and (ii) reducing operating losses (to zero, if feasible).

f. Assisting the Client to include as part of the overall Business Plan: (i) a restructuring plan for the Client’s legacy businesses, with the objective of maximizing the cash flow generated from such legacy business segment (including identification of business units recommended for divestiture or termination), (ii) identification of non-core assets (of such legacy businesses and otherwise) to be sold or otherwise disposed of, and the methods for such sales/dispositions, (iii) measures to complete sales of assets and (if necessary) divestiture transactions, (iv) measures to improve the Client’s cash balance and achieve cash-flow breakeven if possible (excluding investments for growth, such as approved research and development and capital investments) by October 2, 2015, (v) monetizing assets, (vi) addressing vacation pay in order to reduce liabilities, (vii) evaluation of bankruptcy as an option for certain legal entities (whose liabilities exceed their asset value) and (viii) provisions for adapting the overall sale(s) process to the pro

-2-

forma requests of a leading potential buyer of the Client’s ongoing businesses (if under exclusivity with such buyer).

g. The Parties acknowledge and confirm that the objective of the Business Plan is to assist the Client to position itself to improve shareholder value.

Time Frame for Approval of Business Plan and Budget

h. The Consultant and the Client will endeavor to present to the Board for its discussion and approval the Business Plan and accompanying Budget by September 8, 2015.

Services Relating to Detailed Development of Business Plan Action Steps

i. As part of the Business Plan, assisting the Client to: (i) focus on each critical area identified in the Business Plan and related Budget and identify in further detail the action steps that the Client needs to take in order to achieve the objective for that area and (ii) further develop for each critical area the costs of and/or savings to be realized from the action steps, and estimated timetables for implementing such steps. During development of the Business Plan, the Budget and the detailed action steps, the Consultant will, to the extent needed or appropriate, continue to make recommendations for improving each critical area, and refine recommendations previously made.

Services Relating to Implementation of Business Plan and Budget; “Roadmap”

j. The Consultant will identify appropriate components of the Business Plan that the Client, with the assistance of the Consultant, may begin to implement immediately.

k. Assisting the Client to present to the Board (on a periodic basis) a “roadmap” outlining the Client’s progress in implementing the Business Plan and the Budget, and indicating decision-making aspects of such implementation for the Board’s consideration.

Computer-Based Model

l. The Consultant will use historical data drawn from information provided by the Client to develop a computer-based financial model (i.e., the Budget) of the Client’s operations. Such model will be formulated in close consultation with Management. Such model is to be: (i) useful during the Term to help the Parties to analyze the variables that affect the Client’s business (such as the impact of various levels of overhead, etc.) and (ii) designed in a user-friendly manner to enable the Client to use the model after the Term to perform further analyses. The Consultant will perform some work on the financial model while assisting the Client to formulate the Business Plan/Budget but most of the work on such model will be done during implementation of the Business Plan/Budget.

Services Relating to Sales Efforts

m. The Consultant will assist the Client to perform a due diligence evaluation of the Client’s business and operations (i.e., sell-side or “reverse” due diligence) to aid in preparing the Client for one or more possible transaction(s) to sell its business (either as a whole or in parts) and to enhance the Client’s value to prospective buyers. As part of such evaluation, the Consultant will assist

-3-

the Client in creating or supplementing the real and/or virtual “data room” to be accessed by potential buyers that enter into an appropriate confidentiality agreement with the Client. The Consultant will cooperate and work with Houlihan Lokey as the Client’s financial adviser in support of efforts to identify prospective buyer(s) and one or more possible sale transactions for consideration by the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, the Consultant will not be entitled to any additional fees or expense reimbursements other than those provided in Section 6below relating to any such transaction unless agreed to in writing by the Client.

No Outcome Assured

n. The Parties confirm that the objective of the Business Plan and the Budget is to assist the Client to achieve the specific objectives to be set forth therein. Notwithstanding such objectives, and the good faith efforts the Client may expend to achieve them, the Parties acknowledge that future events and results cannot be foreseen or guaranteed.

Additional Services

o. If Consultant, in performing any of the Services, determines (in its reasonable discretion following consultation with the Client’s General Counsel) that it is advisable to obtain the advice or opinion of legal counsel on issues relating to the Client or to this engagement, Consultant may consult with counsel of its own choosing (other than the Client’s existing counsel). The reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements relating to any such consultation shall be an expense of the Client, provided that total attorneys’ fees/disbursements for this purpose may not exceed $7,500 per month without the prior approval of the Board.

Collaboration with Other Consultants

p. The Client intends to retain the firm of Alvarez & Marsal (“Alvarez”), or another firm, to perform (or assist in performing) certain aspects of the Services described above. The Client shall determine such specific aspects and the related responsibilities after discussions with the Consultant and with Alvarez or such other firm. Currently, the Client contemplates that it may request the involvement of two to three consultants from Alvarez or such other firm. In this regard, Consultant will coordinate with and allocate responsibilities to Alvarez (or such other consulting firm) in connection with this engagement as and to the extent the Client and the Consultant determine to be appropriate.

3. Matters Relating to Services; Meetings with Board

During the Term, the Client shall: (i) provide the Consultant’s personnel with reasonable access to the Client’s locations to facilitate the performance of the Services and (ii) furnish promptly such financial statements, business records and other documents and instruments as the Consultant may specify as necessary or desirable for its performance of the Services. The Consultant shall meet with the Committee and/or the Board from time to time as the Committee or the Board (as the case may be) may specify.

4. Consulting Team, Etc.

-4-

The Consultant’s team for the performance of the Services will consist of two of the Consultant’s staff under the direction of Mr. Kasoff in his position as Consultant’s President until his appointment as interim President of the Client, and thereafter in his position as interim President of the Client. Such staffing will be subject to the Consultant’s usual practices for granting vacation and other personal time to its personnel. In the event that a member of the Consultant’s team becomes unavailable (for a reason beyond the Consultant’s control, or otherwise), the Consultant may replace such team member with an alternative staff member having (in the Consultant’s reasonable judgment) equivalent skills and abilities. In addition, at its option the Consultant may from time to time staff performance of the Services (either on-site, off-site or both) with additional personnel. In all events, the Consultant’s staffing of the Services will be subject to the fee arrangement set forth in Section 5 below.

5. Compensation for Services; Expenses and Disbursements

The Client shall pay to the Consultant the following compensation for performance of the Services:

a. Weekly Fees – Subject to Section 5(b) below, a fee (a “Weekly Fee”) for the work of Mr. Kasoff and each other staff person of the Consultant per week, as follows: (a) $35,000 for Mr. Kasoff’s full-time (i.e., not less than 40 hours) performance of Services during such week and (b) $25,000 for each individual staff person’s full-time (i.e., not less than 40 hours) performance of Services during such week, provided that if Mr. Kasoff, or if such a staff person, devotes less than forty (40) hours to performing Services during such week then the applicable Weekly Fee (i.e., $35,000 or $25,000, as the case may be) shall be proportionately reduced to reflect the lower number of hours. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the appointment of Mr. Kasoff as interim President of the Client, the Consultant will not receive any fees for the work done by Mr. Kasoff in connection with this Agreement, it being expressly understood that Mr. Kasoff will receive compensation from the Client for his services as interim President of the Client and that such compensation will take into account Mr. Kasoff’s role in overseeing the work of the Consultant hereunder.

b. Limitations on Fees; Reporting of Time – In no event shall the Weekly Fees for any week during the Term exceed (in the aggregate) $85,000 (or, following Mr. Kasoff’s appointment as interim President of the Client, $50,000), irrespective of the number of staff persons that the Consultant may devote to performance of the Services. The Consultant will report to the Client the individual time devoted to performance of the Services during each week in increments of one-tenth of an hour (i.e., six minutes). For this purpose, travel time of the Consultant’s personnel from home or from the Consultant’s offices will not be reported or counted, and travel time between the Client’s office and facility locations will be reported and counted.

c. Expenses/Disbursements – The Client will reimburse the Consultant weekly, in accordance with Section 6(b) below, for all pre-approved, out-of-pocket expenses the Consultant and/or its personnel incur in performing the Services and traveling to perform the work. Such out-of-pocket expenses will include air travel costs; hotel, lodging and local travel costs; meals while traveling and working on-site; and incidental expenses (such as overnight mail charges, office supplies, etc.). Expenses in an amount of $1,000 or more will be subject to prior approval by the Client’s Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Scott Robinson.For purposes of the foregoing, all air travel will be pre-booked, or charged to the Client, in coach (to reduce airfare costs).

-5-

6. Invoices; Payments; Certain Remedies

a. Invoices On Monday of each week (commencing Monday, August 17, 2015), the Consultant will invoice the Client for the Weekly Fees and expense reimbursements relating to the Services rendered during the previous week (each, an “Invoice”). The Consultant's week shall commence each Saturday and run through the following Friday. Each Invoice shall include the Weekly Fees due and an itemized list of the reimbursable expenses incurred by the Consultant.

b. PaymentsSubject only to the requirements set forth in Section 6(a) above, the Client shall pay to the Consultant, not later than three (3) Business Days after its receipt of each Invoice and in immediately available funds, the total of the Weekly Fees and reimbursable disbursements set forth in such Invoice. The Client shall make each payment via wire transfer to the account of Consultant as specified by Consultant in its invoice or by separate written instruction. If an invoiced amount is due on a date that is not a Business Day such due date shall be extended to the next Business Day.

c. Certain Remedies If the Client fails timely to make a payment as required under Section 6(b) above or under any other provision of this Agreement, or if the Client materially breaches any other provision of this Agreement, then the Consultant may give the Client written notice specifying such failure or breach. If the Client fails to cure such breach within three (3) Business Days after its receipt of such notice: (i) the Consultant may suspend or discontinue the performance of the Services or terminate this Agreement without any further liability or obligation to the Client, without limitation as to the Consultant's rights and remedies to obtain full payment of all amounts and disbursements due or to become due in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and/or (ii) either Party may seek an arbitral determination of any disputed or unpaid amount invoiced under this Section 6 in accordance with Section 12(c) below. For purposes of this Agreement, “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or holiday on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to close.

7. Retainer

Simultaneously with the Parties’ execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Client shall pay to the Consultant, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified in Section 6(b) above, a retainer of $85,000 against sums due and owing to the Consultant under this Agreement. The Consultant, in its sole discretion, may hold such retainer as security against amounts to be paid or apply such balance to pay amounts due and owing but unpaid.

8. Return of Documents and Property; Certain Representations

a. Upon the expiration or termination of the Term, and provided all amounts due to the Consultant hereunder have been paid, the Consultant shall (upon written request from the Client) deliver to the Client all documents and materials relating to the Client's business. The Consultant may retain copies of documents and materials comprising the Consultant's work product, and shall pay the cost of such delivery and for copies of its work product.

b. Each Party represents and warrants to the other that: (a) it has the full power and authority to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth herein and to execute all documents and perform all acts required hereby and (b) neither the delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of any obligations contemplated hereunder will result in any material breach or default under any

-6-

agreement or understanding, or any violation of any law or regulation, to which it is a party or is subject.

9. Indemnification

a. The Client shall indemnify and hold the Consultant harmless from and against all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, lawsuits, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that the Consultant in its role as a consultant under this Agreement may incur or be liable for arising out of or in connection with any of the following: (i) any (alleged or actual) false, misleading, inaccurate or incomplete information provided by the Client to the Consultant, or any (alleged or actual) omission by the Client of any material fact, in connection with the Consultant’s performance of the Services, (ii) any matter arising from the Consultant's rendering of the Services other than claims resulting from the Consultant's gross negligence, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations hereunder, (iii) any matter relating to, arising out of or concerning the business, services, finances, liabilities, obligations, or other affairs of the Client or (iv) the collection by the Consultant of sums due to be paid by the Client pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise relating to the Consultant's enforcement of this Agreement. In connection with the Client’s indemnification obligations, the Client shall reimburse the Consultant promptly for, or at the Consultant’s option advance amounts sufficient to cover, any legal and other fees and expenses, provided that the Consultant agrees to repay any and all such amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Consultant is not entitled to be indemnified therefor.

b. The Consultant shall indemnify and hold the Client harmless from and against all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, lawsuits, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that the Client may incur or be liable for arising out of or in connection with any of the following: (i) any claims resulting from the Consultant's gross negligence or willful misconduct in its rendering of services to the Client pursuant to this Agreement, or material breach of its obligations hereunder or (ii) the Client’s enforcement of this Agreement.

10. Confidentiality

a. Each Party shall hold in confidence this Agreement and make it available only: (i) to other persons as may be necessary to comply with applicable securities and other disclosure requirements, (ii) on a need-to-know basis to facilitate the Consultant’s performance of the Services, (iii) to its professional advisors and (iv) in the Client’s case, to its lender.

b. The Consultant may be furnished with or may otherwise receive or have access to proprietary information relating to the finances, client lists, business plans and processes, marketing plans, business strategies, technical data and other matters of the Client (collectively, the "Confidential Information"). The Consultant acknowledges that the Confidential Information to be furnished is confidential and that any disclosure or use of the same by the Consultant, except as provided in this Agreement or necessary for the Consultant to perform the Services, may harm the Client. The Consultant agrees that it will not use the Confidential Information for any purpose except as contemplated by this Agreement and agrees that it will not disclose Confidential Information to any third party provided that: (i) the Confidential Information furnished may be disclosed to the Consultant’s personnel and attorneys who require the same for the purpose of performing the Services or in connection with collection of amounts due to the Consultant (it being understood

-7-

that the Consultant will inform such personnel and attorneys of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and direct them to treat such Confidential Information confidentially) and (ii) disclosure may be made as required under applicable law, legal process or court order if the Consultant’s counsel determines it is necessary and the Consultant gives prior written notice to the Client and cooperates in all reasonable respects with the Client (at the Client’s expense) in the Client’s efforts to limit such disclosure. The limitations herein shall not apply to Confidential Information that: (A) is or becomes publicly known other than by breach of this Agreement by the Consultant or (B) is given to the Consultant by someone else who is not obligated to maintain confidentiality (other than the Existing Lender or a New Lender).

11. Limitation of Liability; Assignment and Notices

a. In no event shall the Consultant be liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Client for any good faith error of judgment or other act or omission performed or omitted by the Consultant under or otherwise in respect of this Agreement, except for acts or omissions that constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct or a material breach hereof on the part of the Consultant. Furthermore, in no event shall the Consultant be liable, as a direct or indirect result of the performance of its duties under this Agreement, for: (a) special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages or lost profits or (b) any amount that exceeds the aggregate compensation (exclusive of costs, expenses and other amounts reimbursed to the Consultant under this Agreement) that the Consultant shall have actually received pursuant to this Agreement.

b. Neither Party may transfer or assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Client may assign this Agreement to any entity that is an affiliate of the Client provided that: (i) the assignee assumes in writing all obligations of the Client under this Agreement and (ii) the Client remains liable for the due performance of the Client’s obligations in this Agreement. Any purported assignment in violation hereof shall be ab initio null and void.

c. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall have been effectively made or given if in writing and either: (a) personally delivered, or (b) delivered by a reputable overnight delivery service, prepaid for next-day delivery. Unless otherwise changed by notice delivered in accordance with these provisions, notice shall be properly addressed to the Consultant at: Realization Services, Inc., Attention: Barry L. Kasoff, President, 124 David’s Hill Road, Bedford Hills, New York 10507, with a copy to: Michael D. Friedman, Esq., Troutman Sanders LLP, 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022; and properly addressed to the Client at: Imation Corp.,Attention: John Breedlove, Vice President and General Counsel, 1 Imation Way, Oakdale, Minnesota 55128.

12. Independent Contractor; Governing Law; Dispute Resolution

a. In performing the Services under this Agreement, the Consultant shall serve as an independent contractor of the Client, and not in a fiduciary relationship with the Client. Nothing in this Agreement establishes a partnership, association, principal/agent or similar relationship. Nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects Mr. Kasoff’s fiduciary duties to the Client as a member of the Board and the Committee and as the Client’s interim President.

b. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, governed by and enforced under the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts or choice of laws.

-8-

c. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be submitted by the Parties to mandatory, binding arbitration in accordance with the following provisions. In the event that the Parties are unable to resolve any dispute under or relating to this Agreement, either Party may commence an arbitration proceeding to resolve such dispute. Any such arbitration shall be conducted in St. Paul, MN by the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") in accordance with the expedited arbitration procedures under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA, and the arbitrator's determination with respect to any dispute shall be final and binding on the Parties and not subject to appeal or review (judicial or otherwise) on any ground, except as may be permitted by applicable law, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prohibit either Party from applying to any court of competent jurisdiction for injunctive or other provisional relief to prevent or enjoin any violation of its rights under this Agreement. From and after the commencement of any such arbitration and until the final award therein, each Party shall be liable for one-half of: (i) the out-of-pocket filing fees charged in connection with the commencement of such arbitration, and (ii) the costs and expenses of the arbitrator, provided that the arbitrator shall be entitled, as part of the final award in such arbitration, to award to the prevailing Party therein such of its attorneys' fees and disbursements and other fees, costs and expenses as the arbitrator may deem necessary or appropriate.

13. Miscellaneous

a. Neither Party intends this Agreement to benefit or create any right or cause of action in any person or entity other than the Parties hereto. Any failure on the part of either Party to enforce any of its rights shall not constitute a waiver, and shall apply only to the specific event at hand and not constitute a waiver or abandonment of any other rights.

b. If a provision of this Agreement is found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such finding shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the other provisions, which shall remain in effect. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect to such subject matter. This Agreement may not be changed or modified except by a writing signed by an authorized representative of each of the Parties.

c. Notwithstanding any termination or expiration of this Agreement, the following Sections shall survive and remain in full force and effect for the periods set forth below: (i) Sections 1, 5, 6, 7 and 8, until the final resolution of the rights and obligations of the Parties therein, (ii) Section 9, until all possible claims for indemnification thereunder have either been adjudicated to a final, non-appealable conclusion, or extinguished under applicable statutes of limitation, and (iii) Sections 10, 11, 12 and this Section 13, until the foregoing Sections mentioned in this subsection (c) are no longer in effect.

d. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between the Parties and their counsel, and shall not be construed in favor of or against any Party by reason of the extent to which such Party or its counsel participated in the drafting of this Agreement. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, and a signature on behalf of a Party that is delivered to the other Party via .pdf scan or facsimile will have the same effect as a duly delivered original signature.

-9-

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

-10-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

CLIENT:	CONSULTANT:
IMATION CORP.	REALIZATION SERVICES, INC.
By: /s/Joseph DePerio	By: /s/Barry L. Kasoff
Joseph DePerio	Barry L. Kasoff
Its Chairman of the Board of Directors	Its President

-11-

EX-10.9

AMENDMENT TO CONSULTING AGREEMENT

Amendment to Consulting Agreement (this “Amendment”), dated as of September 16, 2015, by and between Realization Services, Inc., a New York corporation (the “Consultant”), and Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Client”). The Consultant and the Client are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party”, and collectively as the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Consulting Agreement dated August 17, 2015 (the “Consulting Agreement”), the Client retained the Consultant to perform certain Services (as defined) under the terms and conditions set forth in the Consulting Agreement, and the Parties desire to enter into this Amendment to modify the terms and conditions of the Consulting Agreement. All terms used by not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Consulting Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements made herein and for other good and valuation considerations, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Modification to Consultant’s Remuneration

To compensate the Consultant for the additional staffing it is providing from August 26, 2015 through the end of the Revised Term (as defined below), the Parties agree to the following revised compensation, for which the Consultant shall invoice weekly under Section 6(a) of the Consulting Agreement:

a. Relevant Period – In addition to the Weekly Fees to be paid to the Consultant pursuant to Sections 5(a) and (b) of the Consulting Agreement, the Client shall also pay to the Consultant additional remuneration of up to $225,000 for the Consultant’s Services performed during the period (the “Relevant Period”) from August 26, 2015 through September 18, 2015. Such additional remuneration shall be over and above the Weekly Fees applicable during the Relevant Period.

b. Revised Term – Following the Relevant Period, the Consulting Agreement shall continue for a term (the “Revised Term”) extending from September 19, 2015 through such date as the Client may specify (by giving seven (7) days’ prior written notice to the Consultant) as the last day of the Revised Term. During the Revised Term, the ceiling on the Weekly Fee will be $125,000 (in lieu of $50,000).

2. Miscellaneous

The Consulting Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding any termination of the Consulting Agreement, the following sections shall survive and remain in effect for the periods specified: (i) Section 1 above until the final resolution of the rights and obligations of the Parties therein and (iii) this Section 2 until Section 1 is no longer in effect. Each Party represents and warrants to the other that it has full opportunity to obtain, and has in fact obtained, the advice of its own legal counsel with respect to the Amendment and the transactions contemplated. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts and shall become effective as if executed in a single, complex document upon its execution by both Parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

CLIENT:	CONSULTANT:
IMATION CORP.	REALIZATION SERVICES, INC.
By: /s/Joseph DePerio	By: /s/Barry L. Kasoff
Joseph DePerio	Barry L. Kasoff
Its Chairman of the Board of Directors	Its President

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

Certification Pursuant to Section 302

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

     I, Robert B. Fernander, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Imation Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(e) and 15d -15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d -15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

November 9, 2015
By:	/s/ ROBERT B. FERNANDER
	Robert B. Fernander,
	Interim Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

Certification Pursuant to Section 302

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

     I, Scott J. Robinson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Imation Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(e) and 15d -15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d -15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

November 9, 2015
By:	/s/ SCOTT J. ROBINSON
	Scott J. Robinson,
	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Certification Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

     In connection with the Quarterly Report of Imation Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Robert B. Fernander, Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

November 9, 2015

/s/ ROBERT B. FERNANDER  

Robert B. Fernander, 

Interim Chief Executive Officer 

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

Certification Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

     In connection with the Quarterly Report of Imation Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Scott J. Robinson, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

November 9, 2015

/s/ SCOTT J. ROBINSON 

Scott J. Robinson, 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

XML

Supplemental Balance Sheet Information - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Supplemental Balance Sheet Disclosures [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, net	$ 5.3	$ 45.0
Other Current Liabilities
Supplemental Balance Sheet Disclosures [Line Items]
Rebates payable	20.4	26.9
Accrued payroll	13.0	18.4
Other Liabilities
Supplemental Balance Sheet Disclosures [Line Items]
Pension liabilities	24.3	$ 22.5
Building
Supplemental Balance Sheet Disclosures [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment transferred to assets held for sale	125.5
Accumulated depreciation transferred to assets held for sale	93.5
Property, plant and equipment, net	32.0
Assets held for sale	$ 10.4

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Trading Securities (Details) - USD ($) shares in Millions, $ in Millions	3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Aug. 13, 2015
Sphere 3D
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of shares held	$ 3.3	$ 3.3
RDX Storage
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Total consideration from sale of business			$ 6.0
Gain on sale of business	4.8	4.8
Gain (loss) on shares acquired through disposition of business	$ (0.3)	$ (0.3)
RDX Storage | Sphere 3D
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Share received as consideration	1.5	1.5	1.5

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Weighted Average Assumptions Used in the Valuation of Stock Options (Details) - Stock Options	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Abstract]
Volatility	46.20%	46.20%
Risk-free interest rate	1.90%	1.90%
Expected life (months)	73 months	73 months
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Cash Flow Hedges (Details) - Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring - Cash flow hedges - USD ($) $ in Millions	Sep. 30, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Total net derivative (liabilities) assets	$ 0.0	$ 0.0
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Total net derivative (liabilities) assets	(0.7)	7.3
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Total net derivative (liabilities) assets	0.0	0.0
Foreign currency forward contracts | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0.0	0.0
Foreign currency forward contracts	0.0	0.0
Foreign currency forward contracts | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0.1	7.3
Foreign currency forward contracts	(0.8)	0.0
Foreign currency forward contracts | Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0.0	0.0
Foreign currency forward contracts	$ 0.0	$ 0.0

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Details)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($) shares	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($) plan $ / shares shares	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense | $	$ 300,000	$ 1,100,000	$ 1,700,000	$ 4,100,000
Number of share-based compensation plans | plan			4
Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense | $			$ 0
Number of awards granted (in shares)			2,700,000
Number of awards outstanding (in shares)	4,700,000		4,700,000
Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) | Tranche One
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Percentage of awards vested			50.00%
Number of average consecutive trading days required at trigger stock price			30 days
Minimum stock price required to trigger award vesting (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			$ 8
Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) | Tranche Two
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Percentage of awards vested			50.00%
Number of average consecutive trading days required at trigger stock price			30 days
Minimum stock price required to trigger award vesting (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			$ 12
Stock Incentive Plan 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares available for grant (in shares)	2,063,929		2,063,929

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Equity [Abstract]

Schedule of Treasury Share Activity

Following is a summary of treasury share activity:

	Treasury Shares
Balance as of December 31, 2014	627,796
Purchases	382,448
Exercise of stock options	(12,656	)
Restricted stock grants	(690,662	)
Forfeitures and other	931,058
Balance as of September 30, 2015	1,237,984

Schedule of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss and related activity consisted of the following:

(In millions)	Gains (Losses) on Derivative Financial Instruments			Defined Benefit Plans			Foreign Currency Translation			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	5.1		$	(20.6	)	$	(69.3	)	$	(84.8	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax(1)	0.9			(4.4		)	(6.6		)	(10.1		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(6.7		)	1.8			—			(4.9		)
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income	(5.8		)	(2.6		)	(6.6		)	(15.0		)
Balance as of September 30, 2015	$	(0.7	)	$	(23.2	)	$	(75.9	)	$	(99.8	)

⁽¹⁾Income tax benefit of $0.9 million was recorded for unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Schedule of Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Details of amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss and the line item in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations are as follows:

	Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss								Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Operations Where (Gain) Loss is Presented
	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Gains on cash flow hedges	(0.8	)	(1.2	)	(6.1	)	(2.0	)	Cost of goods sold
Income tax expense	(2.3	)	0.5		(0.6	)	0.8		Income tax provision
	(3.1	)	(0.7	)	(6.7	)	(1.2	)
Amortization of net actuarial loss	0.3		0.3		0.7		0.7		Selling, general and administrative
Net pension curtailment/settlement loss	1.0		0.2		1.0		0.2		Restructuring and other
Income tax benefit	0.2		—		0.1		0.2		Income tax provision
	1.5		0.5		1.8		1.1
Total reclassifications for the period	(1.6	)	(0.2	)	(4.9	)	(0.1	)

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Treasury Stock (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		41 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	May. 02, 2012
Equity [Abstract]
Number of shares authorized to be repurchased (in shares)				5,000,000
Number shares repurchased (in shares)	382,448		3,000,000
Payments for repurchase of common stock	$ 1.7	$ 2.5	$ 13.3
Remaining number of shares authorized to be repurchased (in shares)	2,000,000		2,000,000
Average price per share of treasury stock acquired and held (in dollars per share)			$ 12.74
Movement in Treasury Stock [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance (in shares)	627,796
Purchases (in shares)	382,448		3,000,000
Exercise of stock options (in shares)	(12,656)
Restricted stock grants (in shares)	(690,662)
Forfeitures and other (in shares)	931,058
Ending balance (in shares)	1,237,984		1,237,984

XML

(Loss) Earnings per Common Share (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted

The following table sets forth the computation of the weighted average basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
(In millions, except for per share amounts)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Numerator:
Loss from continuing operations	$	(152.3	)	$	(61.4	)	$	(184.1	)	$	(98.0	)
Loss from discontinued operations	—			—			—			(2.3		)
Net loss	$	(152.3	)	$	(61.4	)	$	(184.1	)	$	(100.3	)
Denominator:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period - basic	41.2			41.2			41.1			41.0
Dilutive effect of stock-based compensation plans	—			—			—			—
Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding during the period - diluted	41.2			41.2			41.1			41.0
Loss per common share — basic:
Continuing operations	$	(3.70	)	$	(1.49	)	$	(4.48	)	$	(2.39	)
Discontinued operations	—			—			—			(0.06		)
Net loss	(3.70		)	(1.49		)	(4.48		)	(2.45		)
Loss per common share — diluted:
Continuing operations	$	(3.70	)	$	(1.49	)	$	(4.48	)	$	(2.39	)
Discontinued operations	—			—			—			(0.06		)
Net loss	(3.70		)	(1.49		)	(4.48		)	(2.45		)
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from calculation	3.5			4.4			3.5			4.5

XML

Retirement Plans (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Settlement loss	$ 1.0	$ 0.2	$ 1.0	$ 0.1
Settlement of UK pension plan	0.0	0.5	0.0	0.5
Pension Plans
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Employer contributions in current fiscal year	0.6		1.2
United States
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Settlement loss	1.0	0.2	1.0	0.8
Curtailment gain	0.0	0.0	0.0	0.0
International
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Settlement loss	0.0	0.0	0.0	0.0
Curtailment gain	$ 0.0	$ 0.0	0.0	0.7
Maximum | Pension Plans
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Estimated future employer contributions in current fiscal year (up to)			$ 0.1
Restructuring and other | International
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Curtailment gain				$ 0.7

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Intangible impairment	$ 37.6	$ 0.0	$ 37.6	$ 0.0
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Goodwill	0.0		0.0		$ 36.1
Goodwill impairment	$ 36.1	$ 35.4	$ 36.1	$ 35.4
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets | Income Approach Valuation Technique
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated discounted forecasted cash flows period			10 years
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets | Income Approach Valuation Technique | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Discounted growth rate			0.00%
Discount rate			15.50%
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets | Income Approach Valuation Technique | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Discounted growth rate			3.00%
Discount rate			16.50%
Goodwill | Income Approach Valuation Technique
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated discounted forecasted cash flows period			10 years
Goodwill | Income Approach Valuation Technique | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Discounted growth rate			0.00%
Discount rate			15.50%
Goodwill | Income Approach Valuation Technique | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Discounted growth rate			3.00%
Discount rate			16.50%
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
increase over market discount rate		2.00%
Market discount rate		14.50%
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions | Income Approach Valuation Technique
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Discounted growth rate		3.00%
Estimated discounted forecasted cash flows period		10 years
Discount rate		16.50%

XML

Discontinued Operations - Schedule of Key Components of Discontinued Operations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$ 0.0	$ 0.0	$ 0.0	$ (2.3)
Discontinued Operations | XtremeMac and Memorex
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Net revenue	0.0	0.0	0.0	0.5
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses, before income taxes	0.0	0.0	0.0	(1.7)
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses, before income taxes	0.0	0.0	0.0	(0.6)
Income tax provision (benefit)	0.0	0.0	0.0	0.0
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$ 0.0	$ 0.0	$ 0.0	$ (2.3)

XML

Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014
Valuation Allowance [Line Items]
Income tax expense (benefit)	$ 3.6	$ 3.4	$ 3.9	$ 1.8
Federal statutory income tax rate	35.00%		35.00%
Unrecognized tax benefits	$ 1.6		$ 1.6		$ 1.9
Restructuring Plan Valuation Allowance
Valuation Allowance [Line Items]
Valuation allowance	3.7		3.7
Europe | Foreign Tax Authority
Valuation Allowance [Line Items]
Valuation allowance	$ 6.0		$ 6.0

XML

Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies (Details) $ in Millions		3 Months Ended
	May. 22, 2013 member plaintiff patent	Mar. 31, 2015 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($)
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Accrued copyright levies			$ 5.8	$ 9.3
Copyright levies accrual reversal		$ 2.8
One-Blue, LLC and Members vs. Imation
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Number of plaintiffs | plaintiff	5
Number of members of One-Blue involved in litigation | member	4
Number of patents allegedly infringed | patent	6
French Levy Society vs. Imation | Pending and Threatened Litigation
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Damages sought		$ 8.7

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Option Activity (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($) $ / shares shares
Stock Options [Roll Forward]
Exercised (in shares)	(12,656)
Stock Options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Options expiration term	10 years
Total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock | $	$ 0.1
Total compensation cost not yet recognized, period for recognition	1 year 2 months 12 days
Stock Options [Roll Forward]
Beginning, outstanding (in shares)	3,897,986
Granted (in shares)	24,547
Exercised (in shares)	(20,000)
Canceled (in shares)	(341,498)
Forfeited (in shares)	(47,307)
Ending, outstanding (in shares)	3,513,728
Exercisable (in shares)	3,323,969
Weighted Average Exercise Price [Roll Forward]
Beginning, outstanding (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 13.07
Granted (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	3.94
Exercised (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	3.84
Canceled (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	24.84
Forfeited (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	7.08
Ending, outstanding (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	12.00
Exercisable (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 12.46

XML

(Loss) Earnings per Common Share

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

(Loss) Earnings per Common Share

(Loss) Earnings per Common Share

Basic (loss) earnings per common share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted (loss) earnings per common share is computed on the basis of the weighted average shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect of our stock-based compensation plans using the “treasury stock” method. Unvested restricted stock and treasury shares are excluded from the calculation of basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Once restricted stock vests, it is included in our common shares outstanding.

Potential common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted (loss) earnings per common share when the effect would be anti-dilutive. Stock options are anti-dilutive when the exercise price of these instruments is greater than the average market price of the Company's common stock for the period. All potential common shares are anti-dilutive in periods of net loss available to common shareholders.

The following table sets forth the computation of the weighted average basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
(In millions, except for per share amounts)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Numerator:
Loss from continuing operations	$	(152.3	)	$	(61.4	)	$	(184.1	)	$	(98.0	)
Loss from discontinued operations	—			—			—			(2.3		)
Net loss	$	(152.3	)	$	(61.4	)	$	(184.1	)	$	(100.3	)
Denominator:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period - basic	41.2			41.2			41.1			41.0
Dilutive effect of stock-based compensation plans	—			—			—			—
Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding during the period - diluted	41.2			41.2			41.1			41.0
Loss per common share — basic:
Continuing operations	$	(3.70	)	$	(1.49	)	$	(4.48	)	$	(2.39	)
Discontinued operations	—			—			—			(0.06		)
Net loss	(3.70		)	(1.49		)	(4.48		)	(2.45		)
Loss per common share — diluted:
Continuing operations	$	(3.70	)	$	(1.49	)	$	(4.48	)	$	(2.39	)
Discontinued operations	—			—			—			(0.06		)
Net loss	(3.70		)	(1.49		)	(4.48		)	(2.45		)
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from calculation	3.5			4.4			3.5			4.5

XML

Related Party (Details)			1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Oct. 14, 2015 USD ($) period shares	Sep. 27, 2015 USD ($) shares	Sep. 18, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($) shares	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($) director	Sep. 19, 2015 USD ($)	Aug. 17, 2015 USD ($)	Aug. 08, 2015 USD ($)
Scenario, Forecast
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Stock receivable from termination of rights agreement | shares				6,675,764
Scenario, Forecast | Connected Data, Inc.
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Total consideration				$ 7,500,000
Investor
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Board of Directors elected | director						3
Investor | Other Current Liabilities
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Proxy contest fees					$ 600,000	$ 600,000
Investor | Scenario, Forecast
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Stock receivable from termination of rights agreement | shares				6,675,764
Investor | TDK Corporation
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Stock owned by TDK					18.00%	18.00%
Board Member
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Consulting fees per week		$ 35,000						$ 25,000
Board Member | Restructuring and Other Charges
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Consulting fees paid					$ 200,000
Board Member | Subsequent Event
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Consulting fees paid	$ 184,000
Additional consideration	$ 260,000
Consecutive 6 month periods | period	3
President
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Consulting fees per week							$ 125,000		$ 85,000
Consulting fees paid			$ 225,000
President | Restructuring and Other Charges
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Consulting fees paid					$ 800,000
Chief Technology Officer | Board Member | Subsequent Event
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Base share compensation | shares	600,000
Cash retention bonus	$ 116,732
Restricted stock retention bonus	$ 116,732
Option to purchase shares | shares	300,000
Chief Technology Officer | Board Member | Equal monthly installments
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Option vesting period						36 months
President | Board Member
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Consulting fees per week								$ 35,000
Employment term		1 year
Base compensation		$ 600,000
Base share compensation | shares		574,000

XML

Restructuring and Other Expense - Components of Restructuring and Other Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions			3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
		Aug. 13, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014
Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]
Severance and related			$ 17.5	$ 0.8	$ 18.4	$ 3.6
Lease termination costs			0.0	0.2	0.0	0.3
Other			0.2	0.3	0.6	1.2
Total restructuring			17.7	1.3	19.0	5.1
Pension settlement/curtailment (Note 9)			1.0	0.2	1.0	0.1
Settlement of UK pension plan			0.0	0.5	0.0	0.5
Loss on settlement of pension plan			25.1	0.0	25.1	0.0
Other	[1]		(3.6)	2.2	(2.2)	5.8
Total			40.2	$ 4.2	42.9	$ 11.5
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, net			5.3		5.3		$ 45.0
Building
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, net			32.0		32.0
Assets held for sale			10.4		10.4
Restructuring and other | Building
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Impairment of assets to be disposed of			21.6
RDX Storage
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Gain on sale of business			$ 4.8		$ 4.8
RDX Storage | Restructuring and other
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Gain on sale of business		$ 4.8

[1] The $25.1 million of asset disposals / asset write down primarily consists of a write down of our corporate headquarters facility. During the third quarter of 2015, based on the Board of Director's and management's decision to sell this facility in light of the other restructuring activities that were approved in September 2015, we classified our corporate headquarters facility as an asset held for sale. The carrying value of our corporate headquarters facility of $32.0 million was subsequently written down to $10.4 million which is its estimated fair value based on negotiations with a third party with interest in purchasing our corporate headquarters. The $21.6 million write down was charged to restructuring and other expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

XML

Restructuring and Other Expense (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Components of Restructuring and Other Expense

The components of our restructuring and other expense included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows:

	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	September 30,					September 30,
(In millions)	2015			2014		2015			2014
Restructuring Expense:
Severance and related	$	17.5		$	0.8	$	18.4		$	3.6
Lease termination costs	—			0.2		—			0.3
Other	0.2			0.3		0.6			1.2
Total restructuring	$	17.7		$	1.3	$	19.0		$	5.1
Other Expense:
Pension settlement/curtailment (Note 9)	1.0			0.2		1.0			0.1
Settlement of UK pension plan	—			0.5		—			0.5
Asset disposals / write down(1)	25.1			—		25.1			—
Other(2)	(3.6		)	2.2		(2.2		)	5.8
Total	$	40.2		$	4.2	$	42.9		$	11.5

⁽¹⁾The $25.1 million of asset disposals / asset write down primarily consists of a write down of our corporate headquarters facility. During the third quarter of 2015, based on the Board of Director's and management's decision to sell this facility in light of the other restructuring activities that were approved in September 2015, we classified our corporate headquarters facility as an asset held for sale. The carrying value of our corporate headquarters facility of $32.0 million was subsequently written down to $10.4 million which is its estimated fair value based on negotiations with a third party with interest in purchasing our corporate headquarters. The $21.6 million write down was charged to restructuring and other expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

⁽²⁾For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, other consists of a gain on the sale of our RDX^TM Storage product line which was partially offset by direct third-party costs associated with our proxy contest and strategic review process. On August 13, 2015, the Company sold its RDX Storage business and recognized a $4.8 million gain in restructuring and other expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, other consists of consulting fees and certain employee costs. See Note 12 - Fair Value Measurements for further information on the RDX transaction.

Schedule of Restructuring Reserve Activity

Activity related to the new and existing restructuring accruals was as follows:

(In millions)	Severance and Related		Lease Termination Costs		Other		Total
Accrued balance at December 31, 2014	0.8		0.3		0.2		1.3
Charges	0.5		—		0.3		0.8
Usage and payments	(0.7	)	(0.1	)	(0.2	)	(1.0	)
Accrued balance at March 31, 2015	0.6		0.2		0.3		1.1
Charges	0.4		—		0.1		0.5
Usage and payments	(0.4	)	(0.2	)	(0.1	)	(0.7	)
Accrued balance at June 30, 2015	0.6		—		0.3		0.9
Charges	17.5		—		0.2		17.7
Usage and payments	(4.7	)	—		(0.2	)	(4.9	)
Accrued balance at September 30, 2015	13.4		—		0.3		13.7

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following:

(In millions)	Trade Names			Software			Customer Relationships			Other			Total
September 30, 2015
Cost	$	14.9		$	2.0		$	—		$	2.3		$	19.2
Accumulated amortization	(4.2		)	(2.0		)	—			(2.3		)	(8.5		)
Intangible assets, net	$	10.7		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	10.7
December 31, 2014
Cost	$	34.2		$	60.1		$	20.0		$	26.2		$	140.5
Accumulated amortization	(14.0		)	(55.3		)	(3.7		)	(9.6		)	(82.6		)
Intangible assets, net	$	20.2		$	4.8		$	16.3		$	16.6		$	57.9

Schedule of Amortization Expense for Intangible Assets

Amortization expense for intangible assets consisted of the following:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Amortization expense	$	3.0	$	3.2	$	9.4	$	9.6

Schedule of Intangible Assets Estimated Amortization Expense

Estimated amortization expense for the remainder of 2015 and each of the next four years is as follows:

(In millions)	2015 (Remainder)		2016		2017		2018		2019
Amortization expense(1)	$	0.2	$	0.9	$	0.9	$	0.9	$	0.9

⁽¹⁾The estimated amortization expense excludes amortization on intellectual property for license agreements with TDK Corporation (TDK) as the license agreements will terminate during the fourth quarter of 2015. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on the TDK agreement.

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Other Hedges (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Notional Amount	$ 25.1		$ 25.1		$ 110.1
Foreign currency forward contracts
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Gain (loss) on foreign currency contracts	0.5	$ 0.7	0.3	$ 1.1
Other Current Assets
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Derivative assets fair value	0.1		0.1		7.3
Other Current Liabilities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities fair value	(0.8)		(0.8)		0.0
Cash flow hedges designated as hedging instruments | Cash flow hedges
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Notional Amount	24.0		24.0		86.7
Cash flow hedges designated as hedging instruments | Cash flow hedges | Other Current Assets
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Derivative assets fair value	0.1		0.1		7.3
Cash flow hedges designated as hedging instruments | Cash flow hedges | Other Current Liabilities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities fair value	(0.8)		(0.8)		0.0
Other hedges not receiving hedge accounting
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Notional Amount	1.1		1.1		23.4
Other hedges not receiving hedge accounting | Other Current Assets
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Derivative assets fair value	0.0		0.0		0.0
Other hedges not receiving hedge accounting | Other Current Liabilities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities fair value	0.0		0.0		$ 0.0
Other (Income) Expense
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Net foreign currency loss	$ (0.9)	$ 1.5	$ 0.3	$ 1.9

XML

Restructuring and Other Expense - Narrative (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended				9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Severance and related	$ 17,500,000			$ 800,000	$ 18,400,000	$ 3,600,000
Restructuring charges	17,700,000			1,300,000	19,000,000	5,100,000
Restructuring and other	40,200,000			$ 4,200,000	42,900,000	$ 11,500,000
Restructuring Plan
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring charges	17,700,000	$ 500,000	$ 800,000
Restructuring costs	113,900,000
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment	73,700,000
Restructuring and other	40,200,000
Severance and Related | Restructuring Plan
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring charges	17,500,000	400,000	500,000
Lease Termination Costs | Restructuring Plan
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring charges	0	0	0
Other | Restructuring Plan
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring charges	200,000	$ 100,000	$ 300,000
Consumer Storage and Accessories | Restructuring Plan
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Severance and related					0
Minimum | Restructuring Plan
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Expected restructuring costs	140,000,000				140,000,000
Expected cash expenditures					30,000,000
Maximum | Restructuring Plan
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Expected restructuring costs	$ 160,000,000				160,000,000
Expected cash expenditures					$ 40,000,000

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Schedule of Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation consisted of the following:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Stock-based compensation expense	$	0.3	$	1.1	$	1.7	$	4.1

Summary of Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes our stock option activity:

	Stock Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding December 31, 2014	3,897,986		$	13.07
Granted	24,547		3.94
Exercised	(20,000	)	3.84
Canceled	(341,498	)	24.84
Forfeited	(47,307	)	7.08
Outstanding September 30, 2015	3,513,728		$	12.00
Exercisable as of September 30, 2015	3,323,969		$	12.46

Summary of Weighted Average Assumptions Used in the Valuation of Stock Options

The following table summarizes our weighted average assumptions used in the valuation of stock options:

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
	2015		2014
Volatility	46.2	%	46.2	%
Risk-free interest rate	1.9	%	1.9	%
Expected life (months)	73		73
Dividend yield	—		—

Summary of Restricted Stock Activity

The following table summarizes our restricted stock activity:

	Restricted Stock		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	1,348,917		$	3.81
Granted	862,706		3.97
Vested	(850,077	)	3.91
Forfeited	(931,962	)	3.82
Nonvested as of September 30, 2015	429,584		$	3.90

XML

Retirement Plans (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Components of Net Periodic Pension (Credit) Cost

Components of net periodic pension (credit) cost included the following:

	United States						International						United States						International
	Three Months Ended September 30,												Nine Months Ended September 30,
(In millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014
Service cost	$	—		$	—		$	0.1		$	0.1		$	—		$	—		$	0.3		$	0.3
Interest cost	0.8			0.8			0.2			0.4			2.2			2.4			0.4			0.8
Expected return on plan assets	(1.1		)	(1.2		)	(0.2		)	(0.3		)	(3.1		)	(3.6		)	(0.6		)	(0.7		)
Amortization of net actuarial loss	0.3			0.3			—			0.1			0.9			0.9			0.2			0.2
Amortization of prior service credit	—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(0.1		)
Net periodic pension (credit) cost	$	—		$	(0.1	)	$	0.1		$	0.3		$	—		$	(0.3	)	$	0.3		$	0.5
Settlement loss	1.0			0.2			—			—			1.0			0.8			—			—
Curtailment gain	—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(0.7		)
Total pension (credit) cost	$	1.0		$	0.1		$	0.1		$	0.3		$	1.0		$	0.5		$	0.3		$	(0.2	)

XML

Recently Issued or Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Recently Issued or Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Issued or Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new guidance will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on revenue recognition and eliminate all industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The underlying principle is that an entity will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers at an amount that the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. Other major provisions include capitalization of certain contract costs, consideration of time value of money in the transaction price and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. In July 2015, the guidance was revised to be effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The guidance permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance on our financial position and results of operations.

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to debt issuance costs. Under this new standard, debt issuance costs reported on the consolidated balance sheet would be reflected as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. For Imation, this is effective January 1, 2016, with early adoption permitted. Retroactive application to prior periods is required. As this standard impacts only the classification of certain amounts within the consolidated balance sheet, Imation does not expect this new standard to have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

In May 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to the disclosures for investments in certain entities that calculate net asset value per share (or its equivalent). This standard modifies existing disclosure requirements such that investments for which the practical expedient is used to measure their fair value at net asset value (NAV) would be removed from the fair value hierarchy disclosures. Instead, an entity would be required to include those investments as a reconciling item such that the total fair value amount of investments in the fair value hierarchy disclosure is consistent with the amount on the balance sheet. Changes were also made to the requirements in a sponsor’s employee benefit plan asset disclosures. For Imation, this standard is effective January 1, 2016, with retrospective application required. Early adoption is permitted. As this standard only impacts certain disclosures, it will not impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

In July 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Updated (ASU) No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which modifies existing requirements regarding measuring inventory at the lower of cost or market. Under existing standards, the market amount requires consideration of replacement cost, net realizable value (NRV), and NRV less an approximately normal profit margin. The new ASU replaces market with NRV, defined as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This eliminates the need to determine and consider replacement cost or NRV less an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. For Imation, this standard is effective prospectively beginning January 1, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new ASU on Imation’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Cash Flow Hedges Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table sets forth our cash flow hedges which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

	September 30, 2015							December 31, 2014
(In millions)	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Derivative assets:
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		0.1			—		—		7.3		—
Derivative liabilities:
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		(0.8		)	—		—		—		—
Total net derivative (liabilities) assets	$	—	$	(0.7	)	$	—	$	—	$	7.3	$	—

Schedule of Notional and Fair Value Amounts of Derivative Instruments

The notional amounts and fair values of our derivative instruments recorded in other current assets and other current liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

	September 30, 2015							December 31, 2014
			Fair Value							Fair Value
(In millions)	Notional Amount		Other Current Assets		Other Current Liabilities			Notional Amount		Other Current Assets		Other Current Liabilities
Cash flow hedges designated as hedging instruments	$	24.0	$	0.1	$	(0.8	)	$	86.7	$	7.3	$	—
Other hedges not receiving hedge accounting	1.1		—		—			23.4		—		—
Total	$	25.1	$	0.1	$	(0.8	)	$	110.1	$	7.3	$	—

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill - Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Cost	$ 19.2		$ 19.2		$ 140.5
Accumulated amortization	(8.5)		(8.5)		(82.6)
Intangible assets, net	10.7		10.7		57.9
Amortization expense	3.0	$ 3.2	9.4	$ 9.6
Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, Remainder of 2015	0.2		0.2
Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, 2016	0.9		0.9
Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, 2017	0.9		0.9
Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, 2018	0.9		0.9
Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, 2019	0.9		0.9
Trade Names
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Cost	14.9		14.9		34.2
Accumulated amortization	(4.2)		(4.2)		(14.0)
Intangible assets, net	10.7		10.7		20.2
Software
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Cost	2.0		2.0		60.1
Accumulated amortization	(2.0)		(2.0)		(55.3)
Intangible assets, net	0.0		0.0		4.8
Customer Relationships
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Cost	0.0		0.0		20.0
Accumulated amortization	0.0		0.0		(3.7)
Intangible assets, net	0.0		0.0		16.3
Other
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Cost	2.3		2.3		26.2
Accumulated amortization	(2.3)		(2.3)		(9.6)
Intangible assets, net	$ 0.0		$ 0.0		$ 16.6

XML

Debt (Details) - USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2015	May. 28, 2015	May. 27, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Short-term borrowings	$ 18,000,000			$ 18,900,000
Remaining borrowing capacity	$ 12,600,000
Minimum
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt interest rate	0.90%
Maximum
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt interest rate	2.70%
Revolving Credit Facility
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity		$ 100,000,000	$ 170,000,000
Current borrowing capacity (up to)		100,000,000
United States | Domestic Line of Credit
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity		80,000,000
Europe | Foreign Line of Credit
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity		$ 20,000,000

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) - USD ($) shares in Millions, $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net revenue	$ 129.2	$ 175.0	$ 435.2	$ 532.5
Cost of goods sold	115.8	143.8	358.8	433.7
Gross profit	13.4	31.2	76.4	98.8
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative	43.4	42.5	123.0	130.2
Research and development	4.8	4.9	14.4	13.7
Intangible impairment	37.6	0.0	37.6	0.0
Goodwill impairment	36.1	35.4	36.1	35.4
Restructuring and other	40.2	4.2	42.9	11.5
Total	162.1	87.0	254.0	190.8
Operating loss from continuing operations	(148.7)	(55.8)	(177.6)	(92.0)
Other (income) expense:
Interest income	(0.1)	(0.1)	(0.3)	(0.3)
Interest expense	0.6	0.7	1.8	1.9
Other, net expense (income)	(0.5)	1.6	1.1	2.6
Total	0.0	2.2	2.6	4.2
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(148.7)	(58.0)	(180.2)	(96.2)
Income tax provision	3.6	3.4	3.9	1.8
Loss from continuing operations	(152.3)	(61.4)	(184.1)	(98.0)
Discontinued operations:
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses, net of income taxes	0.0	0.0	0.0	(1.7)
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses, net of income taxes	0.0	0.0	0.0	(0.6)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	0.0	0.0	0.0	(2.3)
Net loss	$ (152.3)	$ (61.4)	$ (184.1)	$ (100.3)
Loss per common share — basic:
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (3.70)	$ (1.49)	$ (4.48)	$ (2.39)
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	0.00	0.00	0.00	(0.06)
Net loss (in dollars per share)	(3.70)	(1.49)	(4.48)	(2.45)
Loss per common share — diluted:
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	(3.70)	(1.49)	(4.48)	(2.39)
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	0.00	0.00	0.00	(0.06)
Net loss (dollars per share)	$ (3.70)	$ (1.49)	$ (4.48)	$ (2.45)
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic (in shares)	41.2	41.2	41.1	41.0
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted (in shares)	41.2	41.2	41.1	41.0

XML

Restructuring and Other Expense - Schedule of Restructuring Reserve Activity (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended				9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Charges	$ 17.7			$ 1.3	$ 19.0	$ 5.1
Restructuring Plan
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Accrued balance, beginning	0.9	$ 1.1	$ 1.3		1.3
Charges	17.7	0.5	0.8
Usage and payments	(4.9)	(0.7)	(1.0)
Accrued balance, ending	13.7	0.9	1.1		13.7
Restructuring Plan | Severance and Related
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Accrued balance, beginning	0.6	0.6	0.8		0.8
Charges	17.5	0.4	0.5
Usage and payments	(4.7)	(0.4)	(0.7)
Accrued balance, ending	13.4	0.6	0.6		13.4
Restructuring Plan | Lease Termination Costs
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Accrued balance, beginning	0.0	0.2	0.3		0.3
Charges	0.0	0.0	0.0
Usage and payments	0.0	(0.2)	(0.1)
Accrued balance, ending	0.0	0.0	0.2		0.0
Restructuring Plan | Other
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Accrued balance, beginning	0.3	0.3	0.2		0.2
Charges	0.2	0.1	0.3
Usage and payments	(0.2)	(0.1)	(0.2)
Accrued balance, ending	$ 0.3	$ 0.3	$ 0.3		$ 0.3

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net loss	$ (184.1)	$ (100.3)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	15.7	16.4
Loss on settlement of pension plan	25.1	0.0
Goodwill impairment	36.1	35.4
Intangible impairment	37.6	0.0
Other, net	32.8	11.6
Changes in operating assets and liabilities	47.2	23.7
Net cash used in operating activities	(14.7)	(13.2)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Capital expenditures	(2.8)	(5.3)
Proceeds from sale of disposal group	1.5	2.8
Proceeds from sale of assets	1.2	0.0
Net cash used in investing activities	(0.1)	(2.5)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Purchase of treasury stock	(1.7)	(2.5)
Exercise of stock options	0.0	0.4
Short-term debt repayment	(17.4)	(29.7)
Short-term borrowings	16.4	28.9
Net cash used in financing activities	(2.7)	(2.9)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(2.8)	(3.3)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(20.3)	(21.9)
Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of period	114.6	132.6
Cash and cash equivalents — end of period	$ 94.3	$ 110.7

XML

Shareholders' Equity - 382 Rights Agreement (Details)	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015 day $ / shares shares	Aug. 07, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014 $ / shares
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Beneficial ownership percentage		4.90%
Class of warrant or right called by each warrant or right | shares	0.01
Dividend distribution right to common stock dividend ratio	1
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Acquiring person threshold	0.50%
Business days for acquiring person | day	10
Percentage transfer threshold for assets, cashflow, and earning power	50.00%
Ownership percentage threshold for board rights exchange	50.00%
Right redemption price	$ 0.001
Preferred Stock
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Price per share of sale of stock	$ 15.00

XML

(Loss) Earnings per Common Share (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Millions, $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Numerator:
Loss from continuing operations	$ (152.3)	$ (61.4)	$ (184.1)	$ (98.0)
Loss from discontinued operations	0.0	0.0	0.0	(2.3)
Net loss	$ (152.3)	$ (61.4)	$ (184.1)	$ (100.3)
Denominator:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period - basic (in shares)	41.2	41.2	41.1	41.0
Dilutive effect of stock-based compensation plans (in shares)	0.0	0.0	0.0	0.0
Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding during the period - diluted (in shares)	41.2	41.2	41.1	41.0
Loss per common share — basic:
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (3.70)	$ (1.49)	$ (4.48)	$ (2.39)
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	0.00	0.00	0.00	(0.06)
Net loss (in dollars per share)	(3.70)	(1.49)	(4.48)	(2.45)
Loss per common share — diluted:
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	(3.70)	(1.49)	(4.48)	(2.39)
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	0.00	0.00	0.00	(0.06)
Net loss (dollars per share)	$ (3.70)	$ (1.49)	$ (4.48)	$ (2.45)
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from calculation (in shares)	3.5	4.4	3.5	4.5

XML

Related Party Transaction

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

Clinton Relational Opportunity Master Fund, L.P. (the "Clinton Group") nominated 3 persons for election to Imation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) at the Company's Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 20, 2015. Shareholders elected Clinton Group’s three nominees, Joseph A. De Perio, Robert B. Fernander and Barry L. Kasoff, replacing three incumbent directors who were standing for reelection.

Mr. De Perio currently serves as Senior Portfolio Manager of the Clinton Group. During the third quarter of 2015, the Board authorized reimbursement to the Clinton Group for its documented expenses related to proxy contest fees for 2015 for$0.6 million. The fees are recorded in restructuring and other charges for the three months ended September 30, 2015 and are accrued in other current liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2015.

On August 17, 2015, Imation entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Fernander to perform certain services including assisting the Company with a review and assessment of the Nexsan and Mobile Security businesses of the Company, for which he received consulting fees of $25,000 per week, subject to termination by the Company on a one week's notice. For the three months ended September 30, 2015, the Company paid $0.2 million to Mr. Fernander for these services, which is recorded in restructuring and other charges. 

On September 27, 2015, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Fernander to serve as Interim Group President, Tiered Storage and Security Solutions, effective September 28, 2015, and terminated the consulting agreement with Mr. Fernander. For his service as Interim Group President, Tiered Storage and Security Solutions, Mr. Fernander received $35,000 per week in salary. Effective October 14, 2015, the Board appointed Mr. Fernander to serve as the Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Pursuant to an employment agreement, Mr. Fernander will serve an initial 1-year term, receive base compensation of $600,000 and a performance-based restricted stock award of 574,000 shares and receive up to one year's base salary if his employment agreement with the Company is terminated other than for Cause (as define in the employment agreement), or by reason of his death or disability.

On August 17, 2015, the Board appointed Mr. Kasoff to serve as Interim President of the Company effective August 19, 2015. Mr. Kasoff received compensation of $35,000 per week for his services as Interim President. Effective October 14, 2015, in connection with the appointment of Mr. Fernander to the position of Interim Chief Executive Officer, the Board appointed Mr. Kasoff as Chief Restructuring Officer at the same level of compensation he received as Interim President.

Mr. Kasoff also serves as president of Realization Services, Inc. (RSI), a management consulting firm specializing in assisting companies and capital stakeholders in troubled business environments. Pursuant to a consulting agreement between the Company and RSI dated August 17, 2015 and subsequent amendment, RSI is performing consulting services for the Company for the period from August 8, 2015 up to February 29, 2016, unless terminated earlier by the Company, including assisting the Company with a review and assessment of the Company’s business and the formulation of a business plan to enhance shareholder value going forward. Prior to being appointed as Interim President of the Company, RSI received consulting fees of $85,000 per week from the Company under the terms of the Agreement plus up to an additional $225,000 for enhanced services for the period from August 26, 2015 through September 18, 2015. Effective September 19, 2015, RSI will receive consulting fees up to $125,000 per week for the remaining term of the agreement. For the three months ended September 30, 2015, the Company paid $0.8 million to RSI which is recorded in restructuring and other charges.

On August 31, 2015, Imation entered into a consulting agreement with Geoff Barrall, a member of the Board pursuant to which Mr. Barrall will perform certain services including formulating a business plan and budget for the Company which is subject to termination by the Company on a one week's notice. For the three months ended September 30, 2015, the Company paid $0.2 million to Mr. Barrall which is recorded in restructuring and other charges.    

On October 14, 2015, Imation acquired substantially all of the equity of Connected Data, Inc. (CD) for approximately $7.5 million in cash (subject to adjustment), shares of Imation common stock and repayment of debt. Mr. Barrall is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of CD. In consideration for his CD common shares and options to purchase CD common shares, Mr. Barrall received approximately $184,000 at the time of the acquisition and he will be eligible to receive up to an additional $260,000 to the extent certain CD revenue targets are achieved for the 3 consecutive six-month periods commencing January 1, 2016.  The accounting for the CD acquisition will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on the CD acquisition. 

In connection with the CD acquisition, Imation appointed Mr. Barrall as Imation’s Chief Technology Officer on October 14, 2015 and entered into a related employment agreement on October 27, 2015. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Barrall will receive (i) a base salary of $600,000 per year, (ii) if he remains employed with the Company through December 31, 2015, a retention bonus of $116,732 in cash (which will be forfeited on a pro rata basis if he does not remain employed with the Company through December 31, 2016), and restricted stock units valued at $116,732 (which will vest pro rata on a monthly basis through December 31, 2016), (iii) subject to approval of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, an option to purchase 300,000 shares of Imation common stock, which will vest in equal monthly installments over 36 months of continued employment with the Company and (iv) if his employment with the Company is terminated other than for Cause or by Mr. Barrall for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in the employment agreement), one year’s base salary and, if such termination occurs either thirty days before or one year following a change of control (as defined in the employment agreement) the retention bonus described in clause (ii) above and in the stock options described in clause (iii) above will immediately vest in full. The consulting agreement with Mr. Barrall was terminated on October 12, 2015.

TDK owned approximately 18 percent of the Company’s common stock as of September 30, 2015. On September 28, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with TDK providing for the transfer of 6,675,764 shares of Imation common stock, subject to adjustment, from TDK to Imation, the termination of the Company's license agreement with TDK and the termination of certain rights of TDK under its Investor Rights Agreement with the Company. The TDK shares will be transferred back to the Company during the fourth quarter of 2015 and the corresponding accounting entries will be recorded at that time. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on the TDK agreement.

XML

Discontinued Operations - Narrative (Details) - USD ($)		3 Months Ended				6 Months Ended	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Oct. 15, 2013
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses		$ 0	$ 0				$ 0	$ 1,700,000
Loss from discontinued operations		0	$ 0				0	(2,300,000)
Discontinued Operations | XtremeMac Consumer Electronics Business
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Total consideration from sale of business	$ 3,100,000
Proceeds from sale of businesses	300,000					$ 1,300,000
Note receivable from sale of business	300,000
Consideration to be received from sale of business based on selling acquired inventory	$ 2,500,000
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses					$ 500,000
Loss from discontinued operations							0
Discontinued Operations | Memorex Consumer Electronics Business
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Total consideration from sale of business											$ 9,300,000
Proceeds from sale of businesses							1,500,000		$ 1,900,000	$ 900,000
Loss from discontinued operations		0					0
Estimated fair value of receivable		$ 4,400,000					$ 4,400,000
Notes receivable | Discontinued Operations | XtremeMac Consumer Electronics Business
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Decrease in expected contingent consideration receivable				$ 1,200,000
Loss from discontinued operations | Discontinued Operations | XtremeMac Consumer Electronics Business
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Loss as a component of discontinued operations related to the decrease in contingent consideration receivable								$ 1,200,000

XML

Recently Issued or Adopted Accounting Pronouncements (Policies)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Recently Issued or Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new guidance will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on revenue recognition and eliminate all industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The underlying principle is that an entity will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers at an amount that the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. Other major provisions include capitalization of certain contract costs, consideration of time value of money in the transaction price and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. In July 2015, the guidance was revised to be effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The guidance permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance on our financial position and results of operations.

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to debt issuance costs. Under this new standard, debt issuance costs reported on the consolidated balance sheet would be reflected as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. For Imation, this is effective January 1, 2016, with early adoption permitted. Retroactive application to prior periods is required. As this standard impacts only the classification of certain amounts within the consolidated balance sheet, Imation does not expect this new standard to have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

In May 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to the disclosures for investments in certain entities that calculate net asset value per share (or its equivalent). This standard modifies existing disclosure requirements such that investments for which the practical expedient is used to measure their fair value at net asset value (NAV) would be removed from the fair value hierarchy disclosures. Instead, an entity would be required to include those investments as a reconciling item such that the total fair value amount of investments in the fair value hierarchy disclosure is consistent with the amount on the balance sheet. Changes were also made to the requirements in a sponsor’s employee benefit plan asset disclosures. For Imation, this standard is effective January 1, 2016, with retrospective application required. Early adoption is permitted. As this standard only impacts certain disclosures, it will not impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

In July 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Updated (ASU) No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which modifies existing requirements regarding measuring inventory at the lower of cost or market. Under existing standards, the market amount requires consideration of replacement cost, net realizable value (NRV), and NRV less an approximately normal profit margin. The new ASU replaces market with NRV, defined as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This eliminates the need to determine and consider replacement cost or NRV less an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. For Imation, this standard is effective prospectively beginning January 1, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new ASU on Imation’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

XML

Basis of Presentation

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Imation Corp. (Imation, the Company, we, us or our) are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of financial position, results of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the periods presented. Except as otherwise disclosed herein, these adjustments consist of normal, recurring items. The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of full year results. The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes are presented in accordance with the requirements for Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and do not contain certain information included in our annual Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes.

The preparation of the interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses for the reporting periods. Despite our intention to establish accurate estimates and use reasonable assumptions, actual results may differ from our estimates.

The December 31, 2014 Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet data was derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. This Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The operating results of our former XtremeMac^TM andMemorex^TM consumer electronics businesses are presented in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations for further information on these divestitures.

On September 24, 2015, the Company adopted a restructuring plan that will significantly change the business and operations of the Company. See Note 7 - Restructuring and Other Expense for further information on the restructuring plan.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (Unaudited) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net loss	$ (152.3)	$ (61.4)	$ (184.1)	$ (100.3)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments:
Net holding gains (losses) arising during the period	(2.2)	2.2	0.9	0.7
Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains recorded in net loss	(3.1)	(0.7)	(6.7)	(1.2)
Total net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments	(5.3)	1.5	(5.8)	(0.5)
Net pension adjustments:
Liability adjustments for defined benefit plans	(4.4)	(1.6)	(4.4)	(0.8)
Reclassification adjustment for defined benefit plans recorded in net loss	1.5	0.4	1.8	1.1
Total net pension adjustments	(2.9)	(1.2)	(2.6)	0.3
Unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses)	(3.1)	(8.5)	(6.6)	(9.7)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(11.3)	(8.2)	(15.0)	(9.9)
Comprehensive loss	$ (163.6)	$ (69.6)	$ (199.1)	$ (110.2)

XML

Debt

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt

Debt

As of September 30, 2015, we had short-term borrowings of $18.0 million with interest rates ranging from 0.9 percent to 2.7 percent. The borrowings were primarily from our credit agreements with various banks in the United States, Europe and Japan. As of September 30, 2015, our remaining borrowing capacity under all credit agreements, after consideration of amounts outstanding, was $12.6 million. We are in compliance with our covenant requirements as of September 30, 2015 except for covenants related to our Japan Credit Agreement. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on our Japan Credit Agreement.

As of September 30, 2015, we maintained a credit agreement entered into in 2006 as amended (the Credit Agreement) and a credit agreement entered into in 2013 with a lender in Japan (the Japan Credit Agreement). Both credit agreements are described in Note 11 - Debt of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. In order to reduce borrowing costs, the maximum amount of borrowings under the Credit Agreement was reduced at the Company's request from $170 million to $100 million on May 28, 2015. The new limit does not impact our borrowing capacity as our borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement is under $100 million. The new sublimits are $80 million in the United States and $20 million in Europe.

XML

Document and Entity Information - shares	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Oct. 31, 2015
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	IMATION CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0001014111
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	Sep. 30, 2015
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2015
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q3
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		37,095,668

XML

Fair Value Measurements

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Trading Securities

On August 13, 2015 the Company entered into an agreement to sell its RDX™ Storage product line, including $1.5 million of associated inventory, to Sphere 3D for approximately $6 million of value. Under terms of the agreement, Imation received approximately 1.5 million shares of Sphere 3D common stock which resulted in a gain of $4.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015. The consideration received is subject to certain adjustments if the market value of the Sphere 3D shares change in value. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 the Company recorded a $0.3 million loss on the value of the 1.5 million Sphere 3D shares held. The loss was recorded in other (income) expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations as the investments are classified as trading securities under applicable accounting criteria. The estimated fair value of the shares held is $3.3 million and is included in other current assets in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2015.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Cash Flow Hedges

We attempt to substantially mitigate the risk that forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currencies may be adversely affected by changes in the currency exchange rates through the use of option, forward and combination option contracts. Gains and losses related to cash flow hedges are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive loss with a corresponding asset or liability. When the hedged transaction occurs, the gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss are reclassified into the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations in the same line as the item being hedged. The following table sets forth our cash flow hedges which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

	September 30, 2015							December 31, 2014
(In millions)	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Derivative assets:
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		0.1			—		—		7.3		—
Derivative liabilities:
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		(0.8		)	—		—		—		—
Total net derivative (liabilities) assets	$	—	$	(0.7	)	$	—	$	—	$	7.3	$	—

Other Derivative Instruments

We use foreign currency forward contracts to manage the foreign currency exposure related to our monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. We record the estimated fair value of these forward contracts in other current assets or other current liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and, because we do not receive hedge accounting for these derivatives, changes in their value are recognized every reporting period in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, we recorded net foreign currency gains of $0.9 million and losses of $1.5 million, respectively, in other (income) expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. These results reflect changes in foreign exchange rates on foreign denominated assets and liabilities and are net of losses of $0.5 million and $0.7 million from the related foreign currency forward contracts for the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, we recorded net foreign currency losses of $0.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively, in other (income) expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. These net losses reflect changes in foreign exchange rates on foreign denominated assets and liabilities and are net of losses of $0.3 million and $1.1 million from the related foreign currency forward contracts for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The notional amounts and fair values of our derivative instruments recorded in other current assets and other current liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

	September 30, 2015							December 31, 2014
			Fair Value							Fair Value
(In millions)	Notional Amount		Other Current Assets		Other Current Liabilities			Notional Amount		Other Current Assets		Other Current Liabilities
Cash flow hedges designated as hedging instruments	$	24.0	$	0.1	$	(0.8	)	$	86.7	$	7.3	$	—
Other hedges not receiving hedge accounting	1.1		—		—			23.4		—		—
Total	$	25.1	$	0.1	$	(0.8	)	$	110.1	$	7.3	$	—

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Sep. 30, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 94.3	$ 114.6
Accounts receivable, net	64.0	134.4
Inventories	42.0	57.7
Other current assets	34.2	32.7
Total current assets	234.5	339.4
Property, plant and equipment, net	5.3	45.0
Intangible assets, net	10.7	57.9
Goodwill	0.0	36.1
Other assets	16.8	20.8
Total assets	267.3	499.2
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	75.5	95.5
Short-term debt	18.0	18.9
Other current liabilities	89.0	98.2
Total current liabilities	182.5	212.6
Other liabilities	43.6	45.8
Total liabilities	$ 226.1	$ 258.4
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 25 million shares, none issued and outstanding	$ 0.0	$ 0.0
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 100 million shares, 42.9 million issued	0.4	0.4
Additional paid-in capital	1,040.1	1,034.6
Retained deficit	(883.7)	(699.9)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(99.8)	(84.8)
Treasury stock, at cost	(15.8)	(9.5)
Total shareholders' equity	41.2	240.8
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$ 267.3	$ 499.2

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following:

(In millions)	Trade Names			Software			Customer Relationships			Other			Total
September 30, 2015
Cost	$	14.9		$	2.0		$	—		$	2.3		$	19.2
Accumulated amortization	(4.2		)	(2.0		)	—			(2.3		)	(8.5		)
Intangible assets, net	$	10.7		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	10.7
December 31, 2014
Cost	$	34.2		$	60.1		$	20.0		$	26.2		$	140.5
Accumulated amortization	(14.0		)	(55.3		)	(3.7		)	(9.6		)	(82.6		)
Intangible assets, net	$	20.2		$	4.8		$	16.3		$	16.6		$	57.9

Amortization expense for intangible assets consisted of the following:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Amortization expense	$	3.0	$	3.2	$	9.4	$	9.6

Estimated amortization expense for the remainder of 2015 and each of the next four years is as follows:

(In millions)	2015 (Remainder)		2016		2017		2018		2019
Amortization expense(1)	$	0.2	$	0.9	$	0.9	$	0.9	$	0.9

⁽¹⁾The estimated amortization expense excludes amortization on intellectual property for license agreements with TDK Corporation (TDK) as the license agreements will terminate during the fourth quarter of 2015. See Note 17 - Subsequent Events for further information on the TDK agreement.

During the third quarter of 2015, management and the Board of Directors have engaged in a detailed strategic and financial assessment of the Company. As a result of this assessment, we significantly revised our previous business strategy by adjusting our product portfolio to a smaller product offering as well as changing our investment philosophy such that the investment in operating expenses will be significantly reduced. Because of our strategy change, smaller product portfolio and reduced future investment, we revised our forecasts, which we determined to be a triggering event for impairment testing. This required the assessment of the recoverability of the long-lived assets (including definite-lived intangible assets).

We compared the carrying value of our asset groups with their estimated undiscounted future cash flows and determined that the carrying value of certain asset groups exceeded the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. For those asset groups, we then compared the carrying value of the asset group to its estimated fair value to determine the amount by which our long-lived assets (primarily intangible assets) with the asset group were impaired. As a result of these analyses, we recorded an impairment charge of $37.6 million in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015.

In determining the estimated fair value of the asset groups, we used the income approach, a valuation technique under which we estimate future cash flows using the asset group's financial forecasts. Our expected cash flows are affected by various significant assumptions, including the discount rate, revenue, gross margin and EBITA (earnings before interest, taxes and amortization) expectations and the terminal value growth rate. Our analysis utilized discounted forecasted cash flows over a 10 years period with an estimation of residual growth rates thereafter. We use our business plans and projections as the basis for expected future cash flows. The assumptions included utilized discount rates ranging from 15.5 to 16.5 percent and terminal growth rates ranging from zero to 3.0 percent.

Goodwill

2015

The goodwill balance was $36.1 million as of December 31, 2014. The goodwill is solely contained within our Storage and Security Solutions reporting units. We test the carrying amount of a reporting unit's goodwill for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each year and during an interim period if an event occurs or circumstances change that would warrant impairment testing. During the third quarter of 2015, management and the Board of Directors have engaged in an assessment of the Storage and Security Solutions businesses of the Company. As a result of this assessment, we significantly revised our previous business strategy by adjusting our product portfolio to a smaller product offering as well as changing our investment philosophy associated with these businesses such that the investment in operating expenses will be significantly reduced. Because of our strategy change, smaller product portfolio and reduced future investment, we revised our forecasts, which we determined to be a triggering event requiring us to review our goodwill related to Storage and Security Solutions for impairment.

In determining the estimated fair value of the reporting units, we used the income approach, a valuation technique under which we estimate future cash flows using the reporting unit's financial forecasts. Our expected cash flows are affected by various significant assumptions, including the discount rate, revenue, gross margin and EBITA (earnings before interest, taxes and amortization) expectations and the terminal value growth rate. Our analysis utilized discounted forecasted cash flows over a 10 years period with an estimation of residual growth rates thereafter. We use our business plans and projections as the basis for expected future cash flows. The assumptions included utilized discount rates ranging from 15.5 to 16.5 percent and terminal growth rates ranging from zero to 3.0 percent.

As a result of this assessment, it was determined that the carrying value of our Storage and Security Solutions reporting units exceeded its estimated fair value. Accordingly, we performed a Step 2 goodwill impairment test which compared the implied value of the goodwill associated with Storage and Security Solutions to the carrying value of such goodwill. Based on this analysis, the carrying value of the Storage and Security Solutions goodwill exceeded its implied value by $36.1 million and, consequently, we recorded an impairment charge of that amount in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015. After the impairment charge, we do not have any remaining goodwill on our balance sheet as of September 30, 2015.

2014

For our Storage Solutions reporting unit, our actual results for the three months ended September 30, 2014 were lower than planned. Because of our lower than anticipated results for Storage Solutions, we revised our forecast, which we determined to be a triggering event requiring us to review our goodwill related to Storage Solutions for impairment.

In determining the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, we used the income approach, a valuation technique under which we estimate future cash flows using the reporting unit's financial forecasts. Our expected cash flows are affected by various significant assumptions, including the discount rate, revenue, gross margin and EBITA (earnings before interest, taxes and amortization) expectations and the terminal value growth rate. Our analysis utilized discounted forecasted cash flows over a 10 years period with an estimation of residual growth rates thereafter. We use our business plans and projections as the basis for expected future cash flows. The assumptions included utilized a discount rate of 16.5 percent and a terminal growth rate of 3.0 percent. Because our Storage Solutions business had not yet been able to achieve its anticipated results, we increased our discount rate by 2.0 percent over the estimated market discount rate of 14.5 percent.

As a result of this assessment, it was determined that the carrying value of our Storage Solutions reporting unit exceeded its estimated fair value. Accordingly, we performed a Step 2 goodwill impairment test which compared the implied value of the goodwill associated with Storage Solutions to the carrying value of such goodwill. Based on this analysis, the carrying value of the Storage Solutions goodwill exceeded its implied value by $35.4 million and, consequently, we recorded an impairment charge of that amount in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

XML

Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

Additional supplemental balance sheet information is provided as follows:

	September 30,			December 31,
(In millions)	2015			2014
Accounts Receivable:
Accounts receivable	$	78.7		$	143.5
Less reserves and allowances(1)	(14.7		)	(9.1		)
Accounts receivable, net	$	64.0		$	134.4
Inventories:
Finished goods	$	33.2		$	51.1
Work in process	0.7			0.7
Raw materials and supplies	8.1			5.9
Total inventories	$	42.0		$	57.7
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Property, plant and equipment	$	14.9		$	184.0
Less accumulated depreciation	(9.6		)	(139.0		)
Property, plant and equipment, net(2)	$	5.3		$	45.0

⁽¹⁾Accounts receivable reserves and allowances include estimated amounts for customer returns, discounts on payment terms and uncollectible accounts.

⁽²⁾During the third quarter of 2015, we classified our corporate headquarters facility as an asset held for sale. The amounts transferred out of property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation as of September 30, 2015, was $125.5 million and $93.5 million, respectively. The carrying value of $32.0 million was subsequently written down to $10.4 million, which is its estimated fair value based on negotiations with a third party with interest in purchasing our corporate headquarters and is reported in other current assets on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2015. See Note 7 - Restructuring and Other Expense for further information on the facility write down.

Other current liabilities (included as a separate line in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets) includes rebates payable of $20.4 million and $26.9 million and accrued payroll of $13.0 million and $18.4 million as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Other liabilities (included as a separate line in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets) includes pension liabilities of $24.3 million and $22.5 million as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

XML

Subsequent Events

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

Subsequent Events

On October 30, 2015, Imation terminated its Japan Credit Agreement entered into on July 16, 2013. At the time of termination, the Company paid down its short-term borrowings of $7.6 million. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2015, capitalized costs for the credit facility of $0.1 million will be charged to interest expense.

On October 14, 2015, Imation acquired substantially all of the equity of Connected Data, an emerging enterprise-class, private cloud sync and share company, in a transaction valued at $7.5 million at closing. The acquisition of CD augments Imation’s vision in delivering a comprehensive and secure storage, backup and collaboration ecosystem. The Company intends to complete the acquisition of Connected Data through a short-form merger as soon as practicable. The purchase price consists of approximately $0.9 million in cash, 1,511,151 shares of Imation common stock valued at approximately $4.0 million and approximately $2.6 million in repayment of debt. Up to $5.0 million in cash and shares in earn outs are possible based upon Connected Data’s performance through 2016 and the first half of 2017. The accounting for the CD acquisition will take place during the fourth quarter of 2015. See Note 16 - Related Party Transactions for additional information on the CD acquisition.

On September 28, 2015, Imation entered into an agreement with TDK providing for the transfer of 6,675,764 shares of Imation common stock, subject to adjustment, from TDK to Imation, the termination of the Company's license agreements with TDK and the termination of certain rights of TDK under its Investor Rights Agreement with the Company. After termination of the rights agreement, Imation will no longer have the right to use the licensed intellectual property except as required through December 31, 2015 to fulfill already existing obligations. TDK will no longer have rights to designate one employee or director of TDK as a nominee to stand for election as a director of the Company, information rights, preemptive rights, and demand registration rights. The Imation shares will be transferred back to the Company during the fourth quarter of 2015 and the corresponding accounting will be recorded at that time.

XML

Shareholders' Equity

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Equity [Abstract]

Shareholders' Equity

Shareholders' Equity

Treasury Stock

On May 2, 2012, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program that allowed for the repurchase of 5.0 million shares of common stock, replacing our previous authorization. We did not repurchase any shares during the three months ended September 30, 2015. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we repurchased 0.4 million shares of common stock for $1.7 million. Since the authorization of this program, we have repurchased 3.0 million shares of common stock for $13.3 million and, as of September 30, 2015, we had remaining authorization to repurchase up to 2.0 million additional shares. The treasury stock held as of September 30, 2015 was acquired at an average price of $12.74 per share.

Following is a summary of treasury share activity:

	Treasury Shares
Balance as of December 31, 2014	627,796
Purchases	382,448
Exercise of stock options	(12,656	)
Restricted stock grants	(690,662	)
Forfeitures and other	931,058
Balance as of September 30, 2015	1,237,984

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss and related activity consisted of the following:

(In millions)	Gains (Losses) on Derivative Financial Instruments			Defined Benefit Plans			Foreign Currency Translation			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	5.1		$	(20.6	)	$	(69.3	)	$	(84.8	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax(1)	0.9			(4.4		)	(6.6		)	(10.1		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(6.7		)	1.8			—			(4.9		)
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income	(5.8		)	(2.6		)	(6.6		)	(15.0		)
Balance as of September 30, 2015	$	(0.7	)	$	(23.2	)	$	(75.9	)	$	(99.8	)

⁽¹⁾Income tax benefit of $0.9 million was recorded for unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

The Company's Restructuring Plan will terminate certain sales and operations of its worldwide Storage Media and CSA businesses. See Note 7 - Restructuring and Other Expense for further information on the Company's Restructuring Plan. U.S. GAAP requires accumulated foreign currency translation balances to be reclassified into the Consolidated Statement of Operations once the liquidation of the net assets of a foreign entity is substantially complete. As of September 30, 2015, the Company had $75.9 million of accumulated foreign currency translation losses in other comprehensive loss for which significant balances could be reclassified into the Consolidated Statement of Operations in the future.

Details of amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss and the line item in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations are as follows:

	Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss								Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Operations Where (Gain) Loss is Presented
	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Gains on cash flow hedges	(0.8	)	(1.2	)	(6.1	)	(2.0	)	Cost of goods sold
Income tax expense	(2.3	)	0.5		(0.6	)	0.8		Income tax provision
	(3.1	)	(0.7	)	(6.7	)	(1.2	)
Amortization of net actuarial loss	0.3		0.3		0.7		0.7		Selling, general and administrative
Net pension curtailment/settlement loss	1.0		0.2		1.0		0.2		Restructuring and other
Income tax benefit	0.2		—		0.1		0.2		Income tax provision
	1.5		0.5		1.8		1.1
Total reclassifications for the period	(1.6	)	(0.2	)	(4.9	)	(0.1	)

382 Rights Agreement

On August 6, 2015, the Board of Directors adopted a rights plan intended to avoid an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and thereby preserve the current ability of the Company to utilize certain net operating loss carryovers and other tax benefits of the Company and its subsidiaries (the Tax Benefits). If the Company experiences an “ownership change,” as defined in Section 382 of Code, the Company’s ability to fully utilize the Tax Benefits on an annual basis will be substantially limited, and the timing of the usage of the Tax Benefits and such other benefits could be substantially delayed, which could therefore significantly impair the value of those assets. The rights plan is intended to act as a deterrent to any person or group acquiring “beneficial ownership” of 4.9% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, without the approval of the Board. The description and terms of the Rights (as defined below) applicable to the rights plan are set forth in the 382 Rights Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2015 (the Rights Agreement), by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent.

As part of the Rights Agreement, the Board authorized and declared a dividend distribution of one right (a Right) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, to stockholders of record at the close of business on September 10, 2015. Each Right entitles the holder to purchase from the Company a unit consisting of one one-hundredth of a share (a Unit) of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the Preferred Stock) at a purchase price of $15.00 per Unit, subject to adjustment (the Purchase Price). Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no separate rights as a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote or to receive dividends in respect of Rights.

Under the Rights Agreement, an Acquiring Person is any person or group of affiliated or associated persons (a Person) who is or becomes the beneficial owner of 4.9% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock other than as a result of repurchases of stock by the Company, dividends or distribution by the Company, stock issued under certain benefit plans or certain inadvertent actions by stockholders. For purposes of calculating percentage ownership under the Rights Agreement, outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock include all of the shares of common stock actually issued and outstanding. Beneficial ownership is determined as provided in the Rights Agreement and generally includes, without limitation, any ownership of securities a Person would be deemed to actually or constructively own for purposes of Section 382 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The Rights Agreement provides that the following shall not be deemed an Acquiring Person for purposes of the Rights Agreement: (i) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any employee benefit plan of the Company, or of any subsidiary of the Company, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or (ii) any Person that, as of August 7, 2015, is the beneficial owner of 4.9% or more of the shares of Common Stock outstanding (such Person, an Existing Holder) unless and until such Existing Holder acquires beneficial ownership of additional shares of common stock (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding shares of common stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of common stock) in an amount in excess of 0.5% of the outstanding shares of common stock.

The Rights Agreement provides that a Person shall not become an Acquiring Person for purpose of the Rights Agreement in a transaction that the Board determines is exempt from the Rights Agreement, which determination shall be made in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board, upon request by any Person prior to the date upon which such Person would otherwise become an Acquiring Person, including, without limitation, if the Board determines that (i) neither the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock by such Person, directly or indirectly, as a result of such transaction nor any other aspect of such transaction would jeopardize or endanger the availability to the Company of the Tax Benefits or (ii) such transaction is otherwise in the best interests of the Company.

Initially, the Rights will not be exercisable and will be attached to all common stock representing shares then outstanding, and no separate Rights certificates will be distributed. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Rights Agreement, the Rights will separate from the common stock and become exercisable and a distribution date (a Distribution Date) will occur upon the earlier of (i) 10 business days (or such later date as the Board shall determine) following a public announcement that a Person has become an Acquiring Person or (ii) 10 business days (or such later date as the Board shall determine) following the commencement of a tender offer, exchange offer or other transaction that, upon consummation thereof, would result in a Person becoming an Acquiring Person.

Until the Distribution Date, common stock held in book-entry form, or in the case of certificated shares, common stock certificates, will evidence the Rights and will contain a notation to that effect. Any transfer of shares of common stock prior to the Distribution Date will constitute a transfer of the associated Rights. After the Distribution Date, the Rights may be transferred on the books and records of the Rights Agent as provided in the Rights Agreement.

If on or after the Distribution Date, a Person is or becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right, other than certain Rights including those beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will have become void), will have the right to receive upon exercise common stock (or, in certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of the Company) having a value equal to two times the Purchase Price.

In the event that, at any time following the first date of a public announcement that a Person has become an Acquiring Person or that discloses information which reveals the existence of an Acquiring Person or such earlier date as a majority of the Board becomes aware of the existence of an Acquiring Person (any such date, the Stock Acquisition Date), (i) the Company engages in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, (ii) the Company engages in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the Company is the surviving corporation and the common stock of the Company is changed or exchanged or (iii) 50% or more of the Company’s assets, cash flow or earning power is sold or transferred, each holder of a Right (except Rights which have previously been voided as set forth above) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two times the Purchase Price.

At any time following the Stock Acquisition Date and prior to the acquisition by the Acquiring Person of 50% or more of the outstanding common stock, the Board may exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such Person which have become void), in whole or in part, for common stock or Preferred Stock at an exchange ratio of one share of common stock, or one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (or of a share of a class or series of the Company’s preferred stock having equivalent rights, preferences and privileges), per Right, subject to adjustment.

The Rights and the Rights Agreement will expire on the earliest of (i) 5:00 P.M. New York City time on August 7, 2018, (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed or exchanged pursuant to the Rights Agreement, (iii) the date on which the Board determines that the Rights Agreement is no longer necessary for the preservation of material valuable Tax Benefits or is no longer in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders, (iv) the beginning of a taxable year to which the Board determines that no Tax Benefits may be carried forward and (v) the first anniversary of the adoption of the Agreement if stockholder approval has not been received by or on such date.

At any time until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the expiration date of the Rights, the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001 per Right. Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering redemption of the Rights, the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the $0.001 redemption price.

XML

Retirement Plans

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans

Pension Plans

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, we contributed $0.6 million and $1.2 million to our worldwide pension plans, respectively. We presently anticipate contributing up to $0.1 million to fund our worldwide pension plans during the remainder of 2015.

In connection with actions taken under our announced restructuring programs, the number of employees accumulating benefits under our pension plan in the United States continues to decline. Participants in our U.S. defined benefit pension plan have the option of receiving cash lump sum payments when exiting the plan, which a number of participants exiting the plan have elected to receive. Lump sum payments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 have exceeded our expected 2015 interest costs. As a result, a partial settlement event occurred during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and we recognized a settlement loss of $1.0 million. A settlement loss of $0.2 million and $0.8 million were recognized for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. These settlement losses are included in restructuring and other in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, in connection with the settlement and as required by pension accounting, we remeasured the funded status of our U.S. defined benefit pension plan as of September 30, 2015 and have adjusted the funded status on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2015 accordingly.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded a curtailment gain in the amount of $0.7 million relating to our pension plan in Japan. This amount was recorded to restructuring and other in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We had a defined benefit pension plan located in the United Kingdom (UK Plan) for former employees with no current employees in the plan. On September 17, 2013, we settled our obligations under the UK Plan by way of a transaction with Pension Insurance Corporation (PIC) whereby PIC fully assumed the projected benefit obligation and underlying plan assets. It is a standard practice in the United Kingdom for a government review process to occur, entailing a review of the plan obligations and participant data, upon a transaction such as this one involving a transfer of a pension plan. During the third quarter of 2014, we had an additional obligation of $0.5 million associated with a true-up of the transaction that we have recorded in restructuring and other in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Components of net periodic pension (credit) cost included the following:

	United States						International						United States						International
	Three Months Ended September 30,												Nine Months Ended September 30,
(In millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014
Service cost	$	—		$	—		$	0.1		$	0.1		$	—		$	—		$	0.3		$	0.3
Interest cost	0.8			0.8			0.2			0.4			2.2			2.4			0.4			0.8
Expected return on plan assets	(1.1		)	(1.2		)	(0.2		)	(0.3		)	(3.1		)	(3.6		)	(0.6		)	(0.7		)
Amortization of net actuarial loss	0.3			0.3			—			0.1			0.9			0.9			0.2			0.2
Amortization of prior service credit	—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(0.1		)
Net periodic pension (credit) cost	$	—		$	(0.1	)	$	0.1		$	0.3		$	—		$	(0.3	)	$	0.3		$	0.5
Settlement loss	1.0			0.2			—			—			1.0			0.8			—			—
Curtailment gain	—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(0.7		)
Total pension (credit) cost	$	1.0		$	0.1		$	0.1		$	0.3		$	1.0		$	0.5		$	0.3		$	(0.2	)

XML

Segment Information (Details) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($) segment product_category	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of reporting segments | segment			2
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Net revenue	$ 129.2	$ 175.0	$ 435.2	$ 532.5
Operating loss	(148.7)	(55.8)	(177.6)	(92.0)
Interest income	(0.1)	(0.1)	(0.3)	(0.3)
Interest expense	0.6	0.7	1.8	1.9
Other, net expense (income)	(0.5)	1.6	1.1	2.6
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(148.7)	(58.0)	(180.2)	(96.2)
Operating Segments
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Operating loss	(25.9)	(2.7)	(34.0)	(12.7)
Corporate and Unallocated
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Operating loss	(122.8)	(53.1)	$ (143.6)	(79.3)
Consumer Storage and Accessories
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of major product categories | product_category			2
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Net revenue	67.8	92.0	$ 219.3	287.1
Consumer Storage and Accessories | Operating Segments
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Operating loss	(15.8)	5.4	(11.2)	12.7
Consumer Storage and Accessories | Consumer Storage Media
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Net revenue	59.0	79.4	191.6	253.4
Consumer Storage and Accessories | Audio and Accessories
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Net revenue	8.8	12.6	$ 27.7	33.7
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of major product categories | product_category			2
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Net revenue	61.4	83.0	$ 215.9	245.4
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions | Operating Segments
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Operating loss	(10.1)	(8.1)	(22.8)	(25.4)
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions | Commercial Storage Media
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Net revenue	36.6	54.3	129.8	159.7
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions | Storage and Security Solutions
Segment Reporting Information, Profit (Loss) [Abstract]
Net revenue	$ 24.8	$ 28.7	$ 86.1	$ 85.7

XML

Restructuring and Other Expense

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Restructuring and Other Expense

Restructuring and Other Expense

The components of our restructuring and other expense included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows:

	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	September 30,					September 30,
(In millions)	2015			2014		2015			2014
Restructuring Expense:
Severance and related	$	17.5		$	0.8	$	18.4		$	3.6
Lease termination costs	—			0.2		—			0.3
Other	0.2			0.3		0.6			1.2
Total restructuring	$	17.7		$	1.3	$	19.0		$	5.1
Other Expense:
Pension settlement/curtailment (Note 9)	1.0			0.2		1.0			0.1
Settlement of UK pension plan	—			0.5		—			0.5
Asset disposals / write down(1)	25.1			—		25.1			—
Other(2)	(3.6		)	2.2		(2.2		)	5.8
Total	$	40.2		$	4.2	$	42.9		$	11.5

⁽¹⁾The $25.1 million of asset disposals / asset write down primarily consists of a write down of our corporate headquarters facility. During the third quarter of 2015, based on the Board of Director's and management's decision to sell this facility in light of the other restructuring activities that were approved in September 2015, we classified our corporate headquarters facility as an asset held for sale. The carrying value of our corporate headquarters facility of $32.0 million was subsequently written down to $10.4 million which is its estimated fair value based on negotiations with a third party with interest in purchasing our corporate headquarters. The $21.6 million write down was charged to restructuring and other expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

⁽²⁾For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, other consists of a gain on the sale of our RDX^TM Storage product line which was partially offset by direct third-party costs associated with our proxy contest and strategic review process. On August 13, 2015, the Company sold its RDX Storage business and recognized a $4.8 million gain in restructuring and other expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, other consists of consulting fees and certain employee costs. See Note 12 - Fair Value Measurements for further information on the RDX transaction.

Restructuring Plan

On September 27, 2015, the Company adopted a restructuring plan pursuant to which it will terminate certain sales and operations of its worldwide Storage Media (magnetic tape) business, terminate certain sales and operations of its worldwide Consumer Storage and Accessories (CSA) business, and further reduce and rationalize its corporate overhead (the Restructuring Plan). As of September 30, 2015, the Company and its Board of Directors had not yet determined that it will restructure its Storage Media and CSA operations in Europe. The Company is currently in the process of negotiations with the European works councils to determine if such a restructuring in Europe would be approved by various European labor laws. Accordingly, no employee severance charges have been incurred associated with the Company's European operations, but it is reasonably possible that severance charges, which could be material, will be incurred in the future pending the outcome of the negotiations. The Company will continue its Nexsan^TM and Mobile Security businesses.

The Company is entering into the Restructuring Plan as a result of continued losses due to secular declines in its legacy Storage Media and CSA businesses and to reduce the cost structure and streamline the organization in light of these changes. The Company expects that it will incur approximately $140 to $160 million in total charges for the Restructuring Plan and will substantially complete the plan during the first quarter of 2016 with most charges incurred in the third and fourth quarters of 2015. Approximately $30 to $40 million of the total charges will require cash expenditures.

In October 2012, the Board of Directors approved our Global Process Improvement (GPI) Program in order to realign our business structure and significantly reduce operating expense over time. This restructuring program addressed product line rationalization and infrastructure and included a planned reduction in our global workforce. The GPI restructuring program is closed and current and future related charges will be reported as part of the Restructuring Plan.

During the third quarter of 2015, we incurred $113.9 million of costs under the Restructuring Plan. These costs included $73.7 of impairments and $40.2 million of restructuring and other. See Note 6 - Intangible Assets and Goodwill for further information on the impairments.

Activity related to the new and existing restructuring accruals was as follows:

(In millions)	Severance and Related		Lease Termination Costs		Other		Total
Accrued balance at December 31, 2014	0.8		0.3		0.2		1.3
Charges	0.5		—		0.3		0.8
Usage and payments	(0.7	)	(0.1	)	(0.2	)	(1.0	)
Accrued balance at March 31, 2015	0.6		0.2		0.3		1.1
Charges	0.4		—		0.1		0.5
Usage and payments	(0.4	)	(0.2	)	(0.1	)	(0.7	)
Accrued balance at June 30, 2015	0.6		—		0.3		0.9
Charges	17.5		—		0.2		17.7
Usage and payments	(4.7	)	—		(0.2	)	(4.9	)
Accrued balance at September 30, 2015	13.4		—		0.3		13.7

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation consisted of the following:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Stock-based compensation expense	$	0.3	$	1.1	$	1.7	$	4.1

We have stock-based compensation awards consisting of stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights under four plans (collectively, the Stock Plans) which are described in detail in our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. As of September 30, 2015, there were 2,063,929 shares available for grant under the 2011 Incentive Plan. No further shares were available for grant under any other stock incentive plan.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes our stock option activity:

	Stock Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding December 31, 2014	3,897,986		$	13.07
Granted	24,547		3.94
Exercised	(20,000	)	3.84
Canceled	(341,498	)	24.84
Forfeited	(47,307	)	7.08
Outstanding September 30, 2015	3,513,728		$	12.00
Exercisable as of September 30, 2015	3,323,969		$	12.46

The outstanding options are non-qualified and generally have a term of ten years. The following table summarizes our weighted average assumptions used in the valuation of stock options:

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
	2015		2014
Volatility	46.2	%	46.2	%
Risk-free interest rate	1.9	%	1.9	%
Expected life (months)	73		73
Dividend yield	—		—

As of September 30, 2015, there was $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options granted under our Stock Plans. That expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.2 years.

Restricted Stock

The following table summarizes our restricted stock activity:

	Restricted Stock		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	1,348,917		$	3.81
Granted	862,706		3.97
Vested	(850,077	)	3.91
Forfeited	(931,962	)	3.82
Nonvested as of September 30, 2015	429,584		$	3.90

The cost of the awards is determined using the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, and compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite vesting period.

Effective May 22, 2015, a “Change of Control” occurred under the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Severance and Change in Control Agreements and certain incentive award agreements with its executives as a result of the election of three new directors to the Company’s Board of Directors by shareholders at the shareholder meeting on May 20, 2015 (the "May 2015 Change of Control Event"). Upon a change of control, under the terms of the agreements with these executives, the performance-based restricted shares are converted into a right to receive cash, and a portion of such awards vest immediately and are settled in cash. As a result, 225,347 restricted shares covered by such at the time of the May 2015 Change of Control Event vested immediately, and a cash payment of $1.0 million was made to settle such awards. The remaining portion of such awards will only vest and be settled in cash if the executive is involuntarily terminated other than for Cause (as defined in the Agreement) or resigns for Good Reason (as defined in the agreement) within one year of the May 2015 Change of Control Event. The 866,820 restricted shares that were converted into the right to receive cash upon the May 2015 Change of Control Event were treated as forfeited and recorded as treasury shares. The only situation in which the performance-based restricted shares can be settled in cash is pursuant to a change of control.

As of September 30, 2015, there was $0.9 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock granted under our Stock Plans. That expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.

Stock Appreciation Rights

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we granted 2.7 million Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) to certain employees associated with our Storage Solutions and Mobile Security operations. These awards were issued to incentivize employees to grow revenues. These awards expire on December 31, 2017 and only vest when both stock price and revenue performance conditions specified by the terms of the SARs are met. Additionally, under the terms of the 2015 SARs, any cash payments to an individual under a 2015 vested SAR would reduce any cash payment received under any earlier SAR grant pertaining to that individual, if and when such earlier SAR vests. For the stock price condition, based on the terms of the awards, 50 percent of the SARs could vest if the 30-day average Imation stock price reaches $8 per share or more by December 31, 2017 and the remaining 50 percent of the SARs could vest if the 30-day average Imation stock price reaches $12 per share or more by December 31, 2017. Additionally, for the revenue performance condition, as a condition necessary for vesting, the net revenue of Storage Solutions or Mobile Security (depending on the award) must reach certain specified stretch targets by December 31, 2017. If exercised, the SARs require a cash payment to the holder in an amount based on the Imation stock price at the date of exercise as compared to the stock price at the date of grant. As of September 30, 2015, we had 4.7 million SARs outstanding for which we have not recorded any related compensation expense based on the applicable accounting rules. We will continue to assess these SARs each quarter to determine if any expense should be recorded.

XML

Income Taxes

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

For interim income tax reporting, we are required to estimate our annual effective tax rate and apply it to year-to-date pre-tax income/loss excluding unusual or infrequently occurring discrete items. Tax jurisdictions with losses for which tax benefits cannot be realized are excluded.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, we recorded income tax expense of $3.6 million and $3.9 million, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded income tax expense of $3.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively. The change in the income tax expense for the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the same period last year is primarily related to lower foreign income tax expense compared to last year, offset by a $3.7 million valuation allowance established during the current quarter as a result of the announced Restructuring Plan, which has changed our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain foreign jurisdictions to recover our net deferred tax assets in such locations. The effective income tax rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35 percent primarily due to a valuation allowance on various deferred tax assets and the effects of foreign tax rate differential. As disclosed previously, as of September 30, 2015 the Company had not yet determined that it will be restructuring its European operations, pending the outcome of negotiations with European works councils and, accordingly, we have not provided valuation allowances associated with tax jurisdictions within Europe. However, it is reasonably possible that valuation allowances may be necessary in future periods if we reach agreement to restructure our European operations. The total net deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2015 associated with European jurisdictions is approximately $6.0 million.

We conduct business globally. As a result, we file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions and are subject to review by various U.S and foreign taxing authorities. Our U.S. federal income tax returns for 2011 through 2013 are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by foreign tax jurisdictions or state and local tax jurisdictions for years before 2008. In the event that we have determined not to file tax returns with a particular state or city, all years remain subject to examination by the tax jurisdiction.

We accrue for the effects of uncertain tax positions and the related potential penalties and interest. Our liability related to uncertain tax positions, which is presented in other liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and which includes interest and penalties and excludes certain unrecognized tax benefits that have been netted against deferred tax assets, was $1.6 million and $1.9 million as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefit with respect to certain of our unrecognized tax positions will increase or decrease during the next twelve months; however it is not possible to reasonably estimate the effect at this time.

XML

Subsequent Events Narrative (Details) $ in Millions		3 Months Ended
	Oct. 30, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($) member shares
Line of Credit | Subsequent Event
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Debt extinguished	$ 7.6
Scenario, Forecast
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Stock receivable from termination of rights agreement | shares		6,675,764
Scenario, Forecast | Line of Credit
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Capitalized cost charged to expense		$ 0.1
Connected Data, Inc. | Scenario, Forecast
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Total consideration		7.5
Payments to acquire business		$ 0.9
Shares issued for business acquisition | shares		1,500,000
Value of shares issued for business acquisition		$ 4.0
Debt acquired in business combination		2.6
Contingent consideration		$ 5.0
TDK Corporation | Scenario, Forecast
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Board member not re elected | member		1

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Net Revenue and Operating Income (Loss) by Segment

Net revenue and operating income (loss) from continuing operations by segment were as follows:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net revenue
Consumer Storage and Accessories:
Consumer Storage Media	$	59.0	$	79.4	$	191.6	$	253.4
Audio and Accessories	8.8		12.6		27.7		33.7
Total Consumer Storage and Accessories	67.8		92.0		219.3		287.1
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions:
Commercial Storage Media	36.6		54.3		129.8		159.7
Storage and Security Solutions	24.8		28.7		86.1		85.7
Total Tiered Storage and Security Solutions	61.4		83.0		215.9		245.4
Total net revenue	$	129.2	$	175.0	$	435.2	$	532.5

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
(In millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations
Consumer Storage and Accessories	$	(15.8	)	$	5.4		$	(11.2	)	$	12.7
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions	(10.1		)	(8.1		)	(22.8		)	(25.4		)
Total segment operating loss	(25.9		)	(2.7		)	(34.0		)	(12.7		)
Corporate and unallocated	(122.8		)	(53.1		)	(143.6		)	(79.3		)
Total operating loss	(148.7		)	(55.8		)	(177.6		)	(92.0		)
Interest income	(0.1		)	(0.1		)	(0.3		)	(0.3		)
Interest expense	0.6			0.7			1.8			1.9
Other, net expense	(0.5		)	1.6			1.1			2.6
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(148.7	)	$	(58.0	)	$	(180.2	)	$	(96.2	)

XML

Retirement Plans - Components of Net Periodic Pension (Credit) Cost (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Settlement loss	$ 1.0	$ 0.2	$ 1.0	$ 0.1
United States
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	0.0	0.0	0.0	0.0
Interest cost	0.8	0.8	2.2	2.4
Expected return on plan assets	(1.1)	(1.2)	(3.1)	(3.6)
Amortization of net actuarial loss	0.3	0.3	0.9	0.9
Amortization of prior service credit	0.0	0.0	0.0	0.0
Net periodic pension (credit) cost	0.0	(0.1)	0.0	(0.3)
Settlement loss	1.0	0.2	1.0	0.8
Curtailment gain	0.0	0.0	0.0	0.0
Total pension (credit) cost	1.0	0.1	1.0	0.5
International
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	0.1	0.1	0.3	0.3
Interest cost	0.2	0.4	0.4	0.8
Expected return on plan assets	(0.2)	(0.3)	(0.6)	(0.7)
Amortization of net actuarial loss	0.0	0.1	0.2	0.2
Amortization of prior service credit	0.0	0.0	0.0	(0.1)
Net periodic pension (credit) cost	0.1	0.3	0.3	0.5
Settlement loss	0.0	0.0	0.0	0.0
Curtailment gain	0.0	0.0	0.0	(0.7)
Total pension (credit) cost	$ 0.1	$ 0.3	$ 0.3	$ (0.2)

XML

Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

We are the subject of various pending or threatened legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. All such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with assurance. Additionally, our businesses are subject to allegations of patent infringement by our competitors as well as by non-practicing entities (NPEs), sometimes referred to as “patent trolls,” who may seek monetary settlements from us, our competitors, suppliers and resellers, including the One-Blue litigation described below. Consequently, as of September 30, 2015, we are unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate aggregate amount of any monetary liability or financial impact that we may incur with respect to these matters. It is reasonably possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters could materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

On May 22, 2013, Imation was sued in U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware by five entities: One-Blue, LLC (One-Blue), which is an entity with licensing authority for a pool of patents relating to Blu-ray discs, and four members of One-Blue, Koninklijke Philips N.V., Panasonic Corporation, Pioneer Corporation and Sony Corporation. The plaintiffs allege that Imation's sales of certain Blu-ray discs infringe six patents and seek unspecified damages, treble damages and attorney's fees. On June 13, 2013, Imation filed an Answer, Affirmative Defenses, and Counterclaims, naming various defenses including that plaintiffs are barred, in whole or in part, from any recovery or relief by their refusal to license the patents-in-suit under fair, reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms. Imation intends to vigorously defend the case. Proceedings in the case have been bifurcated, and a trial limited to the issues presented by Imation’s Counterclaim is scheduled to begin on November 16, 2015. Imation has notified its manufacturers of their indemnity obligations that it believes cover a portion of its liability, if any, to One-Blue and the other plaintiffs. In addition, Imation has a dispute with One-Blue regarding One-Blue's refusal to license its Japanese Blu-ray patents under fair, reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms in Japan, where Imation's sales of Blu-ray discs are substantially greater than in the U.S. Imation Corporation Japan, Imation's Japanese subsidiary, sued One-Blue in Japan regarding its unlawful interference with certain of our customer relationships. On February 18, 2015, the Tokyo District Court rendered a decision in favor of Imation that held One-Blue's sending of warning letters to Imation customers that threatened those customers with certain patent-related actions constituted an illegal "unfair competition practice" and issued a permanent injunction prohibiting One-Blue from sending any such warning letters in the future. One-Blue did not appeal that decision.

SpearPoint Capital Fund LP et al. v. Mark E. Lucas, et al. This shareholder derivative action was filed in Delaware Chancery Court on February 9, 2015. It names as defendants the Company and the members of its Board of Directors. Plaintiffs contend that the defendants paid excessive compensation to the directors. They seek damages for breaches of fiduciary duties, waste of corporate assets and unjust enrichment. They also seek corporate governance reforms related to the Company’s compensation practices. The Directors have responded to the complaint denying all the allegations; the Company, as the nominal defendant, has responded denying the allegations as well. The parties are now engaged in discovery. Trial, should it be necessary, has been scheduled for June 2016.

Copyright Levies

Background and historical developments associated with our copyright levies are discussed in Note 15 - Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had accrued liabilities of $5.8 million and $9.3 million, respectively, associated with levies for which we are withholding payment. In the first quarter of 2015, we reversed a $2.8 million accrual for copyright levies on optical products as the result of a favorable German court decision retroactively setting levy rates at a level much lower than the rates sought by the German collecting society.

We are subject to several pending or threatened legal actions by the individual European national levy collecting societies in relation to private copyright levies under the Directive. Those actions generally seek payment of the commercial and consumer optical levies withheld by Imation. For example, in the first quarter of 2015, the French levy society, Copie France, filed a new summary proceeding, seeking $8.7 million in withheld levies. Imation believed this claim was without merit, and Copie France voluntarily dismissed the claim in the second quarter of 2015. Imation has corresponding claims in those actions seeking reimbursement of levies improperly collected by those collecting societies. A hearing has been scheduled on December 8, 2016, in the High Court of Justice (Tribunal de Grande Instance de Paris) on Imation’s claim against Copie France for reimbursement of commercial optical levies previously paid by Imation, and Copie France’s counterclaim against Imation seeking payment of withheld levy payments; a decision in that case is not expected until several months after that hearing is completed. We are subject to threatened actions by certain customers of Imation seeking reimbursement of funds they allege relate to commercial levies that they claim they should not have paid. Although these actions are subject to the uncertainties inherent in the litigation process, based on the information presently available to us, management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of these actions will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Additional court decisions may be rendered in 2015 that may directly or indirectly impact our levy exposure in specific European countries which could trigger a review of our levy exposure in those countries.

XML

Discontinued Operations (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Schedule of Key Components of Discontinued Operations

The key components of the results of discontinued operations were as follows:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net revenue	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.5
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses, before income taxes	—		—		—		(1.7		)
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses, before income taxes	—		—		—		(0.6		)
Income tax provision (benefit)	—		—		—		—
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(2.3	)

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Restricted Stock (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions		9 Months Ended
	May. 22, 2015 USD ($) director shares	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($) $ / shares shares
Restricted Stock [Roll Forward]
Vested (in shares)		(690,662)
Restricted Stock
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock | $		$ 0.9
Total compensation cost not yet recognized, period for recognition		1 year 6 months
Restricted Stock [Roll Forward]
Beginning, nonvested (in shares)		1,348,917
Granted (in shares)		862,706
Vested (in shares)		(850,077)
Forfeited (in shares)		(931,962)
Ending, nonvested (in shares)		429,584
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share [Roll Forward]
Beginning, nonvested (in dollars per share) | $ / shares		$ 3.81
Granted (in dollars per share) | $ / shares		3.97
Vested (in dollars per share) | $ / shares		3.91
Forfeited (in dollars per share) | $ / shares		3.82
Ending, nonvested (in dollars per share) | $ / shares		$ 3.90
Board Member
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of new board directors | director	3
Board Member | Restricted Stock
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Cash payment to settle awards | $	$ 1.0
Restricted Stock [Roll Forward]
Vested (in shares)	(225,347)
Forfeited (in shares)	(866,820)

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill - Goodwill (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Sep. 30, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Goodwill	$ 0.0	$ 36.1

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Sep. 30, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	25,000,000	25,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	42,900,000	42,900,000

XML

Discontinued Operations

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued Operations

On February 13, 2013, we announced our plans to divest our XtremeMac and Memorex consumer electronics businesses.

On January 31, 2014, we completed the sale of our XtremeMac consumer electronics business. Total cash consideration was originally estimated at $3.1 million which consisted of $0.3 million of cash consideration, an interest-bearing note receivable of $0.3 million (maturing in December 2015) and $2.5 million to be received based on the proceeds the purchaser was able to achieve from selling the acquired inventory. The sale of this business resulted in a loss of $0.5 million which was recorded in discontinued operations during the first quarter of 2014. During the second quarter of 2014, we revised downward our estimate of the consideration we expected to receive by $1.2 million based on the purchaser's proceeds from selling the acquired inventory and, accordingly, recognized a loss of $1.2 million as a component of discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The $1.3 million of remaining proceeds due Imation from the purchaser's disposition of acquired inventory were received during the second and third quarters of 2014. There were no results for discontinued operations for XtremeMac for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015.

On October 15, 2013, we completed the sale of the Memorex consumer electronics business for $9.3 million of total consideration. We received payments of $1.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, $1.9 million during 2014 and $0.9 million during 2013. The remaining receivable balance associated with the disposition of this business is recorded at an estimated fair value of $4.4 million as of September 30, 2015. Based on all the evidence available to us, including the payments received to date, we believe the remaining receivable to be collectible and have not provided an allowance. However, the collectability of this amount is not certain and it is reasonably possible that an allowance for a portion of this amount may be provided for in a future period. There were no results for discontinued operations for the Memorex consumer electronics business for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015.

The operating results for these businesses are presented in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as discontinued operations for all periods presented and reflect revenues and expenses that are directly attributable to these businesses that were eliminated from our ongoing operations.

The key components of the results of discontinued operations were as follows:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net revenue	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.5
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses, before income taxes	—		—		—		(1.7		)
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses, before income taxes	—		—		—		(0.6		)
Income tax provision (benefit)	—		—		—		—
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(2.3	)

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions		3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
		Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
AOCI Attributable to Parent, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance				$ 240.8
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		$ (11.3)	$ (8.2)	(15.0)	$ (9.9)
Ending balance		41.2		41.2
Income tax benefit for unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments				0.9
Selling, general and administrative		43.4	42.5	123.0	130.2
Restructuring and other		40.2	4.2	42.9	11.5
Income tax expense (benefit)		3.6	3.4	3.9	1.8
Net loss		152.3	61.4	184.1	100.3
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment, Net of Tax		75.9		75.9
Gains (Losses) on Derivative Financial Instruments
AOCI Attributable to Parent, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance				5.1
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax	[1]			0.9
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax				(6.7)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax				(5.8)
Ending balance		(0.7)		(0.7)
Defined Benefit Plans
AOCI Attributable to Parent, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance				(20.6)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax	[1]			(4.4)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax				1.8
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax				(2.6)
Ending balance		(23.2)		(23.2)
Foreign Currency Translation
AOCI Attributable to Parent, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance				(69.3)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax	[1]			(6.6)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax				0.0
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax				(6.6)
Ending balance		(75.9)		(75.9)
Total
AOCI Attributable to Parent, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance				(84.8)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax	[1]			(10.1)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax				(4.9)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax				(15.0)
Ending balance		(99.8)		(99.8)
Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
AOCI Attributable to Parent, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Net loss		(1.6)	(0.2)	(4.9)	(0.1)
Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income | Gains (Losses) on Derivative Financial Instruments
AOCI Attributable to Parent, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Cost of goods sold		(0.8)	(1.2)	(6.1)	(2.0)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(2.3)	0.5	(0.6)	0.8
Net loss		(3.1)	(0.7)	(6.7)	(1.2)
Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income | Defined Benefit Plans
AOCI Attributable to Parent, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Selling, general and administrative		0.3	0.3	0.7	0.7
Restructuring and other		1.0	0.2	1.0	0.2
Income tax expense (benefit)		0.2	0.0	0.1	0.2
Net loss		$ 1.5	$ 0.5	$ 1.8	$ 1.1

[1] Income tax benefit of $0.9 million was recorded for unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

XML

Supplemental Balance Sheet Information (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

Additional supplemental balance sheet information is provided as follows:

	September 30,			December 31,
(In millions)	2015			2014
Accounts Receivable:
Accounts receivable	$	78.7		$	143.5
Less reserves and allowances(1)	(14.7		)	(9.1		)
Accounts receivable, net	$	64.0		$	134.4
Inventories:
Finished goods	$	33.2		$	51.1
Work in process	0.7			0.7
Raw materials and supplies	8.1			5.9
Total inventories	$	42.0		$	57.7
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Property, plant and equipment	$	14.9		$	184.0
Less accumulated depreciation	(9.6		)	(139.0		)
Property, plant and equipment, net(2)	$	5.3		$	45.0

⁽¹⁾Accounts receivable reserves and allowances include estimated amounts for customer returns, discounts on payment terms and uncollectible accounts.

XML

Supplemental Balance Sheet Information - Schedule of Supplemental Balance Sheet Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions		Sep. 30, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Accounts Receivable:
Accounts receivable		$ 78.7	$ 143.5
Less reserves and allowances	[1]	(14.7)	(9.1)
Accounts receivable, net		64.0	134.4
Inventories:
Finished goods		33.2	51.1
Work in process		0.7	0.7
Raw materials and supplies		8.1	5.9
Total inventories		42.0	57.7
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Property, plant and equipment		14.9	184.0
Less accumulated depreciation		(9.6)	(139.0)
Property, plant and equipment, net(2)		$ 5.3	$ 45.0

[1] Accounts receivable reserves and allowances include estimated amounts for customer returns, discounts on payment terms and uncollectible accounts.

XML

Segment Information

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

Segment Information

We manage our business through two reporting segments, Consumer Storage and Accessories (CSA) and Tiered Storage and Security Solutions (TSS). Our reporting segments are generally aligned with our key consumer and commercial channels. On September 27, 2015, the Company adopted a restructuring plan that will significantly change the business and operations of our segments. See Note 7 - Restructuring and Other Expense for further information.

We have two major product categories under our CSA segment: Consumer Storage Media and Audio and Accessories. Consumer Storage Media products include primarily optical products such as DVDs, CDs and Blu-ray^TM disc recordable media as well as flash media. Audio and Accessories includes primarily headphones, audio electronics and accessories. Consumer storage media and audio products and accessories are sold under the Imation^TM, Memorex^TM, TREK^TM and TDK Life on Record brands. We have two major product categories under our TSS segment: Commercial Storage Media and Storage and Security Solutions. Commercial Storage Media products consist mainly of magnetic data storage tape media and RDX^® media. Storage and Security Solutions includes storage hardware products, services and software for backup and archiving as well as primary storage; encrypted and biometric flash drives and hard disk drives; secure portable desktop solutions; and software solutions, including products which contain various security features such as password authentication, encryption and remote manageability. Imation’s storage and security solutions portfolio includes Nexsan^TM hybrid storage solutions and IronKey^TMmobile security solutions that address the needs of professionals for storage and archiving, secure data transport and mobile workspaces.

We evaluate segment performance based on revenue and operating income (loss). The operating income (loss) reported in our segments excludes corporate and other unallocated amounts. Although such amounts are excluded from the business segment results, they are included in reported consolidated results. Corporate and unallocated amounts may include depreciation and amortization, litigation settlement expense, goodwill impairment, intangible impairments, corporate expense, inventory write-offs related to our restructuring programs and restructuring and other expenses which are not allocated to the segments.

The operating results of our former XtremeMac and Memorex consumer electronics businesses are presented in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as discontinued operations and are not included in segment results for all periods presented. See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations for further information on these divestitures.

Net revenue and operating income (loss) from continuing operations by segment were as follows:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
(In millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net revenue
Consumer Storage and Accessories:
Consumer Storage Media	$	59.0	$	79.4	$	191.6	$	253.4
Audio and Accessories	8.8		12.6		27.7		33.7
Total Consumer Storage and Accessories	67.8		92.0		219.3		287.1
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions:
Commercial Storage Media	36.6		54.3		129.8		159.7
Storage and Security Solutions	24.8		28.7		86.1		85.7
Total Tiered Storage and Security Solutions	61.4		83.0		215.9		245.4
Total net revenue	$	129.2	$	175.0	$	435.2	$	532.5

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
(In millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations
Consumer Storage and Accessories	$	(15.8	)	$	5.4		$	(11.2	)	$	12.7
Tiered Storage and Security Solutions	(10.1		)	(8.1		)	(22.8		)	(25.4		)
Total segment operating loss	(25.9		)	(2.7		)	(34.0		)	(12.7		)
Corporate and unallocated	(122.8		)	(53.1		)	(143.6		)	(79.3		)
Total operating loss	(148.7		)	(55.8		)	(177.6		)	(92.0		)
Interest income	(0.1		)	(0.1		)	(0.3		)	(0.3		)
Interest expense	0.6			0.7			1.8			1.9
Other, net expense	(0.5		)	1.6			1.1			2.6
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(148.7	)	$	(58.0	)	$	(180.2	)	$	(96.2	)